As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
on
File No. 333-30470
ICA No. 811-09815
U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form
| REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 | [X] | |
| Pre-Effective Amendment No. _____ | [ ] | |
| Post-Effective Amendment No. 57 | [X] | |
| And | ||
| REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 | [X] | |
| Amendment No. 60 |
(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Trust Instrument)
104 Fifth Avenue, 9th Floor
New York, New York 10011
(Address of Principal Executive Office)
(212) 584-2364
(Area Code and Telephone Number)
John S. Orrico
Water Island Capital, LLC
104 Fifth Avenue, 9th Floor
New York, NY 10011
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
Copy to:
Fatima Sulaiman, Esq.
K&L Gates LLP
1601 K Street, NW
Washington, D.C. 20006-1600
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: Continuous.
It is proposed that this filing will become effective:
| ☑ Immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) | ☐ on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b) |
| ☐ 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) | ☐ on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) |
| ☐ 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) | ☐ on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of rule 485. |
If appropriate, check the following box:
☐ this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.
THE ARBITRAGE FUNDS
|
Arbitrage Fund Class R Shares (Nasdaq Symbol: ARBFX) Class I Shares (Nasdaq Symbol: ARBNX) Class C Shares (Nasdaq Symbol: ARBCX) Class A Shares (Nasdaq Symbol: ARGAX)
|
Water Island Event-Driven Fund Class R Shares (Nasdaq Symbol: AEDFX) Class I Shares (Nasdaq Symbol: AEDNX) Class A Shares (Nasdaq Symbol: AGEAX)
|
|
Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund Class R Shares (Nasdaq Symbol: ARCFX) Class I Shares (Nasdaq Symbol: ACFIX) Class A Shares (Nasdaq Symbol: AGCAX)
|
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Dated September 25, 2026
This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the prospectus for the Class R, Class I, Class C, and Class A shares of Arbitrage Fund and the Class R, Class I, and Class A shares of the Water Island Event-Driven Fund and Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund, dated September 25, 2026, a copy of which may be obtained, without charge, by writing to the Funds’ transfer agent, SS&C Global Investor and Distribution Solutions, Inc., P.O. Box 219842, Kansas City, Missouri 64121-9842, or by calling 1-800-295-4485.
The financial statements of Arbitrage Fund, Water Island Event-Driven Fund, and Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund are incorporated into this SAI by reference to the Annual Financial Statements and Additional Information of the Funds dated May 31, 2026. Copies of the Annual Financial Statements and Additional Information may be obtained by calling 1-800-295-4485.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this SAI and the Prospectus and, if given or made, such information or representations may not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Trust. This SAI does not constitute an offer to sell securities.
2
THE TRUST
The Arbitrage Funds (the “Trust”) is a Delaware statutory trust, which was organized on December 22, 1999, and is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) as an open-end management investment company. The Trust currently offers five series of shares to investors, three of which are described in this SAI: Arbitrage Fund, Water Island Event-Driven Fund, and Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund (each a “Fund” and, collectively, the “Funds”). Water Island Capital, LLC (the “Adviser”), serves as the investment adviser to the Funds. Each of the Funds is a diversified series of the Trust. The Trust also offers two series that operate as exchange-traded funds: AltShares Merger Arbitrage ETF and AltShares Event-Driven ETF; each are described in a separate prospectus and statement of additional information. The Trust may create other series and offer shares of such new series under the Trust at any time.
Shares of the Funds have equal voting rights and liquidation rights, and are voted in the aggregate and not by class except in matters where a separate class vote is required by the 1940 Act, or when the matter affects only the interest of a particular class. When matters are submitted to shareholders for a vote, each shareholder is entitled to one vote for each full share owned and fractional votes for fractional shares owned. The Trust does not normally hold annual meetings of shareholders. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board” or the “Trustees”) shall promptly call and give notice of a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of voting upon removal of any Trustee when requested to do so in writing by shareholders holding 10% or more of the Trust’s outstanding shares. The Trust will comply with the provisions of Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act in order to facilitate communications among shareholders.
Each share of a Fund represents an equal proportionate interest in the assets and liabilities belonging to the Fund with each other share of the Fund and is entitled to such dividends and distributions out of the income belonging to the Fund as are declared by the Trustees. The shares do not have cumulative voting rights or any preemptive or conversion rights, and the Trustees have the authority from time to time to divide or combine the shares of a Fund into a greater or lesser number of shares so long as the proportionate beneficial interests in the assets belonging to the Fund are in no way affected. In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of a Fund, the holders of shares of the Fund will be entitled to share pro rata in the assets, net of the liabilities, belonging to the Fund. No shareholder is liable to further calls or to assessment by the Trust without his or her express consent.
Each class of shares of a Fund (“Class”) represents an interest in the same assets of a Fund, has the same rights and is identical in all material respects except that (1) Class R shares, Class C shares, and Class A shares bear 12b-1 distribution and/or service fees (see “Distribution Plan”) and Class I shares are not subject to such fees; (2) Class A shares of the Funds are sold subject to a front-end sales charge, as described in the Funds’ prospectus; (3) there is a 1% contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) on Class C shares if sold within 12 months of purchase and a CDSC may be imposed on certain purchases of Class A shares, as more fully described in the prospectus; (4) Class I shares are available for purchase only by shareholders who invest directly in a Fund or who invest through a broker-dealer, financial institution or servicing agent that does not receive a service or distribution fee from the Fund or the Fund’s investment adviser; (5) Class A and Class C shares are available for purchase only by shareholders who invest through a broker-dealer, financial institution or servicing agent and are not available for purchase directly from a Fund; (6) certain Class-specific expenses may be borne solely by the Class to which such expenses are attributable, including but not limited to transfer agent fees attributable to a specific Class of shares, printing and postage expenses related to preparing and distributing materials to current shareholders of a specific Class of shares, registration fees incurred by a specific Class of shares, the expense of administrative personnel and services required to support the shareholders of a specific Class of shares, litigation or other legal expenses relating to a Class of shares, Trustees’ fees or expenses incurred as a result of issues relating to a specific Class of
3
shares and accounting fees and expenses relating to a specific Class of shares; and (7) each Class has exclusive voting rights with respect to matters relating to its own distribution arrangements. The Trustees have authority, without obtaining shareholder approval, to combine two or more classes of a Fund into a single class of such Fund (but the Trustees may not combine a class having outstanding shares unless the Trustees determine that such combination is in the best interests of the shareholders). The Trustees may classify and reclassify the shares of a Fund into additional classes of shares at a future date.
STRATEGIES, SECURITIES AND RELATED RISKS
Subject to the investment policies and restrictions described in the prospectus and this SAI, the below table indicates which Funds may have exposure to the following securities or their attendant risks or may pursue any of the following investment strategies. The following descriptions supplement the descriptions of investment objectives, strategies, and related risks of each Fund described in the prospectus. The information below does not describe every type of investment, technique, or risk to which a Fund may be exposed.
| Security/Strategy | Arbitrage
Fund |
Water
Island Event- Driven Fund |
Water
Island Credit Opportunities Fund |
| Artificial Intelligence | X | X | X |
| Capital Structure Arbitrage | X | X | X |
| Cash Management/Temporary Investments | X | X | X |
| Cleared Swaps | X | X | X |
| Common Stocks | X | X | X |
| Convertible Arbitrage | X | X | X |
| Convertible Securities | X | X | X |
| Credit Default Index Swaps | X | X | X |
| Credit Default Swaps | X | X | X |
| Cybersecurity Risks | X | X | X |
| Debt Securities | X | X | X |
| Depositary Receipts | X | X | X |
| Derivatives | X | X | X |
| Distressed Securities | X | X | X |
4
| Security/Strategy | Arbitrage
Fund |
Water
Island Event- Driven Fund |
Water
Island Credit Opportunities Fund |
| Emerging Markets Investments | X | X | X |
| Event-Driven Strategies | X | X | X |
| Exchange-Traded Funds | X | X | X |
| Exchange-Traded Notes | X | X | X |
| Financial Institution Obligations | X | X | X |
| Foreign Corporate Debt Obligations | X | X | X |
| Foreign Currency Transactions and Hedging | X | X | X |
| Foreign Investments | X | X | X |
| Futures Contracts and Related Options | X | X | X |
| Geographic Focus | X | X | X |
| Illiquid Securities | X | X | X |
| Initial Public Offering Risk | X | X | X |
| Leverage | X | X | X |
| Loans and other Debt Instruments | X | X | X |
| Master Limited Partnerships | X | X | X |
| Merger Arbitrage | X | X | X |
| Options Transactions | X | X | X |
| Over-the-Counter Options | X | X | X |
| Pandemic and Natural Disaster Risk | X | X | X |
| Passive Foreign Investment Companies | X | X | X |
5
| Security/Strategy | Arbitrage
Fund |
Water
Island Event- Driven Fund |
Water
Island Credit Opportunities Fund |
| Preferred Stocks | X | X | X |
| Private Placement and Restricted Securities | X | X | X |
| Real Estate Investment Trusts | X | X | X |
| Registered Investment Companies | X | X | X |
| Sector Risk | X | X | X |
| Securities Lending | X | X | X |
| Senior Loans | X | X | X |
| Short Sales | X | X | X |
| Special Purpose Acquisition Companies | X | X | X |
| Swap Agreements | X | X | X |
| Tax Risks | X | X | X |
| U.S. Government Securities | X | X | X |
| Valuation Risks | X | X | X |
| Warrants | X | X | X |
| When-Issued, Forward Commitment and Delayed Settlement Securities | X | X | X |
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
Each Fund and its service providers, including the Adviser, may utilize artificial intelligence ("AI") technologies, including machine learning models and generative AI, to improve operational efficiency and in connection with research. In addition, counterparties used by the Funds may utilize AI in their business activities. While the Adviser may restrict certain uses of AI tools, the Funds and the Adviser are not in a position to control the use of AI in third-party products or services. The use of AI introduces numerous potential challenges, and the use of AI can lead to reputational damage, legal liabilities, and competitive disadvantages, as well as negatively impact business operations, which may occur with or without
6
mismanagement in the use of the AI. AI requires the collection and processing of substantial amounts of data, which poses risks of data inaccuracies, incompleteness, and inherent biases, and which can degrade the technology's effectiveness and reliability. The complexity of AI systems raises significant accountability and ethical concerns. AI has enhanced the ability of threat actors to amplify the potency, scale, and speed of cybersecurity attacks. AI's role in increasing automation raises concerns about job displacement and may lead to economic and social disruptions. The unpredictable nature of AI's impact on market dynamics complicates traditional risk assessment models, making it challenging to identify risks and opportunities using historical data. Legal and regulatory frameworks governing AI's use, particularly concerning data privacy and protection, are evolving rapidly. These changes could materially alter how AI is used, which may negatively impact the Funds.
CAPITAL STRUCTURE ARBITRAGE
This strategy attempts to take advantage of relative pricing discrepancies between related debt and/or equity securities. For example, a Fund may purchase a senior secured security of an issuer and sell short an unsecured security of the same issuer. In this example the trade would be profitable if credit quality spreads widened or if the issuer went bankrupt and the recovery rate for the senior debt was higher than anticipated. Another example might involve a Fund purchasing one class of common stock while selling short a different class of common stock of the same issuer. It is expected that, over time, the relative mispricing of the securities will disappear, at which point the position will be liquidated.
CASH MANAGEMENT/TEMPORARY INVESTMENTS
In addition to the ability to utilize the following types of assets during normal market conditions, each Fund may adopt temporary defensive positions that are inconsistent with the Fund’s principal investment strategies in attempting to respond to adverse market, economic, political, or other conditions. A Fund may invest a substantial portion of, or may temporarily invest substantially all of, its assets in cash or cash equivalents. A Fund may invest its assets in:
| ● | cash or cash equivalents, including money market instruments such as Treasury bills and other short-term obligations of the United States (the “U.S.”) Government, its agencies, or instrumentalities; |
| ● | commercial paper rated A-1 by Standard & Poor’s or Prime-1 by Moody’s. In the case where commercial paper has received different ratings from different rating services, such commercial paper is acceptable so long as at least one rating is in the highest categories of the nationally recognized rating organizations described above; |
| ● | repurchase agreements; and |
| ● | investment companies that invest primarily in such instruments. |
To the extent a Fund invests in these short-term investments, the Fund may not realize its investment objective and may also be subject to additional risks.
CLEARED SWAPS
Certain standardized swaps are subject to mandatory central clearing. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and implementing rules will ultimately require the clearing and exchange-trading of many swaps. Mandatory exchange-trading and clearing will occur on a phased-in basis based on the type of market participant and Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) approval of contracts for central clearing. As of the date of this SAI, the CFTC has designated certain types of credit default index swaps and interest rate swaps as subject to mandatory clearing, but it
7
is expected that additional categories of swaps will in the future be designated as subject to mandatory clearing. Central clearing is intended to reduce counterparty credit risk and increase liquidity, but central clearing does not eliminate these risks and may involve additional risks not involved with uncleared swaps. Moving trading to an exchange-type system may increase market transparency and liquidity but may require a Fund to incur increased expenses to access the same types of swaps that it has used in the past.
In a cleared swap, a Fund’s ultimate counterparty is a central clearinghouse rather than a brokerage firm, bank or other financial institution. A Fund initially will enter into cleared swaps through an executing broker or directly with a counterparty. Such transactions will then be submitted for clearing and, if cleared, will be held at regulated futures commission merchants (“FCMs”) that are members of the clearinghouse that serves as the central counterparty.
When a Fund enters into a cleared swap, it must deliver to the central counterparty (via the FCM) an amount referred to as “initial margin.” Initial margin requirements are determined by the central counterparty, but an FCM may require additional initial margin above the amount required by the central counterparty. During the term of the swap agreement, a “variation margin” amount may also be required to be paid by a Fund or may be received by a Fund in accordance with margin controls set for such accounts, depending upon changes in the price of the underlying reference instrument subject to the swap agreement. At the conclusion of the term of the swap agreement, if a Fund has a loss equal to or greater than the margin amount, the margin amount is paid to the FCM along with any loss in excess of the margin amount. If a Fund has a loss of less than the margin amount, the excess margin is returned to the Fund. If a Fund has a gain, the full margin amount and the amount of the gain is paid to the Fund.
Risks Associated with Cleared Swaps. As noted above, under recent financial reforms, certain types of swaps are, and others eventually are expected to be, required to be cleared through a central counterparty, which may affect counterparty risk and other risks faced by a Fund.
Central clearing is designed to reduce counterparty credit risk and increase liquidity compared to bilateral swaps because central clearing interposes the central clearinghouse as the counterparty to each participant’s swap, but it does not eliminate those risks completely. There is also a risk of loss by a Fund of the initial and variation margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of the FCM with which the Fund has an open position in a swap contract. The assets of a Fund may not be fully protected in the event of the bankruptcy of the FCM or central counterparty because the Fund might be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of all available funds and margin segregated on behalf of an FCM’s customers. If the FCM does not provide accurate reporting, a Fund is also subject to the risk that the FCM could use the Fund’s assets, which are held in an omnibus account with assets belonging to the FCM’s other customers, to satisfy its own financial obligations or the payment obligations of another customer to the central counterparty.
With cleared swaps, a Fund may not be able to obtain as favorable terms as it would be able to negotiate for a bilateral, uncleared swap. In addition, an FCM may unilaterally amend the terms of its agreement with a Fund, which may include the imposition of position limits or additional margin requirements with respect to the Fund’s investment in certain types of swaps. Central counterparties and FCMs generally can require termination of existing cleared swap transactions at any time and can also require increases in margin above the margin that is required at the initiation of the swap agreement. Additionally, depending on a number of factors, the margin required under the rules of the clearinghouse and FCM may be in excess of the collateral required to be posted by a Fund to support its obligations under a similar uncleared swap. However, regulators have adopted regulations imposing certain margin requirements, including minimums, on uncleared swaps. After being phased in with respect to market participants that meet certain requirements, these regulations could change this comparison to cleared swaps.
8
Finally, a Fund is subject to the risk that, after entering into a cleared swap with an executing broker, no FCM or central counterparty is willing or able to clear the transaction. In such an event, a Fund may be required to break the trade and make an early termination payment to the executing broker.
COMMON STOCKS
Common stock represents an ownership interest in a company and usually possesses voting rights and earns dividends. Dividends on common stock are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of the issuer. Common stock generally represents the riskiest investment in a company. In addition, common stock generally has the greatest appreciation and depreciation potential because increases and decreases in earnings are usually reflected in a company’s common stock price.
The fundamental risk of investing in common stock is the risk that the value of the stock might decrease. Stock values fluctuate in response to the activities of an individual company or in response to general market and/or economic conditions. Historically, common stocks have provided greater long-term returns and have entailed greater short-term risks than preferred stocks, fixed-income securities, and money market investments. This may not be true currently or in the future. The market value of all securities, including common stocks, is based upon the market’s perception of value and not necessarily the book value of an issuer or other objective measure of a company’s worth. If you invest in a Fund, you should be willing to accept the risks of the stock market and should consider an investment in a Fund only as a part of your overall investment portfolio.
CONVERTIBLE ARBITRAGE
Convertible arbitrage is a specialized strategy that seeks to profit from pricing inefficiencies between a firm’s convertible securities and its underlying equity. The most common convertible arbitrage approach matches a long position in the convertible security with a short position in the underlying common stock. A Fund seeks to purchase convertible securities at discounts to their expected future values and sell short shares of the underlying common stock in order to mitigate equity market movements. As stock prices rise and the convertible security becomes more equity sensitive, a Fund will sell short additional common shares in order to maintain the relationship between the convertible security and the underlying common stock. As stock prices fall, a Fund will typically buy back a portion of shares which it had sold short. Positions are typically designed to earn income from coupon or dividend payments, and from the short sale of common stock.
CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES
Convertible securities include fixed income securities that may be exchanged or converted into a predetermined number of shares of the issuer’s underlying common stock at the option of the holder during a specified period. Convertible securities are senior to common stocks in an issuer’s capital structure, but may be subordinated to other non-convertible securities. While providing a fixed-income stream (generally higher in yield than the income derivable from common stock but lower than that afforded by a similar nonconvertible security), a convertible security also gives an investor the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation of the issuing company depending upon a market price advance in the convertible security’s underlying common stock.
CREDIT DEFAULT INDEX SWAPS
A credit default index swap (“CDX”) is a credit derivative used to hedge credit risk or to take a position on a basket of credit entities. A CDX is a completely standardized credit security and is therefore highly liquid and typically trades at a very small bid-offer spread. This means that it may be cheaper to hedge a portfolio
9
of credit default swaps or bonds with a CDX than it is to buy many credit default swaps to achieve a similar effect. A new series of CDX is issued every six months. Prior to the announcement of each series, a group of investment banks is polled to determine the credit entities that will form the constituents of the new issue. On the day of issue, a fixed coupon is decided for the CDX based on the credit spread of the entities within the CDX. Once this has been determined, the CDX constituents and the fixed coupon are published, and the CDX can be actively traded. See “SWAP AGREEMENTS” below and “CLEARED SWAPS” above for a general discussion on the risks related to swap agreements and CDX, respectively.
CREDIT DEFAULT SWAPS
The Funds may enter into credit default swap agreements, which may have as reference obligations securities that are or are not currently held by the Funds. The protection “buyer” in a credit default contract may be obligated to pay the protection “seller” an up-front payment or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided generally that no credit event on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the swap is cash settled. A Fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If a Fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund recovers nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the Fund may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value. As a seller, a Fund generally receives an up-front payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap, which typically is between six months and three years, provided that there is no credit event. If a credit event occurs, generally the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value. Credit default swaps and similar instruments involve greater risks than if a Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly, since, in addition to general market risks, they are subject to valuation risk, illiquidity risk, counterparty risk, and credit risk. The swaps market is subject to extensive regulation under the Dodd-Frank Act and certain Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and CFTC rules promulgated thereunder. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including new and additional government regulation, could adversely affect a Fund’s ability, among other things, to effectively utilize credit default swaps. See “SWAP AGREEMENTS” below for a discussion on the risks related to swap agreements in general.
CYBERSECURITY RISKS
The Funds and their service providers may be prone to operational and information security risks resulting from breaches in cybersecurity. A breach in cybersecurity refers to both intentional and unintentional events that may cause a Fund to lose proprietary information, suffer data corruption, or lose operational capacity. Breaches in cybersecurity include, among other behaviors, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites, the unauthorized release of confidential information or various other forms of cyber-attacks. Cybersecurity breaches affecting a Fund or its Adviser, custodian, transfer agent, intermediaries, and other third-party service providers may adversely impact the Fund. For instance, cybersecurity breaches may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact the Fund’s ability to calculate its net asset value (“NAV”), cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential business information, impede trading, subject the Fund to regulatory fines or financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. The Fund may also incur additional costs for cybersecurity risk management purposes. Similar types of cybersecurity risks are also present for issuers of securities in which the Fund may invest, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers and may cause the Fund’s investment in such companies to lose value.
10
DEBT SECURITIES
The Funds may invest, and Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund will invest primarily, in corporate debt securities including corporate bonds, debentures, notes and other similar instruments. These debt securities may be rated investment grade by Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s. Securities rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s or Baa by Moody’s, although investment grade, exhibit speculative characteristics and are more sensitive than higher rated securities to changes in economic conditions. The Funds may also invest in securities that are rated below investment grade which are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” or “high yield” securities. Investments in high yield securities, while providing greater income and opportunity for gain than investments in higher-rated securities, entail relatively greater risk of loss of income or principal. Market prices of high-yield obligations may fluctuate more than market prices of higher-rated securities. High yield securities tend to reflect short-term corporate and market developments to a greater extent than higher-rated obligations which, assuming no change in their fundamental quality, react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates.
The high yield market at times is subject to substantial volatility, and market prices of high yield securities tend to reflect economic downturns and rising interest rates more than higher-rated securities do — both through price declines and through a higher incidence of issuer insolvency and default. Issuers of high yield securities may be of low creditworthiness, and their securities may be subordinated to the claims of senior lenders. Highly leveraged issuers experiencing financial stress may have difficulty servicing principal and interest, meeting projected business goals, or obtaining additional financing; if an issuer defaults, a Fund (or an underlying registered investment company) may incur additional expenses seeking recovery. High yield securities structured as zero coupon or pay-in-kind securities tend to be more price-volatile than securities that pay interest periodically in cash, since their prices are affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes.
Certain securities held by a Fund (or a registered investment company in which the Fund invests), including high yield securities, may contain redemption or call provisions. If an issuer exercises these provisions in a declining interest rate market, a Fund (or such registered investment company) would have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return for the investor. Conversely, a high yield security’s value will decrease in a rising interest rate market, as will the value of a Fund’s (or the underlying registered investment company’s) net assets.
The secondary market for high yield securities may at times become less liquid or respond to adverse publicity or investor perceptions making it more difficult for a Fund (or a registered investment company in which the Fund invests) to value accurately high yield securities or dispose of them. To the extent a Fund (or a registered investment company in which the Fund invests) owns or may acquire illiquid or restricted high yield securities, these securities may involve special registration responsibilities, liabilities and costs, and liquidity difficulties, and judgment will play a greater role in valuation because there is less reliable and objective data available.
Special tax considerations are associated with investing in high yield bonds structured as zero coupon or pay-in-kind securities. A Fund (or a registered investment company in which the Fund invests) will report the interest on these securities as income even though it receives no cash interest until the security’s maturity or payment date. Further, a Fund (or a registered investment company in which the Fund invests) must distribute substantially all of its income to its shareholders to qualify for pass-through treatment under tax law. Accordingly, a Fund (or a registered investment company in which the Fund invests) may have to dispose of its portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances to generate cash or may have to borrow to satisfy distribution requirements.
11
Credit ratings evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments, not the market value risk of high yield securities. Since credit rating agencies may fail to timely change the credit ratings to reflect subsequent events, the Adviser will monitor the issuers of high yield securities in the portfolio to determine if the issuers will have sufficient cash flow and profits to meet required principal and interest payments, and to attempt to assure the securities’ liquidity so a Fund can meet redemption requests. To the extent that a Fund (or a registered investment company in which the Fund invests) invests in high yield securities, the achievement of its investment objective may be more dependent on its own credit analysis than is the case for higher quality bonds. A Fund (or a registered investment company in which the Fund invests) may retain a portfolio security whose rating has been changed.
DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS
The Funds may invest in foreign securities by purchasing sponsored and unsponsored depositary receipts, including American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) or other securities convertible into securities of issuers based in foreign countries. These securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the securities which they represent. Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are denominated in U.S. dollars and are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, GDRs, in bearer form, are issued and designed for use outside the U.S. and EDRs (also referred to as Continental Depositary Receipts (“CDRs”)), in bearer form, may be denominated in other currencies and are designed for use in European securities markets. ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of the underlying securities. EDRs are European receipts evidencing a similar arrangement. GDRs are receipts typically issued by non-U.S. banks and trust companies that evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic securities. For purposes of the Funds’ investment policies, ADRs, GDRs, and EDRs are deemed to have the same classification as the underlying securities they represent. Thus, an ADR, GDR, or EDR representing ownership of common stock will be treated as common stock.
In an unsponsored arrangement, the foreign issuer assumes no obligations and the depositary’s transaction fees are paid by the depositary holder. Unsponsored depositary receipts may be created without the participation of the foreign issuer. Holders of these receipts generally bear all the costs of the depositary receipt facility, whereas foreign issuers typically bear certain costs in a sponsored depositary receipt. The bank or trust company depositary of an unsponsored depositary receipt may be under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the foreign issuer or to pass through voting rights. Accordingly, available information concerning the issuer may not be current, and the prices of unsponsored depositary receipts may be more volatile than the prices of sponsored depositary receipts. In addition, the issuers of securities underlying unsponsored depositary receipts may be subject to less stringent government supervision.
DERIVATIVES
In general, a derivative instrument typically involves leverage, and provides exposure to potential gain or loss from a change in the market price of the underlying asset (or a basket of assets or an index) in a notional amount that exceeds the amount of cash or assets required to establish or maintain the derivative instrument. Adverse changes in the value or price of the underlying asset or index, which a Fund may not directly own, can result in a loss to the Fund substantially greater than the amount invested in the derivative itself. The use of derivative instruments also exposes a Fund to additional risks and transaction costs. Derivative instruments come in many varieties and may include forward contracts, options (both written and purchased) and swap contracts, which are described separately in this SAI.
12
Risk Factors for Derivatives. There are significant risks that apply generally to derivatives transactions, including:
| ● | Correlation Risk — the risk that changes in the value of a derivative will not match the changes in the value of the portfolio holdings that are being hedged or of the particular market or security to which a Fund seeks exposure. There are a number of factors which may prevent a derivative instrument from achieving the desired correlation (or inverse correlation) with an underlying asset, rate or index, such as the impact of fees, expenses and transaction costs, the timing of pricing, and disruptions or illiquidity in the markets for such derivative instrument. |
| ● | Counterparty Risk — the risk that a derivatives transaction counterparty will be unable or unwilling to make payments or otherwise honor its obligations to a Fund and the related risks of having concentrated exposure to such a counterparty. In particular, derivatives traded in OTC markets often are not guaranteed by an exchange or clearing corporation and often do not require payment of margin, and to the extent that a Fund has unrealized gains in such instruments or has deposited collateral with its counterparties the Fund is at risk that its counterparties will become bankrupt or otherwise fail to honor their obligations. A Fund will typically attempt to minimize counterparty risk by engaging in OTC derivatives transactions only with entities deemed creditworthy. |
| ● | Credit Risk — the risk that the reference entity in a credit default swap or similar derivative will not be able to honor its financial obligations. |
| ● | Currency Risk — the risk that changes in the exchange rate between two currencies will adversely affect the value (in U.S. dollar terms) of a derivative. |
| ● | Illiquidity Risk — the risk that certain securities or instruments may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time or at the price desired by the counterparty in connection with payments of margin, collateral, or settlement payments. There can be no assurance that a Fund will be able to unwind or offset a derivative at its desired price, in a secondary market or otherwise. It may, therefore, not be possible for a Fund to unwind its position in a derivative without incurring substantial losses (if at all). Certain OTC derivatives, including swaps and OTC options, involve substantial illiquidity risk. Illiquidity may also make it more difficult for a Fund to ascertain a market value for such derivatives. The illiquidity of the derivatives markets may be due to various factors, including congestion, disorderly markets, limitations on deliverable supplies, the participation of speculators, government regulation and intervention, and technical and operational or system failures. In addition, the liquidity of a secondary market in an exchange-traded derivative contract may be adversely affected by “daily price fluctuation limits” established by the exchanges which limit the amount of fluctuation in an exchange-traded contract price during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in the contract, no trades may be entered into at a price beyond the limit, thus preventing the liquidation of open positions. Prices have in the past moved beyond the daily limit on a number of consecutive trading days. If it is not possible to close an open derivative position entered into by a Fund, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin in the event of adverse price movements. In such a situation, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily variation margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. |
| ● | Index Risk — if the derivative is linked to the performance of an index, it will be subject to the risks associated with changes in that index. If the index changes, a Fund could |
13
receive lower interest payments or experience a reduction in the value of the derivative to below the price that the Fund paid for such derivative.
| ● | Legal Risk — the risk of insufficient documentation, insufficient capacity or authority of counterparty, or legality or enforceability of a contract. |
| ● | Leverage Risk — the risk that a Fund’s derivatives transactions can magnify the Fund’s gains and losses. Relatively small market movements may result in large changes in the value of a derivatives position and can result in losses that greatly exceed the amount originally invested. |
| ● | Market Risk — the risk that changes in the value of one or more markets or changes with respect to the value of the underlying asset will adversely affect the value of a derivative. In the event of an adverse movement, a Fund may be required to pay substantial additional margin to maintain its position or the Fund’s returns may be adversely affected. |
| ● | Operational Risk — the risk related to potential operational issues, including documentation issues, settlement issues, systems failures, inadequate controls and human error. |
| ● | Valuation Risk — the risk that valuation sources for a derivative will not be readily available in the market. This is possible especially in times of market distress, since many market participants may be reluctant to purchase complex instruments or quote prices for them. |
| ● | Volatility Risk — the risk that the value of derivatives will fluctuate significantly within a short time period. |
Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act. Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act provides a comprehensive regulatory framework for the use of derivatives by registered investment companies, such as the Funds, and imposes requirements and restrictions on funds using derivatives. Rule 18f-4 requires funds that invest in derivatives above a specified amount to adopt and implement a derivatives risk management program (“DRMP”) administered by a derivatives risk manager that is appointed by and overseen by the fund’s board of trustees, and to comply with an outer limit on fund leverage risk based on value at risk, or “VaR.” Funds that use derivative instruments in a limited amount are considered “limited derivatives users,” as defined by Rule 18f-4, are not subject to the full requirements of Rule 18f-4 but must adopt and implement policies and procedures reasonably designed to manage the fund’s derivatives risk. Funds are subject to reporting and recordkeeping requirements regarding their derivatives use. In addition, Rule 18f-4 provides special treatment for reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions and unfunded commitment agreements. Specifically, a fund may elect whether to treat reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions as “derivatives transactions” subject to the requirements of Rule 18f-4 or as senior securities equivalent to bank borrowings for purposes of Section 18 of the 1940 Act. Repurchase agreements are not subject to Rule 18f-4 but are still subject to other provisions of the 1940 Act.
Under Rule 18f-4, “derivatives transactions” include the following: (1) any swap, security-based swap (including a contract for differences), futures contract, forward contract, option (excluding purchased options), any combination of the foregoing, or any similar instrument, under which a Fund is or may be required to make any payment or delivery of cash or other assets during the life of the instrument or at maturity or early termination, whether as margin or settlement payment or otherwise; (2) any short sale borrowing; (3) reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions (e.g., recourse and non-recourse tender option bonds, and borrowed bonds), if a Fund elects to treat these transactions as derivatives transactions under Rule 18f-4; and (4) when-issued or forward-settling securities (e.g., firm and standby commitments, including to-be-announced (“TBA”) commitments, and dollar rolls) and non-standard
14
settlement cycle securities, unless a Fund intends to physically settle the transaction and the transaction will settle within 35 days of its trade date.
The Funds have established a DRMP and appointed a derivatives risk manager to administer the DRMP, consistent with Rule 18f-4. The rule may not be effective to limit a Fund’s risk of loss. In particular, measurements of VaR rely on historical data and may not accurately measure the degree of risk reflected in a Fund’s derivatives or other investments. There may be additional regulation of the use of derivatives by registered investment companies, such as the Funds, which could significantly affect their use. Additional regulation of derivatives may make them more costly, limit their availability or utility, otherwise adversely affect their performance or disrupt markets.
Additional Government Regulation of Derivatives. The Dodd-Frank Act and similar legislation in the European Union and elsewhere may make derivatives more costly, may limit the availability of derivatives, or may otherwise adversely affect the value or performance of derivatives. The Dodd-Frank Act substantially increases regulation of the over-the-counter derivatives market and participants in that market, including imposing clearing and reporting requirements on transactions involving certain instruments that are standardized and highly liquid and that fall within the Dodd-Frank Act’s definition of “swap” and “security-based swap,” which terms generally include over-the-counter derivatives and imposing registration and potential substantive requirements on certain swap and security-based swap market participants. In addition, under the Dodd-Frank Act, a Fund may be subject to additional recordkeeping and reporting requirements.
The Adviser has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” with the National Futures Association for the Funds. The Funds are therefore not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act. The Funds intend to comply with Section 4.5 of the regulations under the Commodity Exchange Act.
DISTRESSED SECURITIES
A Fund’s investment in distressed securities may involve a substantial degree of risk. These instruments, which involve loans, loan participations, bonds, and notes, typically are unrated, lower-rated, in default or close to default. Many of these instruments are not publicly traded and may become illiquid. The prices of such instruments may be extremely volatile. Securities of distressed companies are generally more likely to become worthless than the securities of more financially stable companies. Valuing such instruments may be difficult, and the Fund may lose all of its investment, or it may be required to accept cash or securities with a value less than the Fund's original investment. Issuers of distressed securities are typically in a weak financial condition and may default, in which case the Fund may lose its entire investment.
EMERGING MARKETS INVESTMENTS
Each Fund may invest in emerging markets investments, which have exposure to the risks discussed below relating to foreign instruments more generally, as well as certain additional risks. A high proportion of the shares of many issuers in emerging market countries may be held by a limited number of persons and financial institutions, which may limit the number of shares available for investment. The prices at which investments may be acquired may be affected by trading by persons with material non-public information and by securities transactions by brokers in anticipation of transactions by the Fund in particular securities. In addition, emerging market investments are susceptible to being influenced by large investors trading significant blocks of securities.
15
Emerging market stock markets are undergoing a period of growth and change which may result in trading volatility and difficulties in the settlement and recording of transactions, and in interpreting and applying the relevant law and regulations. The securities industries in these countries are comparatively underdeveloped. Stockbrokers and other intermediaries in the emerging markets may not perform as well as their counterparts in the U.S. and other more developed securities markets.
Political and economic structures in many emerging market countries are undergoing significant evolution and rapid development, and such countries may lack the social, political, and economic stability characteristic of the U.S. Certain of such countries may have, in the past, failed to recognize private property rights and have at times nationalized or expropriated the assets of private companies. As a result, the risks described above, including the risks of nationalization or expropriation of assets, may be heightened. In addition, unanticipated political or social developments may affect the values of investments in those countries and the availability of additional investments in those countries. The laws of countries in emerging markets relating to limited liability of corporate shareholders, fiduciary duties of officers and directors, and the bankruptcy of state enterprises are generally less well developed than or different from such laws in the U.S. It may be more difficult to obtain or enforce a judgment in the courts of these countries than it is in the U.S. Emerging securities markets are substantially smaller, less liquid, and more volatile than the major securities markets in the U.S. Although some governments in emerging markets have instituted economic reform policies, there can be no assurances that such policies will continue or succeed.
EVENT-DRIVEN STRATEGIES
Event-driven strategies seek to profit from the market inefficiencies surrounding market events, such as mergers, acquisitions, asset sales, restructurings, refinancings, recapitalizations, reorganizations, or other special situations. Event-driven investing involves attempting to predict the outcome of a particular transaction as well as the optimal time at which to commit capital to it. Event-driven opportunities involve difficult legal as well as financial analysis, as some of the principal impediments to the consummation of major corporate events are often legal or regulatory rather than economic. In addition, certain of the securities issued in the context of major corporate events include complex call, put and other features, and it is difficult to precisely evaluate the terms and embedded option characteristics of these securities. A Fund may take both long and short positions in a wide range of securities, derivatives and other instruments in implementing its event-driven strategies. Event-driven strategies are subject to the risk of overall market movements, and the Fund may experience losses even if a transaction is consummated. The Fund may be unable to hedge against market fluctuations or other risks.
EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS
A Fund, subject to its investment strategies and policies, may purchase shares of exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”). ETFs are investment companies whose shares are bought and sold on a securities exchange. An index-based ETF holds a portfolio of securities designed to track a particular market segment or index. Tracking error is the divergence of an ETF’s performance from that of its underlying index, and may arise due to, among other things, an imperfect correlation between the ETF’s portfolio securities and those in its index, rounding of prices, timing of cash flows, the ETF’s size, changes to the index and regulatory requirements. An ETF may also be actively managed. A Fund could purchase shares of an ETF to temporarily gain exposure to a portion of the U.S. or foreign market while awaiting an opportunity to purchase securities directly. The risks of owning an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities or commodities they are designed to track, although a lack of liquidity in an ETF could result in it being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities or commodities. ETFs have management fees that increase their costs versus the costs of owning the underlying securities directly. Also, even though the market price of an ETF is derived from the securities it owns, such price may be at, above, or below the ETF’s NAV. See also “Registered Investment Companies” below.
16
EXCHANGE-TRADED NOTES
An exchange-traded note (“ETN”) is a type of unsecured, unsubordinated debt security that differs from other types of bonds and notes because ETN returns are typically based upon the performance of a market index. ETNs are publicly traded on a U.S. securities exchange. An ETN incurs certain expenses not incurred by its applicable index, and an investment in an ETN will bear its proportionate share of any fees and expenses borne by the ETN. The market value of an ETN share may differ from its NAV; the share may trade at a premium or discount to its NAV, which may be due to, among other things, differences in the supply and demand in the market for the share. Although an ETN is a debt security, it is unlike a typical bond, in that there are no periodic interest payments and principal is not protected. ETNs are subject to credit risk and the value of the ETN may drop due to a downgrade in the issuer's credit rating, despite the underlying market benchmark or strategy remaining unchanged.
FINANCIAL INSTITUTION OBLIGATIONS
Each Fund may invest in financial institution obligations, including certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, and time deposits. Certificates of deposit represent an institution’s obligation to repay deposited funds at a specified interest rate over a given period; bankers’ acceptances are negotiable obligations of a bank to pay a draft drawn by a customer, usually backed by goods in international trade; and time deposits are non-negotiable bank deposits earning a specified rate over a given period. Certificates of deposit and fixed time deposits are payable at a stated maturity date and fixed rate, and generally may be withdrawn on demand, though early withdrawal may incur penalties that reduce the Fund’s performance. Fixed time deposits do not always have a secondary market, but the Fund may transfer its beneficial interest in them to third parties without contractual restriction.
Each Fund may also invest in Eurodollar certificates of deposit (issued outside the U.S. by foreign or domestic banks), Yankee certificates of deposit (issued in the U.S. by a U.S. branch of a foreign bank), Eurodollar time deposits (deposits in a foreign branch of a U.S. or foreign bank), and Canadian time deposits (issued by Canadian offices of major Canadian banks) — each U.S. dollar-denominated.
FOREIGN CORPORATE DEBT OBLIGATIONS
The foreign corporate debt obligations in which the Funds may invest include investment-grade notes and non-investment grade notes, bonds, debentures, and commercial paper.
Specifically, the Funds may invest in U.S. dollar-denominated and non-U.S. dollar denominated corporate debt obligations of foreign companies without regard to ratings criteria. The Funds also may invest in U.S. dollar-denominated and non-U.S. dollar-denominated sovereign debt obligations of developed countries without regard to ratings criteria.
In many countries, there is less publicly available information about issuers than is available in the reports and ratings published about companies in the U.S. Additionally, foreign companies are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards. Interest on foreign debt obligations may be subject to foreign withholding taxes which would reduce a Fund’s income without providing a tax credit for the Fund’s shareholders.
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS AND HEDGING
Spot Transactions. A foreign exchange spot transaction (“FX spot”) is an agreement between two parties to buy one currency against selling another at an agreed price (the “spot exchange rate”) for settlement on
17
the spot date. Each Fund may settle foreign-currency-denominated holdings on a spot basis. Although a Fund values its assets daily in U.S. dollars, it does not intend to convert its foreign currency holdings into U.S. dollars daily, but may do so from time to time, and investors should be aware of the resulting costs of currency conversion. Foreign exchange dealers do not charge a conversion fee but realize a profit on the spread between their buying and selling prices for a currency; thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to a Fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the Fund wish to resell that currency to the dealer. Unlike forward contracts and currency futures, which involve trading a currency pair at a predetermined price at some future date, the currencies underlying a spot transaction are exchanged on settlement date.
Forward Contracts. A forward currency contract is an agreement — individually negotiated and privately traded between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers — to purchase or sell a specific currency at a price set when the contract is entered into, for settlement at a future date. Forward contracts seek to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign exchange rates. A Fund may enter into a forward contract to “lock in” the U.S. dollar price of a foreign-currency-denominated security between trade date and settlement, or when the Adviser believes a currency may deteriorate relative to the U.S. dollar. A Fund’s currency hedges are generally sized to the value of the currency exposure being hedged, which — particularly in the case of a pending merger or similar transaction — may exceed the current market value of the portfolio securities to which the hedge relates. Because the future value of foreign-currency-denominated securities cannot be predicted precisely, a Fund cannot exactly match contract amounts to security values. Short-term currency market movements are also difficult to project, making successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy uncertain. Accordingly, a Fund may need to purchase or sell additional currency to true up a position at settlement (and bear the expense of doing so). Each Fund is not required to enter into such transactions and will not do so unless deemed appropriate by the Adviser.
Forward contracts in which a Fund may engage include physically-settled foreign exchange forwards, which require the actual exchange of the principal amounts of the two currencies in the contract. When a Fund enters into such a forward, it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying currency at maturity; failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of any expected benefit of the transaction. A Fund may be required to obtain the currency it must deliver through the sale of portfolio securities denominated in that currency or through conversion of other Fund assets into that currency.
A non-deliverable forward is a forward contract settled on a net cash basis without physical exchange of the underlying currencies. Non-deliverable forwards are contracts in which one party agrees to make a payment to the other based on the change in market value or level of a specified currency, and the counterparty agrees to make payment based on the return of a different specified currency. A significant or sustained adverse movement in the referenced currency could result in a loss approaching the full notional value of the contract. A Fund’s use of non-deliverable forwards is subject to the risk management framework described under “DERIVATIVES—Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act” above.
Currency Futures Contracts. A Fund may purchase and sell currency futures to increase or decrease its exposure to different foreign currencies; the uses and risks of currency futures are similar to futures relating to securities or indices. A foreign currency futures contract obligates the parties to deliver or acquire a specified amount of currency at a specified price and future time, and may be cash-settled rather than settled through physical delivery. Currency futures resemble forward contracts except that they are exchange-traded, subject to margin requirements, and standardized as to size and delivery date; most currency futures contracts call for payment or delivery in U.S. dollars. See “Futures Contracts and Related Options” below for margin, marking-to-market, and other mechanics generally applicable to the Funds’ futures positions.
18
Currency Options. A Fund may also purchase and write currency options to increase or decrease its exposure to different foreign currencies; the uses and risks of currency options are also similar to options on securities or indices. The underlying instrument of a currency option may be a foreign currency, generally purchased or delivered in exchange for U.S. dollars, or a futures contract. The purchaser of a currency call obtains the right to purchase the underlying currency, and the purchaser of a currency put obtains the right to sell the underlying currency.
Risks of Currency Transactions. Currency exchange transactions involve a significant degree of risk and the markets in which currency transactions are effected are highly volatile, specialized, and technical. Significant changes, including changes in liquidity and prices, can occur in such markets within very short periods of time, often within minutes. Currency exchange trading risks include, but are not limited to, exchange rate risk, maturity gap, interest rate risk, counterparty default, and potential interference by foreign governments through regulation of local exchange markets, foreign investment, or particular foreign currency transactions. A Fund could experience losses if its currency forward or futures positions are poorly correlated with its other investments, or if it cannot close a position in an illiquid market. A currency hedge is designed to protect a foreign-denominated security from a decline in that currency’s value — it will not protect against a price decline caused by deterioration in the issuer’s creditworthiness — and because a Fund’s foreign-denominated investments may respond to factors other than exchange rates, currency positions may not exactly track portfolio value over time. A Fund will incur transaction costs, including trading commissions, in connection with certain currency transactions.
FOREIGN INVESTMENTS
Subject to each Fund’s investment policies and quality standards, each Fund may invest in the securities of foreign issuers listed on foreign securities exchanges or over-the-counter markets, or which are represented by American Depositary Receipts and listed on domestic securities exchanges or traded in the U.S. on over-the-counter markets.
Foreign Market Risk. Foreign security investment or exposure involves special risks not present in U.S. investments that can increase the chances that a Fund will lose money. These risks are higher for emerging markets investments, which can be subject to greater social, economic, regulatory, and political uncertainties, and may have significantly less liquidity, than developed markets. In particular, each Fund is subject to the risk that because there are generally fewer investors on foreign exchanges and a smaller number of shares traded each day, it may be difficult for the Fund to buy and sell securities, or increase or decrease exposures, on those exchanges. In addition, prices of foreign securities may fluctuate more than prices of securities traded in the U.S.
Foreign Economy Risk. The economies of certain foreign markets often do not compare favorably with that of the U.S. with respect to such issues as growth of gross domestic product, reinvestment of capital, resources, and balance of payments positions. Certain foreign economies may rely heavily on particular industries or foreign capital and are more vulnerable to diplomatic developments, the imposition of economic sanctions against a particular country or countries, changes in international trading patterns, trade barriers, and other protectionist or retaliatory measures. Investments in foreign markets may also be adversely affected by governmental actions such as the imposition of capital controls, nationalization of companies or industries, expropriation of assets, or the imposition of punitive taxes. In addition, the governments of certain countries may prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on foreign investing in their capital markets or in certain industries. Any of these actions could severely affect security prices, impair the Fund’s ability to purchase or sell foreign securities, or obtain exposure to them, or transfer a Fund’s assets back into the U.S., or otherwise adversely affect the Fund’s operations. Other foreign market risks include foreign exchange controls, difficulties in pricing securities, defaults on foreign government securities, difficulties in enforcing favorable legal judgments in foreign courts, and political and social
19
instability. Legal remedies available to investors in certain foreign countries may be less extensive than those available to investors in the U.S. or other foreign countries. Foreign corporate governance may not be as robust as in the U.S. As a result, protections for minority investors may not be strong, which could affect security prices. Debt obligations of issuers located in, or of, developing countries involve a high degree of risk and may be in default or present the risk of default.
Currency Risk and Exchange Risk. Securities in which a Fund invests, or to which it obtains exposure, may be denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates will affect the value of these securities. Generally, when the U.S. dollar rises in value against a foreign currency, an investment in a security denominated in that currency loses value because the currency is worth fewer U.S. dollars. Similarly, when the U.S. dollar decreases in value against a foreign currency, an investment in, or exposure to, a security denominated in that currency gains value because the currency is worth more U.S. dollars. This risk is generally known as “currency risk,” which is the possibility that a stronger U.S. dollar will reduce returns for U.S. investors investing overseas. Foreign currencies also involve the risk that they will be devalued or replaced, adversely affecting the Fund’s investments.
Governmental Supervision and Regulation/Accounting Standards. Many foreign governments supervise and regulate stock exchanges, brokers, and the sale of securities to a lesser extent than the U.S. government. Some countries may not have laws to protect investors the way that the U.S. securities laws do. Accounting standards in other countries are not necessarily the same as in the U.S. If the accounting standards in another country do not require as much disclosure or detail as U.S. accounting standards, it may be harder to completely and accurately determine a company’s financial condition.
Certain Risks of Holding Fund Assets Outside the U.S. Foreign securities in which a Fund invests, or to which it obtains exposure, are generally held outside the U.S. in foreign banks and securities depositories. Each Fund’s custodian is the Fund’s “foreign custody manager” as provided in Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act. The “foreign custody manager” is responsible for determining that the Fund’s directly-held foreign assets will be subject to reasonable care, based on standards applicable to custodians in relevant foreign markets. However, certain foreign banks and securities depositories may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. They may also have operations subject to limited or no regulatory oversight. Also, the laws of certain countries may put limits on a Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a foreign bank or depository or issuer of a security or an agent of any of the foregoing goes bankrupt. In addition, it likely will be more expensive for the Fund to buy, sell, and hold securities, or increase or decrease exposures thereto, in certain foreign markets than it is in the U.S. market due to higher brokerage, transaction, custody, and/or other costs. The increased expense of investing in foreign markets reduces the amount a Fund can earn on its investments.
Settlement and clearance procedures in certain foreign markets differ significantly from those in the U.S. Foreign settlement and clearance procedures and trade regulations also may involve certain risks (such as delays in payment for or delivery of securities) not typically involved with the settlement of U.S. investments. Communications between the U.S. and emerging market countries may be unreliable, increasing the risk of delayed settlements or losses of security certificates. Settlements in certain foreign countries at times have not kept pace with the number of securities transactions. The problems may make it difficult for a Fund to carry out transactions. If the Fund cannot settle or is delayed in settling a purchase of securities, the Fund may miss attractive investment opportunities and certain of their assets may be uninvested with no return earned thereon for some period. If the Fund cannot settle or is delayed in settling a sale of securities, directly or indirectly, it may lose money if the value of the security then declines or, if it has contracted to sell the security to another party, the Fund could be liable to that party for any losses incurred.
20
Dividends and interest on, and proceeds from the sale of, foreign securities a Fund holds, or has exposure to, may be subject to foreign withholding or other taxes, and special federal tax considerations may apply. See “Taxation.”
Additional Risks of Global Markets. From time to time, certain of the companies in which a Fund may invest may operate in, or have dealings with, countries subject to sanctions or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and the United Nations and/or countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. A company may suffer damage to its reputation if it is identified as a company which operates in, or has dealings with, countries subject to sanctions or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and the United Nations and/or countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. As an investor in such companies, a Fund will be indirectly subject to those risks.
Tensions, war, or open conflict between nations could affect the economies of many nations, including the U.S. The ultimate effects of these events and other socio-political or geopolitical issues are not known but could profoundly affect global economies and markets and negatively affect the value and liquidity of a Fund’s investments.
FUTURES CONTRACTS AND RELATED OPTIONS
Each Fund may purchase or sell stock index futures contracts and options thereon, including as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying securities. A futures contract generally obligates the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take delivery of) the specified commodity on the expiration date of the contract. A stock index futures contract obligates the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take) an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar amount (the contract multiplier) multiplied by the difference between the final settlement price of a specific stock index futures contract and the price at which the agreement is made. No physical delivery of the underlying stocks in the index is made.
Each Fund generally chooses to engage in closing or offsetting transactions before final settlement wherein a second identical futures contract is sold to offset a long position (or bought to offset a short position). In such cases the obligation is to deliver (or take delivery of) cash equal to a specific dollar amount (the contract multiplier) multiplied by the difference between the price of the offsetting transaction and the price at which the original contract was entered into. If the original position entered into is a long position (futures contract purchased) there will be a gain (loss) if the offsetting sell transaction is done at a higher (lower) price, inclusive of commissions. If the original position entered into is a short position (futures contract sold) there will be a gain (loss) if the offsetting buy transaction is done at a lower (higher) price, inclusive of commissions.
Whether a Fund realizes a gain or loss from futures activities depends generally upon movements in the underlying asset. The extent of a Fund’s loss from an unhedged short position in futures contracts is potentially unlimited. Each Fund may engage in related closing transactions with respect to options on futures contracts. A Fund intends to engage in transactions in futures contracts that are traded on a U.S. exchange or board of trade or that have been approved for sale in the U.S. by the CFTC.
Upon entering into a futures contract, a Fund will be required to deposit with the broker an amount of cash or cash equivalents known as “initial margin,” which is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract, and that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the futures contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” to and from the broker will be made daily as the price of the index underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking-to-market.” At any time prior to expiration of a futures contract, a Fund may elect to close its
21
position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate the Fund’s existing position in the contract.
Each Fund may cover its long position in a futures contract by taking a short position in the instruments underlying the futures contract, or by taking positions in instruments the prices of which are expected to move relatively consistently inversely with the futures contract. Each Fund may cover its short position in a futures contract by taking a long position in the instruments underlying the futures contract, or by taking positions in instruments, the prices of which are expected to move relatively consistently to the futures contract. Each Fund may “cover” its short position in a futures contract by purchasing a call option on the same futures contract with a strike price (i.e., an exercise price) as low or lower than the price of the futures contract.
Although the Funds intend to sell futures contracts only if there is an active market for such contracts, no assurance can be given that a liquid market will exist for any particular contract at any particular time. Many futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond that limit or trading may be suspended for specified periods during the day. Futures contract prices could move to the limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and potentially subjecting a Fund to substantial losses. If trading is not possible, or if the Fund determines not to close a futures position in anticipation of adverse price movements, the Fund will be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin. The risk that a Fund will be unable to close out a futures position will be minimized by entering into such transactions on a national securities exchange with an active and liquid secondary market.
Historically, an adviser of a fund trading commodity interests (such as futures contracts, options on futures contracts, non-deliverable forwards, swaps and cash-settled foreign currency contracts) has been excluded from regulation as a commodity pool operator (“CPO”) pursuant to CFTC Regulation 4.5. In 2012, the CFTC amended Regulation 4.5 to dramatically narrow this exclusion.
Under the amended Regulation 4.5 exclusion, a fund’s commodity interests — other than those used for bona fide hedging purposes (as defined by the CFTC) — must be limited such that the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish the positions (after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions and excluding the amount by which options are “in-the-money” at the time of purchase) does not exceed 5% of the fund’s NAV, or alternatively, the aggregate net notional value of the positions, determined at the time the most recent position was established, does not exceed 100% of the fund’s NAV (after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions). Further, to qualify for the exclusion in amended Regulation 4.5, a fund must satisfy a marketing test, which requires, among other things, that the fund not hold itself out as a vehicle for trading commodity interests.
The Adviser intends to comply with one of the two alternative limitations described above with respect to the Funds and claim an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the CEA with respect to the Funds. The Adviser therefore will not be subject to registration or regulation as a CPO under the CEA. Complying with the limitations may restrict the Adviser’s ability to use derivatives as part of each Fund’s investment strategies. Although the Adviser expects to be able to execute each Fund’s strategies within the limitations, performance could be adversely affected.
GEOGRAPHIC FOCUS
Funds that are less diversified across countries or geographic regions are generally riskier than more geographically diversified funds. To the extent a Fund focuses on a specific region, it will be more exposed
22
to that region’s economic cycles, currency exchange rates, stock market valuations and political risks, among others, compared with a more geographically diversified fund. The economies and financial markets of certain regions, such as Asia, can be interdependent and may be adversely affected by the same events.
ILLIQUID SECURITIES
An illiquid security is any investment that a Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. A Fund will not acquire illiquid securities if, as a result, such securities would comprise more than 15% of the value of the Fund’s net assets. Illiquid securities may include unregistered securities, securities subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale or other restricted securities, repurchase agreements providing for settlement in more than seven days after notice, non-negotiable fixed time deposits with maturities over seven days, over-the-counter options, and certain restricted securities not determined to be liquid.
Historically, illiquid securities have included securities subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), securities which are otherwise not readily marketable and securities such as repurchase agreements that have a maturity of longer than seven days. Securities which have not been registered under the Securities Act are referred to as private placements or restricted securities and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the secondary market. Mutual funds do not typically hold a significant amount of these restricted or other illiquid securities because of the potential for delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. Limitations on resale may have an adverse effect on the marketability of portfolio securities and a mutual fund might be unable to dispose of restricted securities promptly or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty satisfying redemption requirements. A mutual fund might also have to register such restricted securities in order to dispose of them, resulting in additional expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering of securities.
In recent years, however, an institutional market has developed for certain securities that are not registered under the Securities Act including repurchase agreements, commercial paper, foreign securities, municipal securities and corporate bonds and notes. Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer’s ability to honor a demand for repayment. The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of the liquidity of such investments. The Adviser may determine that such securities are not illiquid securities notwithstanding their legal or contractual restrictions on resale.
The Funds have adopted and implemented a liquidity risk management program. This program seeks to assess and manage each Fund’s liquidity risk, which is defined as the risk that a Fund would be unable to meet investor redemption requests without significantly diluting the remaining investors’ interests in the Fund. The Board has designated the Adviser as the administrator of the liquidity risk management program.
INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING RISK
Each Fund may purchase shares in initial public offerings (“IPOs”). Because IPO shares frequently are volatile in price, a Fund may hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the turnover of a Fund’s portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to such Fund, such as commissions and transaction costs. By selling shares, a Fund may realize taxable capital gains that it will subsequently distribute to shareholders. As a result, IPOs performance can be more volatile and they face greater risk of business failure, affecting the Fund’s portfolio.
23
LEVERAGE
Each Fund may borrow from banks to increase its portfolio holdings of securities. This borrowing is known as leverage. Such borrowings may be on a secured or unsecured basis at fixed or variable rates of interest. The 1940 Act requires a Fund to maintain continuous asset coverage of not less than 300% with respect to all borrowings. This allows a Fund to borrow for such purposes an amount (when taken together with any borrowings for temporary or emergency purposes as described below) equal to as much as 50% of the value of its net assets (not including such borrowings). If such asset coverage should decline to less than 300% due to market fluctuations or other reasons, a Fund would be required to dispose of some of its portfolio holdings within three days (excluding Sundays and holidays) in order to reduce such Fund’s debt and restore the 300% asset coverage, even though it may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint to dispose of portfolio holdings at that time.
The Trust, on behalf of the Funds, has entered into an agreement with the Funds’ custodian which enables the Funds to participate in a $100 million unsecured uncommitted revolving line of credit (the “Uncommitted Line”). Borrowings under the Uncommitted Line are made solely to temporarily finance the purchase or sale of securities or to temporarily fund shareholder redemptions. The Funds may borrow up to the maximum amount allowable under their current prospectus and SAI, subject to various other legal, regulatory, or contractual limits, including the asset coverage limits in the Uncommitted Line and under the 1940 Act. Borrowing results in interest expense and other fees and expenses for the Funds that may impact a Fund’s expenses, including any net expense ratios. The costs of borrowing may reduce a Fund’s yield. If a Fund borrows pursuant to the Uncommitted Line, it is charged interest at a variable rate, which is currently based off the higher of the federal funds rate plus 1.35% and the overnight bank funding rate plus 1.35%. For the purpose of calculating the effective interest rate, if the federal funds rate or the overnight bank funding rate shall be less than zero, then such rate shall be deemed to be zero. The availability of funds under the Uncommitted Line can be affected by other participating Funds’ borrowings under the Uncommitted Line. Also, there is no guarantee that the Uncommitted Line will be available to the Funds. As such, a Fund may be unable to borrow (or borrow further) under the Uncommitted Line if the Uncommitted Line is not available.
The use of borrowing by a Fund involves special risk considerations that may not be associated with other funds having similar policies. Since substantially all of a Fund’s assets fluctuate in value, whereas the interest obligation resulting from a borrowing will be fixed by the terms of such Fund’s agreement with its lender, the asset value per share of such Fund will tend to increase more when its portfolio securities increase in value and decrease more when its portfolio securities decrease in value than would otherwise be the case if the Fund did not borrow funds. In addition, interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds. Under adverse market conditions, a Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales. The interest that a Fund must pay on borrowed money, together with any additional fees to maintain a line of credit or any minimum average balances required to be maintained, are additional costs which will reduce or eliminate any net investment income and may also offset any potential capital gains. Unless the appreciation and income, if any, on assets acquired with borrowed funds exceed the costs of borrowing, the use of leverage will diminish the investment performance of a Fund compared with what it would have been without leverage.
LOANS AND OTHER DEBT INSTRUMENTS
Loans and other direct debt instruments are interests in amounts owed by a corporate, governmental, or other borrower to another party. They may represent amounts owed to lenders or lending syndicates (loans and loan participation), to suppliers of goods or services (trade claims or other receivables), or to other
24
parties. Direct debt instruments involve a risk of loss in case of default or insolvency of the borrower and may offer less legal protection to the Funds in the event of fraud or misrepresentation. In addition, loan participations involve a risk of insolvency of the lending bank or other financial intermediary. Direct debt instruments may also include standby financing commitments that obligate the Funds to supply additional cash to the borrower on demand.
MASTER LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS
A Fund may invest in master limited partnerships (“MLPs”), which are publicly traded partnerships primarily engaged in the transportation, storage, processing, refining, marketing, exploration, production, and mining of minerals and natural resources. Their interests, or units, trade on public securities exchanges exactly like the shares of a corporation, without entity level taxation. MLPs generally have two classes of owners, one or more general partners and the limited partners (i.e., investors). The general partner typically controls the operations and management of the MLP through an equity interest in the MLP plus, in many cases, ownership of common units and subordinated units. Limited partners typically own the remainder of the partnership, through ownership of common units and have a limited role in the partnership’s operations and management. In certain instances, creditors of an MLP would have the right to seek a return of capital that had been distributed to a limited partner. The right of an MLP’s creditors would continue even after a Fund had sold its investment in the partnership. MLPs typically invest in real estate, oil and gas equipment leasing assets, but they also finance entertainment, research and development, and other projects.
MLP common units, like other equity securities, can be affected by macroeconomic and other factors affecting the stock market in general, expectations of interest rates, investor sentiment towards an issuer or certain market sector, changes in a particular issuer’s financial condition, or unfavorable or unanticipated poor performance of a particular issuer (in the case of MLPs, generally measured in terms of distributable cash flow). Prices of common units of individual MLPs, like the prices of other equity securities, also can be affected by fundamentals unique to the partnership or company, including earnings power and coverage ratios.
MERGER ARBITRAGE
Each Fund may utilize merger arbitrage as an investment strategy. Merger arbitrage is a highly specialized investment approach designed to profit from the successful completion of mergers, takeovers, tender offers, leveraged buyouts, spin-offs, liquidations, and other corporate reorganizations. The most common arbitrage activity, and the approach a Fund generally will use, involves purchasing the shares of an announced acquisition target company at a discount to their expected value upon completion of the acquisition. The Adviser may engage in selling securities short when the terms of a proposed acquisition call for the exchange of common stock and/or other securities. In such a case, the common stock of the company to be acquired may be purchased and, at approximately the same time, an equivalent amount of the acquiring company’s common stock and/or other securities may be sold short. Each Fund generally engages in active and frequent trading of portfolio securities to achieve its principal investment strategies.
A corporation’s minority shareholders may have a statutory right of appraisal to have a fair stock price determined by a judicial proceeding or by an independent valuator, which obligates the acquiring corporation to repurchase the shares at the determined price. Appraisal rights are a protection for minority shareholders that prevent the acquiring company in a merger from paying less than the acquired company is worth to shareholders. However, there is no guarantee that exercising appraisal rights will result in a Fund receiving an amount greater than the previously paid share price. There is a risk that a Fund exercising appraisal rights may receive less value. Moreover, a Fund exercising appraisal rights may be subject to additional costs of the appraisal proceeding without receiving an increased return on its investment if the appraisal does not result in a higher share price. A Fund exercising appraisal rights may also experience
25
limited liquidity on its investment while the subject securities are being appraised, which may limit the Fund’s ability to pursue other investments and achieve its investment objective.
OPTIONS TRANSACTIONS
Each Fund may write both covered and uncovered options. Option transactions in which a Fund may engage involve the specific risks described above as well as the following risks:
| ● | the writer of an option may be assigned an exercise at any time during the option period; |
| ● | disruptions in the markets for underlying instruments could result in losses for options investors; |
| ● | imperfect or no correlation between the option and the securities being hedged; |
| ● | the insolvency of a broker could present risks for the broker’s customers; and |
| ● | market imposed restrictions may prohibit the exercise of certain options. |
In addition, the option activities of a Fund may affect its portfolio turnover rate and the amount of brokerage commissions paid by such Fund. The success of a Fund in using the option strategies described above depends, among other things, on the Adviser’s ability to predict the direction and volatility of price movements in the options and securities markets and the Adviser’s ability to select the proper time, type, and duration of the options.
By writing call options, a Fund forgoes the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the underlying security above the exercise price except insofar as the premium represents such a profit. A Fund may also seek to earn additional income through receipt of premiums by writing covered put options. The risk involved in writing such options is that there could be a decrease in the market value of the underlying security. If this occurred, the option could be exercised and the underlying security would then be sold to a Fund at a higher price than its then current market value.
Each Fund may purchase put and call options to attempt to provide protection against adverse price effects from anticipated changes in prevailing prices of securities. The purchase of a put option generally protects the value of portfolio holdings in a falling market, while the purchase of a call option generally protects cash reserves from a failure to participate in a rising market. In purchasing a call option, a Fund would be in a position to realize a gain if, during the option period, the price of the security increased by an amount greater than the premium paid. A Fund would realize a loss if the price of the security decreased or remained the same or did not increase during the period by more than the amount of the premium. If a put or call option purchased by a Fund were permitted to expire without being sold or exercised, its premium would represent a realized loss to such Fund.
The imperfect correlation in price movement between an option and the underlying financial instrument and/or the costs of implementing such an option may limit the effectiveness of the strategy. A Fund’s ability to establish and close out options positions will be subject to the existence of a liquid secondary market. Although a Fund generally will purchase or sell only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will exist for any particular option or at any particular time. If an option purchased by a Fund expires unexercised, such Fund will lose the premium it paid. In addition, a Fund could suffer a loss if the premium paid by such Fund in a closing transaction exceeds the premium income it received. When a Fund writes a call option, its ability to participate in the capital appreciation of the underlying obligation is limited.
It is the present intention of the Adviser, with respect to each Fund other than Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund, not to commit greater than 25% of a Fund’s net assets to option strategies.
26
Writing Covered Call Options. Each Fund may write covered call options on equity securities to earn premium income, to ensure a definite price for a security that the Fund has considered selling, or to close out options previously purchased. A call option gives the holder (buyer) the right to purchase a security at a specified price (the exercise price) at any time until a certain date (the expiration date). A call option is “covered” if a Fund owns the underlying security subject to the call option at all times during the option period. The principal reason for a Fund to write call options on securities held by such Fund is to attempt to realize, through the receipt of premiums, a greater return than would be realized on the underlying securities alone.
There is no assurance that a closing transaction can be effected at a favorable price. During the option period, the covered call writer has, in return for the premium received, given up the opportunity for capital appreciation above the exercise price should the market price of the underlying security increase, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline.
Writing Covered Put Options. Each Fund may write covered put options on equity securities to assure a definite price for a security if it is considering acquiring the security at a lower price than the current market price or to close out options previously purchased or to earn premium income. A put option gives the holder of the option the right to sell, and the writer has the obligation to buy, the underlying security at the exercise price at any time during the option period. The operation of put options in other respects is substantially identical to that of call options. A put option is “covered” if a Fund is short the underlying security subject to the put option at all times during the option period.
The risks involved in writing put options include the risk that a closing transaction cannot be effected at a favorable price and the possibility that the price of the underlying security may fall below the exercise price, in which case a Fund may be required to purchase the underlying security at a higher price than the market price of the security at the time the option is exercised.
Writing Uncovered Options. In addition to covered options, each Fund may sell “uncovered” call and put options. Uncovered call options have speculative characteristics and are riskier than covered call options because there is no underlying instrument held by the Fund that can act as a partial hedge. As the writer of a covered call option or an index call option, the Fund forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security or the index covering the call option above the sum of the option premium received and the exercise price of the call, but has retained the risk of loss, minus the option premium received, should the price of the underlying security or index decline.
The Funds’ ability to write call or put options may be limited by margin requirements and other federal securities rules or regulations and is subject to the requirements of Rule 18f-4 as described in the “DERIVATIVES—Rule 18f-4 under the Investment Company Act of 1940” section above.
OVER-THE-COUNTER OPTIONS
A Fund may engage in transactions in options that are traded over-the-counter (“OTC transactions”). OTC transactions differ from exchange-traded transactions in several respects. OTC transactions are transacted directly with dealers and not with a clearing corporation. Without the availability of a clearing corporation, OTC transaction pricing is normally done by reference to information from market makers, which information is carefully monitored by the Adviser and verified in appropriate cases.
As the OTC transactions are transacted directly with dealers, there is a risk of nonperformance by the dealer as a result of the insolvency of such dealer or otherwise, in which event a Fund may experience a loss. An OTC transaction may only be terminated voluntarily by entering into a closing transaction with the dealer with whom a Fund originally dealt. Any such cancellation, if agreed to, may require a Fund to pay a
27
premium to that dealer. In those cases in which a Fund has entered into a covered transaction and cannot voluntarily terminate the transaction, such Fund will not be able to sell the underlying security until the investment instrument expires or is exercised or different cover is substituted. In such cases, the Fund in question may not be able to sell an underlying security even though it might otherwise be advantageous to do so.
It is each Fund’s intention to enter into OTC transactions only with dealers which agree to, and which are expected to be capable of, entering into closing transactions with the Fund, although there is no assurance that a dealer will voluntarily agree to terminate the transaction. There is also no assurance that a Fund will be able to liquidate an OTC transaction at any time prior to expiration. OTC transactions for which there is no adequate secondary market will be considered illiquid.
PANDEMIC AND NATURAL DISASTER RISK
The impact of a health crisis and other epidemics and pandemics that may arise in the future could affect the global economy in ways that cannot necessarily be foreseen at the present time. In addition to widespread disease, including the novel coronavirus disease (COVID-19) and other pandemics and epidemics, natural or environmental disasters, such as earthquakes, fires, floods, hurricanes, tsunamis and other severe weather-related phenomena, generally have been, and can be, highly disruptive to economies and markets, adversely impacting individual companies, sectors, industries, markets, currencies, interest and inflation rates, credit ratings, investor sentiment, and other factors affecting the value of the Funds’ investments. The impact of infectious diseases and natural or environmental disasters in developing or emerging market countries may be greater due to limited health care and other resources. Given the increasing interdependence among global economies and markets, conditions in one country, market, or region are increasingly likely to adversely affect markets, issuers, and/or foreign exchange rates in other countries, including the U.S. These disruptions could prevent each Fund from executing advantageous investment decisions in a timely manner and negatively impact the Fund’s ability to successfully execute its investment strategy or achieve its investment objectives. Any such event(s) could have a significant adverse impact on the value and risk profile of the Funds.
PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANIES
If a Fund purchases shares in passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”), it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on a Fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. If a Fund were to invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the Fund might be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the Fund, and such amounts would be subject to the 90% and excise tax distribution requirements described below. In order to make this election, a Fund would be required to obtain certain annual information from the PFICs in which it invests, which may be difficult or impossible to obtain.
Currently proposed IRS regulations, if adopted, would treat such included amounts as nonqualifying regulated investment company income to the Fund unless such amounts were also distributed to the Fund.
Alternatively, each Fund may make a mark-to-market election that would result in the Fund being treated as if it had sold and repurchased its PFIC stock at the end of each year. In such case, the Fund would report any such gains as ordinary income and would deduct any such losses as ordinary losses to the extent of previously recognized gains. The election must be made separately for each PFIC owned by the Fund and, once made, would be effective for all subsequent taxable years, unless revoked with the consent of the IRS.
28
By making the election, the Fund could potentially ameliorate the adverse tax consequences with respect to its ownership of shares in a PFIC, but in any particular year may be required to recognize income in excess of the distributions it receives from PFICs and its proceeds from distributions of PFIC stock. A Fund may have to distribute this “phantom” income and gain to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax.
Each Fund will make the appropriate tax election, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effects of these rules.
PREFERRED STOCKS
Each Fund may invest in preferred stocks. Preferred stock includes convertible and non-convertible preferred and preference stocks that are senior to common stock. Preferred stock has a preference over common stock in liquidation (and generally dividends as well) but is subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer in all respects. As a general rule the market value of preferred stock with a fixed dividend rate and no conversion element varies inversely with interest rates and perceived credit risk, while the market price of convertible preferred stock generally also reflects some element of conversion value. Because preferred stock is junior to debt securities and other obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer will cause greater changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, preferred stock dividends are payable only if declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Preferred stock also may be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions.
Private Placement and Restricted Securities
The Funds may invest in securities that are not registered under the Securities Act (“restricted securities”). Restricted securities may be sold in private placement transactions between issuers and their purchasers and may be neither listed on an exchange nor traded in other established markets. In many cases, privately placed securities may not be freely transferable under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction or due to contractual restrictions on resale. Some of these securities are new and complex, and trade only among institutions; the markets for these securities are still developing and may not function as efficiently as established markets. As a result of the absence of a public trading market, privately placed securities may be deemed to be illiquid investments or less liquid investments and may be more difficult to value than publicly traded securities. To the extent that privately placed securities may be resold in privately negotiated transactions, the prices realized from the sales, due to lack of liquidity, could be less than those originally paid by a Fund or less than their fair market value. In addition, issuers whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements that may be applicable if their securities were publicly traded. Where registration is required for restricted securities, a considerable time period may elapse between the time a Fund decides to sell the security and the time it is actually permitted to sell the security under an effective registration statement. If during such period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the Fund might obtain less favorable pricing terms than when it decided to sell the security. Transactions in restricted securities may entail other transaction costs that are higher than those for transactions in unrestricted securities. Certain of a Fund’s investments in private placements may consist of direct investments and may include investments in smaller, less seasoned issuers, which may involve greater risks. These issuers may have limited product lines, markets, or financial resources, or they may be dependent on a limited management group. In making investments in such securities, a Fund may obtain access to material non-public information, which may restrict the Fund’s ability to conduct portfolio transactions in such securities.
29
REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUSTS
A real estate investment trust (“REIT”) is a company that pools investor funds to invest primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests. A REIT is not taxed on net income and net realized gains distributed to its shareholders if, among other things, it distributes substantially all of its taxable income (other than net capital gains) and certain other amounts for each taxable year.
Because REITs have ongoing fees and expenses, which may include management, operating and administration expenses, REIT shareholders, including a Fund, will indirectly bear a proportionate share of those expenses in addition to the expenses of the Fund. However, such expenses are not considered to be Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses and, therefore, are not reflected as such in a Fund’s fee table.
A Fund also may be subject to certain risks associated with the direct investments of the REITs. REITs may be affected by changes in their underlying properties and by defaults by borrowers or tenants, especially in light of the effects of COVID-19 or potential future pandemics. Mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of the credit extended. Furthermore, REITs are dependent on specialized management skills. Some REITs may have limited diversification and may be subject to risks inherent in financing a limited number of properties. REITs depend generally on their ability to generate cash flow to make distributions to shareholders or unitholders and may be subject to defaults by borrowers and to self-liquidations. In addition, the performance of a REIT may be affected by its failure to qualify for tax-free “pass-through” of income under the Code, including regulations thereunder and Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) interpretations or similar authority upon which a Fund may rely, or its failure to maintain exemption from registration under the 1940 Act.
REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES
Each Fund may invest in shares of registered investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and the rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder. The 1940 Act generally permits a Fund to purchase securities of other investment companies where no more than 10% of the value of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in such securities, no more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in shares of any one investment company, and the Fund would hold no more than 3% of the outstanding voting securities of any investment company.
Fund of fund arrangements must comply with the provisions of the 1940 Act, Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act, or another rule. Pursuant to Rule 12d1-4, a Fund is permitted to exceed the limits of Section 12 of the 1940 Act, described above, if the Fund complies with Rule 12d1-4’s conditions, which contain elements from the SEC’s prior exemptive orders permitting fund of funds arrangements, including (i) limits on control and voting; (ii) required evaluations and findings; (iii) required fund of funds investment agreements; and (iv) limits on complex structures. The limits on control and voting do not apply if the funds are affiliated and in the same group of investment companies.
The Adviser may be deemed to have a conflict of interest when determining whether to invest or maintain a Fund’s assets in an affiliated underlying fund. The Adviser would seek to mitigate this conflict of interest, however, by undertaking to waive a portion of a Fund’s advisory fee equal to the advisory fee it receives from the affiliated underlying fund on the Fund’s assets invested in the affiliated underlying fund. The Adviser and its affiliates may derive indirect benefits such as increased assets under management from investing Fund assets in an affiliated underlying fund, which benefits would not be present if investments were made in unaffiliated underlying funds. In addition, although the Adviser will waive a portion of a Fund’s advisory fee (as previously described), the Fund will indirectly bear its pro rata share of an affiliated underlying fund’s other fees and expenses, and such fees and expenses may be paid to the Adviser or its affiliates or a third party.
30
Investment companies include other open-end investment companies, closed-end investment companies, unit investment trusts, and ETFs which may be organized as either open-end investment companies or unit investment trusts, all of which are professionally managed portfolios.
Any investment in a registered investment company involves investment risk. Additionally, an investor could invest directly in the registered investment companies in which the Funds invest. By investing indirectly through a Fund, an investor bears not only his or her proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund (including operating costs and investment advisory fees) but also indirect similar expenses of the registered investment companies in which the Fund invests. An investor may also indirectly bear expenses paid by registered investment companies in which a Fund invests related to the distribution of such registered investment company’s shares.
Under certain circumstances an open-end investment company in which a Fund invests may determine to make payment of a redemption by the Fund (wholly or in part) by a distribution in kind of securities from its portfolio, instead of in cash. As a result, the Fund may hold such securities until the Adviser determines it appropriate to dispose of them. Such disposition will impose additional costs on the Fund.
Investment decisions by the investment advisers to the registered investment companies in which the Funds invest are made independently of the Funds and the Adviser. At any particular time, one registered investment company in which a Fund invests may be purchasing shares of an issuer whose shares are being sold by another registered investment company in which the Fund invests. As a result, the Fund indirectly would incur certain transactional costs without accomplishing any investment purpose.
Registered investment companies in which the Funds may invest may concentrate their investments within one industry (namely, sector funds). Since the investment alternatives within an industry are limited, the value of the shares of such a registered investment company may be subject to greater market fluctuation than a registered investment company which invests in a broader range of securities.
Money market funds are open-end registered investment companies that historically have traded at a stable $1.00 per share price. However, money market funds that do not meet the definition of a “retail money market fund” or “government money market fund” under the 1940 Act are required to transact at a floating NAV per share (i.e., in a manner similar to how all other non-money market mutual funds transact), instead of at a $1.00 stable share price. Money market funds may also impose liquidity fees and redemption gates for use in times of market stress. If a Fund invests in a money market fund with a floating NAV, the impact on the trading and value of the money market instruments may negatively affect a Fund’s return potential.
An investment in an ETF or a closed-end fund generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a conventional open-end fund (i.e., one that is not exchange-traded) that has the same investment objectives, strategies, and policies. The price of an ETF or a closed-end fund can fluctuate within a wide range, and the Fund could lose money investing in such a fund if the prices of the securities owned by it go down. In addition, ETFs and closed-end funds are subject to the following risks that do not apply to conventional open-end funds: (i) the market price of their shares may trade at a discount to their net asset value; (ii) an active trading market for their shares may not develop or be maintained; or (iii) trading of their shares may be halted if the listing exchange’s officials deem such action appropriate, the shares are delisted from the exchange, or the activation of market-wide “circuit breakers” (which are tied to large decreases in stock prices) halts stock trading generally.
SECTOR RISK
From time to time, based on market or economic conditions or investment opportunities, a Fund may have significant investments in one or more sectors of the market. When a Fund invests a substantial portion of
31
its assets in a particular sector or sub-sector of the economy, the Fund’s investments are not as varied as the investments of most funds and are far less varied than the broad securities markets. As a result, a Fund that invests more heavily in one sector of the market may see its performance be especially sensitive to developments that significantly affect that sector. In addition, a sector may also react in the same way to economic, political or regulatory events and a Fund’s performance may be affected if the sector does not perform as expected. Alternatively, the lack of exposure to one or more sectors may adversely affect performance.
SECURITIES LENDING
The Funds may seek to increase their income by lending portfolio securities. Under present regulatory policies, such loans may be made to institutions, such as certain broker-dealers, and are required to be secured continuously by collateral in cash maintained on a current basis at an amount at least equal to the market value of the securities loaned (100% collateral). The collateral must be valued daily and, should the market value of the loaned securities increase, the borrower must furnish additional collateral to a Fund. During the time portfolio securities are on loan, the borrower pays a Fund any dividends or interest paid on such securities. The collateral may be invested in repurchase agreements, money market funds, and other short-term obligations, subject to the restrictions of the 1940 Act. The amount of such collateral investment may be substantial. The Funds have a Securities Lending Agreement with their custodian bank, pursuant to which the custodian serves as securities lending agent and manages the securities lending on behalf of the Funds. The aggregate value of securities loaned by a Fund at a given time will not exceed one-third of the value of the total assets of the Fund making the loan. Loans are subject to termination by the Fund or the borrower at any time. While a Fund does not have the right to vote securities on loan, it has the right to terminate the loan and regain the right to vote if that is considered important with respect to the Fund’s investment. A Fund will only enter into loan arrangements with broker-dealers, banks, or other institutions which the Adviser has determined are creditworthy under guidelines established by the Trustees.
To the extent permitted by federal law, investments of any cash invested or reinvested under the securities lending program are exempt from the restrictions set forth in the Funds’ prospectus and this SAI.
Securities lending typically involves counterparty risk, including the risk that a borrower may not provide additional collateral when required or return the loaned securities in a timely manner. This risk could be greater for foreign securities. In the Funds’ securities lending program, the counterparty risk related to borrowers not providing additional collateral or returning loaned securities in a timely manner is borne by the securities lending agent, which has indemnified the Fund against losses resulting from these risks. However, the Fund may lose money from lending securities (or the amounts earned from securities lending may be limited) if, for example, the value or return of its investments of the cash collateral declines below the amount owed to a borrower.
Cash received as collateral through loan transactions may be invested in other eligible securities, including shares of a money market fund. Investing cash subjects the investment, as well as the securities loaned, to market appreciation or depreciation.
The services provided by the securities lending agent include selection of securities to be loaned; entering into loan agreements with borrowers previously approved by the Funds’ Board; negotiating loan terms; delivery of documents to the Funds; receiving and holding collateral on the Funds’ behalf; marking loaned securities and collateral to their market value; investing cash collateral in accordance with instructions from the Funds; and recordkeeping for transactions under the securities lending agreement.
There were no securities lending activities for the Funds’ most recently completed fiscal year.
32
SENIOR LOANS
Senior Loans are loans made to borrowers that may be corporations, partnerships, or other entities (each a “Borrower”). Investing in Senior Loans involves investment risk, and some Borrowers default on their Senior Loan repayments. The risks associated with Senior Loans are similar to the risks of high yield bonds, although Senior Loans typically are senior and secured, whereas high yield bonds often are subordinated and unsecured. An economic downturn generally leads to a higher non-payment rate, and a Senior Loan may lose significant value before a Borrower’s default occurs. There is no assurance that the liquidation of the collateral would satisfy the claims of the Borrower’s obligations in the event of the non-payment of scheduled interest or principal, or that the collateral could be readily liquidated. No active trading market may exist for certain Senior Loans, which may impair the ability of a Fund to realize full value in the event of the need to sell a Senior Loan and which may make it difficult to value Senior Loans. Adverse market conditions may impair the liquidity of some actively traded Senior Loans. To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain Senior Loans, the market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads, and extended trade settlement periods.
SHORT SALES
Each Fund may employ various hedging techniques, such as short selling in an effort to reduce the risks associated with certain of its investments. For example, when the terms of a proposed acquisition call for the exchange of common stock and/or other securities, the common stock of the company to be acquired may be purchased and, at approximately the same time, the amount of the acquiring company’s common stock and/or other securities to be received may be sold short. The Adviser will make any such short sale with the intention of later closing out (or covering) the short position with the securities of the acquiring company received once the acquisition is consummated. The purpose of the short sale is to protect against a decline in the market value of the acquiring company’s securities prior to the acquisition’s completion. However, should the acquisition be called off or otherwise not completed, a Fund may realize losses on both its long position in the target company’s shares and its short position in the acquirer’s securities. A Fund must comply with Rule 18f-4 with respect to its short sale borrowings, which are considered derivative transactions under the Rule. See the “DERIVATIVES—Rule 18f-4 under the Investment Company Act of 1940” section above. Until a Fund replaces a borrowed security, the Fund will adhere to requirements set forth in that section.
Special Purpose Acquisition Companies
The Funds may invest in the common stock of and other interests (e.g., warrants and rights) in special purpose acquisition companies or similar special purpose entities (collectively, “SPACs”). A SPAC investment typically represents an investment in a special purpose vehicle that seeks to identify and effect an acquisition of, or merger with, an operating company in a particular industry or sector. During the period when management of the SPAC seeks to identify a potential acquisition or merger target, typically most of the capital raised for that purpose (less a portion retained to cover expenses) is invested in income-producing investments. The Funds may invest in SPACs for a variety of investment purposes, including to achieve income. SPACs provide the opportunity for common shareholders to have some or all of their shares redeemed by the SPAC at or around the time a proposed merger or acquisition is expected to occur. If not subject to a restriction on resale, a Fund may sell its investments in SPACs at any time, including before, at or after the time of a merger or acquisition. The Funds may invest in certain SPAC investments where the SPAC or the securities underlying the SPAC will not be registered under the Securities Act, as amended and/or no public market may exist for such securities. Such investments involve a high degree of risk which could cause a Fund to lose all or part of its investment. The restrictions on resale of certain unregistered SPAC investments may be for an extended time (e.g., two to three years).
33
Because SPACs and similar entities have no operating history or ongoing business other than seeking acquisitions, the value of their securities is particularly dependent on the ability of the entity’s management to identify and complete a profitable acquisition. Some SPACs may pursue acquisitions only within certain industries or regions, which may increase the volatility of their prices. In addition, some SPACs are typically traded in the over-the-counter market, may be considered illiquid and/or may be subject to restrictions on resale. An investment in a SPAC is subject to a variety of risks, including that (i) a significant portion of the monies raised by the SPAC for the purpose of identifying and effecting an acquisition or merger may be expended during the search for a target transaction; (ii) an attractive acquisition or merger target may not be identified at all and the SPAC will be required to return any remaining monies to shareholders; (iii) any proposed merger or acquisition may be unable to obtain the requisite approval, if any, of SPAC shareholders; (iv) an acquisition or merger once effected may prove unsuccessful and an investment in the SPAC may lose value; (v) the warrants or other rights with respect to the SPAC held by the Fund may expire worthless or may be repurchased or retired by the SPAC at an unfavorable price; (vi) the Fund will be delayed in receiving any redemption or liquidation proceeds from a SPAC to which it is entitled; (vii) an investment in a SPAC may be diluted by additional later offerings of interests in the SPAC or by other investors exercising existing rights to purchase shares of the SPAC; (viii) no or only a thinly traded market for shares of or interests in a SPAC may develop, leaving the Fund unable to sell its interest in a SPAC or to sell its interest only at a price below what the Fund believes is the SPAC interest’s intrinsic value; and (ix) the values of investments in SPACs may be highly volatile and may depreciate significantly over time.
SWAP AGREEMENTS
Each Fund may enter into equity swap agreements for the purpose of attempting to obtain a desired return on, or exposure to, certain equity securities or equity indices in an expedited manner or at a lower cost to the Fund than if the Fund had invested directly in such securities.
Each Fund may also enter into currency swap agreements. A currency swap agreement is an arrangement whereby each party exchanges one currency for another on a particular date and agrees to reverse the exchange on a later date at a specific exchange rate. A Fund expects to enter into these currency swaps in primarily the following circumstances: to lock in the U.S. dollar equivalent price of a security the Fund is contemplating buying or selling which is denominated in a non-U.S. currency; or to protect against a decline against the U.S. dollar of the currency of a particular country to which the Fund has exposure.
Each Fund may also enter into credit default index swaps and credit default swaps, as described above in this section of the SAI.
General Characteristics of Swap Agreements. Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods generally ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” namely, the return on, or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested in a “basket” of particular securities or securities representing a particular index.
Forms of swap agreements include:
| (1) | equity or index caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payment to the other to the extent that the return on securities exceeds a specified rate, or “cap”; |
34
| (2) | equity or index floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that the return on securities fall below a specified level, or “floor”; and |
| (3) | equity or index collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. |
Parties may also enter into bilateral swap agreements, which obligate one party to pay the amount of any net appreciation in a basket or index of securities while the counterparty is obligated to pay the amount of any net depreciation.
The “notional amount” of the swap agreement is only a fictive basis on which to calculate the obligations that the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to exchange. Although some swap agreements may be prepaid in full by a Fund at inception, most swap agreements entered into by a Fund would calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a “net basis.” Consequently, a Fund’s current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). A Fund’s current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against amounts owed to such Fund). In addition, these transactions are subject to the risks and requirements outlined in the “DERIVATIVES” section above.
Risks Associated with Swap Agreements. Risks associated with swap agreements include changes in the returns of the underlying instruments, failure of the counterparties to perform under the contract’s terms and the possible lack of liquidity with respect to the swap agreements. Whether a Fund’s use of swap agreements will be successful in furthering its investment objective will depend on the Adviser’s ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Moreover, each Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. The Adviser will cause each Fund to enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that would be eligible for consideration as repurchase agreement counterparties under the Fund’s repurchase agreement guidelines. Certain restrictions imposed on the Funds by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) may limit the Funds’ ability to use swap agreements. The swaps market is subject to extensive regulation under the Dodd-Frank Act and certain SEC and CFTC rules promulgated thereunder. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including new and additional government regulation, could result in higher Fund costs and expenses and could adversely affect the Fund’s ability, among other things, to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.
TAX RISKS
The U.S. income tax rules may be uncertain when applied to specific arbitrage transactions, including, among other issues, identifying deferred losses from wash sales or realized gains from constructive sales. Such uncertainty may cause the Fund to be exposed to unexpected tax liability or loss of pass-through tax status.
U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES
The Funds may invest in a variety of U.S. Treasury obligations, including bills, notes, and bonds. These obligations differ only in terms of their interest rates, maturities, and time of issuance. The Funds may also invest in other securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies, and instrumentalities.
35
Obligations of certain agencies and instrumentalities, such as the Government National Mortgage Association, are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury. Others, such as those of the Export-Import Bank of the U.S., are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; and others, such as those of the Federal National Mortgage Association, are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; still others, such as those of the Student Loan Marketing Association are supported only by the credit of the agency or instrumentality that issues them. There is no guarantee that the U.S. Government will provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities, now or in the future, if it is not obligated to do so by law.
VALUATION RISKS
For investments where market quotations are not readily available, or if the Adviser believes a market quotation does not reflect fair value, the Funds are required to fair value their investments. The Funds’ Board of Trustees has designated the Adviser as each Fund’s valuation designee to perform fair value functions in accordance with valuation policies and procedures adopted by the Adviser, subject to the Board’s oversight. The Adviser has a Fair Valuation Committee, which is responsible for monitoring the valuation of portfolio securities and other investments as needed and determining the fair value of illiquid and other holdings after consideration of all relevant factors. The Fair Valuation Committee reports its determinations to the Board. The Funds may rely on the quotations furnished by pricing services or other third parties, including broker dealers and counterparties to price portfolio securities and other assets for which there is no readily available or reliable market quotation. Such reliance carries with it the risk that the quotations may be inaccurate or unreliable. Fair market valuation entails specific risks, and these risks may be further complicated by the complexities of each transaction. The recent decline of worldwide economies has increased the volatility of market prices and has increased the level of uncertainty in valuations. Consequently, a Fund may have more frequently applied fair valuation determinations in determining net asset value. There is no uniform or single standard for fair valuation pricing. Miscalculations of fair valuation pricing may result in overestimating or underestimating the value of a particular asset and thus the net asset value of the Fund. In addition, since foreign exchanges may be open on days when the Funds do not price their shares, the value of the securities in a Fund’s portfolio may change on days when shareholders are not able to purchase or sell the Fund’s shares.
WARRANTS
Each Fund may invest a portion of its assets in warrants only to the extent that such investments do not exceed 5% of the Fund’s net assets at the time of purchase. A warrant gives the holder a right to purchase at any time during a specified period a predetermined number of shares of common stock at a fixed price. Unlike convertible debt securities or preferred stock, warrants do not pay a fixed coupon or dividend. Investments in warrants involve certain risks, including the possible lack of a liquid market for resale of the warrants, potential price fluctuations as a result of speculation or other factors, and failure of the price of the underlying security to reach or have reasonable prospects of reaching a level at which the warrant can be prudently exercised (in which event the warrant may expire without being exercised, resulting in a loss of a Fund’s entire investment therein).
WHEN-ISSUED, FORWARD COMMITMENT AND DELAYED SETTLEMENT SECURITIES
Each Fund may purchase and sell securities on a when-issued, forward commitment or delayed settlement basis. A Fund will purchase securities on a when-issued, forward commitment or delayed settlement basis only with the intention of completing the transaction. If deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy, however, the Fund may dispose of or renegotiate a commitment after it is entered into, and may sell securities it has committed to purchase before those securities are delivered to the Fund on the settlement date. In these cases, the Fund may realize a taxable capital gain or loss. When a Fund engages in when-
36
issued, forward commitment or delayed settlement transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the trade. Failure of such party to do so may result in the Fund incurring a loss or missing an opportunity to obtain a price believed to be advantageous.
The market value of the securities underlying a when-issued purchase, forward commitment to purchase securities, or a delayed settlement and any subsequent fluctuations in their market value is taken into account when determining the market value of the Fund starting on the day the Fund agrees to purchase the securities. If the transaction is collateralized, the exchange of margin may take place between the Fund and the counterparty according to an agreed-upon schedule. Generally, a Fund will record the transaction and reflect the value of the securities each day in determining its NAV. The Fund does not earn interest on the securities it has committed to purchase until it has paid for and delivered on the settlement date.
As described in the “DERIVATIVES—Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act” section above, when-issued or forward settling securities transactions that do not physically settle within 35 days are required to be treated as derivatives transactions in compliance with Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act. However, when-issued or forward settling securities transactions physically settling within 35 days are deemed not to involve a senior security under Section 18 of the 1940 Act.
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT POLICIES
The policies set forth below are fundamental policies of each Fund. These policies have been adopted by the Funds and may be changed only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of a Fund. As used in this SAI and in the Funds’ prospectus and as defined in the 1940 Act, the term “majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund” means the vote of whichever is less:
| (1) | 67% or more of the applicable Fund’s shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present or represented by proxy, or |
| (2) | more than 50% of the applicable Fund’s outstanding shares. |
Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies provide that:
| (1) | No Fund may issue senior securities other than to evidence borrowings or short sales as permitted under the 1940 Act. |
| (2) | No Fund may borrow money except that a Fund may borrow: |
| (a) | from banks to purchase or carry securities or other investments, |
| (b) | from banks for temporary or emergency purposes, or |
| (c) | by entering into reverse repurchase agreements, |
if, immediately after any such borrowing, the value of the Fund’s assets, including all borrowings then outstanding less its liabilities, is equal to at least 300% of the aggregate amount of borrowings then outstanding (for the purpose of determining the 300% asset coverage, the Fund’s liabilities will not include amounts borrowed). Any such borrowings may be secured or unsecured. Each Fund may issue securities (including senior securities) appropriate to evidence the indebtedness, including reverse repurchase agreements, which the Fund is permitted to incur.
37
| (3) | No Fund may underwrite or participate in the marketing of securities issued by other persons except to the extent that a Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter under federal securities laws in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities. |
| (4) | No Fund may concentrate its investments in any industry, with the exception of securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies, and instrumentalities. Notwithstanding the foregoing with regard to Arbitrage Fund, if a large percentage (namely, at least 50%) of mergers or other corporate events taking place within the U.S. are within one industry (for example, banking or telecommunications) over a given period of time, a large portion of Arbitrage Fund’s assets could be concentrated in that industry for that period of time; and with regard to Water Island Event-Driven Fund, if a large percentage (namely, at least 50%) of corporate events taking place within the U.S. are within one industry over a given period of time, a large portion of Water Island Event-Driven Fund’s assets could be concentrated in that industry for that period of time. |
| (5) | No Fund may purchase or sell real estate or real estate mortgage loans as such, but this restriction shall not prevent a Fund from investing in readily marketable interests in real estate investment trusts, readily marketable securities of companies which invest in real estate, or obligations secured by real estate or interests therein. |
| (6) | No Fund may purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts. (For purposes of this restriction, currency futures contracts, options on currency futures contracts and on currencies, and forward currency contracts are not deemed to be commodities or commodity contracts.) |
| (7) | No Fund may lend any of its assets, except that a Fund may lend up to 1/3 of its portfolio securities. |
| (8) | No Fund may purchase securities on margin, except that a Fund may obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities. |
| (9) | No Fund may pledge, mortgage or hypothecate its assets, except to secure borrowings. |
| (10) | No Fund may invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control or management. |
With respect to the fundamental policies relating to senior securities set forth in (1) above, senior securities are defined as fund obligations that have a priority over the fund’s shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of fund assets. The 1940 Act prohibits a fund from issuing any class of senior securities or selling any senior securities of which it is the issuer, except that a fund is permitted to borrow from a bank so long as, immediately after such borrowings, there is an asset coverage of at least 300% for all borrowings of the fund (not including borrowings for temporary purposes in an amount not exceeding 5% of the value of the fund’s total assets). In the event that such asset coverage falls below this percentage, a fund must reduce the amount of its borrowings within three days (not including Sundays and holidays) so that the asset coverage is restored to at least 300%. The fundamental investment restriction regarding senior securities will be interpreted so as to permit collateral arrangements with respect to swaps, options, forward or futures contracts or other derivatives, or the posting of initial or variation margin. Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act provides an exemption to enter into certain transactions otherwise deemed to be senior securities subject to compliance with the requirements and limitations outlined in “DERIVATIVES—Rule 18f-4 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.” Thus, the fundamental policies relating to issuing senior securities set forth in (1) above will not restrict a Fund from entering into derivative transactions that are
38
treated as senior securities so long as the Fund complies with Rule 18f-4 with respect to such derivatives transactions.
With respect to the fundamental policies relating to industry concentration set forth in (4) above, the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of more than 25% of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. A Fund that invests a significant percentage of its total assets in a single industry may be particularly susceptible to adverse events affecting that industry and may be riskier than a Fund that does not concentrate in an industry. The policies in (4) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policies also will be interpreted to give broad authority to the Funds as to how to classify issuers within or among industries. When identifying industries or sectors for purposes of its concentration policy, the Funds may rely upon available industry classifications. With respect to investments in SPACs, the Funds will generally look to the investment or investments the SPAC principally holds or intends to pursue in determining the SPAC’s principal activities and the manner in which to apply its fundamental policy regarding industry concentration to an investment in a SPAC. Many SPACs invest principally in U.S. Treasury obligations, money market funds that invest exclusively in obligations of the U.S. government, and other investments that are not limited by the Funds’ fundamental policies on industry concentration until the SPAC identifies a suitable target for an acquisition or merger. In addition, investments in other investment companies are not considered an investment in any particular industry for purposes of the fundamental policies relating to industry concentration set forth in (4) above.
The 1940 Act does not directly restrict an investment company’s ability to invest in commodities but does require that every investment company have a fundamental investment policy governing such investments.
The Fund’s policy on pledging described above does not prevent the Fund from entering into transactions that may be viewed as involving a pledge of assets in connection with the Fund’s use of options, futures contracts, forward contracts, swaps, or other derivatives transactions, or in connection with reverse repurchase agreements, when-issued or delayed-delivery transactions, short sales, or securities lending, in each case to the extent consistent with the Fund's investment objective, policies, and Rule 18f-4 derivatives risk management program.
NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT POLICIES
Non-fundamental policies may be amended by a majority vote of the Trustees of a Fund. The non-fundamental investment policies provide that:
| (1) | No Fund will invest or knowingly purchase or otherwise acquire securities such that more than 15% of the value of its net assets will be invested in illiquid securities as such term is defined by Rule 22e-4 of the 1940 Act. Illiquid securities are those securities that a Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the security. |
| (2) | No Fund may purchase warrants, valued at the lower of cost or market, in excess of 5% of the net assets of such Fund (taken at current value); provided that this shall not prevent the purchase, ownership, holding or sale of warrants of which the grantor is the issuer of the underlying securities. Included within that amount, but not to exceed 2% of the value of a Fund’s net assets, may be warrants that are not listed on the New York Stock |
39
Exchange or NYSE MKT. Warrants acquired by a Fund at any time in units or attached to securities are not subject to this restriction.
| (3) | Each Fund may sell securities short to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. |
| (4) | No Fund may (a) sell covered call options the underlying securities of which have an aggregate value (determined as of the date the calls are sold) exceeding 50% of the value of the net assets of such Fund; or (b) invest in put options to the extent that the premiums on protective put options exceed 25% of the value of such Fund’s net assets; provided that the provisions of this paragraph shall not prevent the purchase, ownership, holding or sale of forward contracts with respect to foreign securities or currencies. |
| (5) | No Fund may purchase or otherwise acquire the shares of any investment company or private fund if, immediately after such purchase or acquisition, such shares have an aggregate value of in excess of 10% of the value of the total assets of the Fund; provided, however, that this 10% limitation shall not apply to shares held by the Fund in: (1) reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(E) of the 1940 Act (master-feeder); (2) reliance on Rule 12d1-1 under the 1940 Act (cash sweep); (3) a subsidiary that is wholly-owned and controlled by the Fund; (4) shares received as a dividend or as a result of a plan of reorganization; or (5) shares received pursuant to SEC exemptive relief permitting the Fund to engage in interfund borrowings and lending transactions. |
With respect to the non-fundamental investment policies relating to short sales, the 1940 Act permits a Fund to sell securities short subject to compliance with the requirements and limitations outlined in “DERIVATIVES—Rule 18f-4 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.”
With respect to the non-fundamental investment policies relating to investments in other investment companies set forth in (5) above, no Fund may purchase securities of other investment companies, except in accordance with the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act generally permits a Fund to purchase securities of other investment companies where no more than 10% of the value of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in such securities (the “10% limitation”), no more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in shares of any one investment company (the “5% limitation”) and the Fund would hold no more than 3% of the outstanding voting securities of any investment company (the “3% limitation”). However, Rule 12d1-4 permits a Fund to invest in other registered investment companies subject to the Rule’s requirements as discussed in the “REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES” section above. Certain other exceptions to these limitations are provided by the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Each Fund’s shares may be purchased by other investment companies, including other Funds of the Trust.
Except with respect to the limitations on borrowing (limitation (2) of the fundamental investment restrictions above) and the limitations on purchasing illiquid securities (limitation (1) of the non-fundamental investment restrictions above), if a particular percentage restriction as set forth above is adhered to at the time of investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in values or assets will not constitute a violation of that restriction.
MANAGEMENT
The business of the Trust is managed under the direction of the Board in accordance with the Declaration of Trust of the Trust, which Declaration of Trust has been filed with the SEC and is available upon request.
The Trustees serve for an indefinite term and the officers are elected annually. Each Trustee serves during the lifetime of the Trust until he or she dies, resigns, is adjudicated incompetent or is removed, or, if sooner,
40
until the next meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of electing Trustees and until the election and qualification of his or her successor. It is the policy of the Board that each Trustee shall retire from the Board at the conclusion of the first meeting at which the Trustee has attained age 75. The Board’s retirement policy is subject to periodic review by the Nominating and Governance Committee, which may recommend for Board approval any changes to the policy that it determines to be appropriate.
Pursuant to the Declaration of Trust, the Trustees elect the officers of the Trust to supervise its day-to-day operations. The Board retains the power to conduct, operate, and carry on the business of the Trust and has the power to incur and pay any expenses which, in the opinion of the Board, are necessary or incidental to carry out any of the Trust’s purposes.
The Trustees, officers, and employees of the Trust, when acting in such capacities, shall not be subject to any personal liability except for his or her own bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of his or her duties. Following is a list of the Trustees and executive officers of the Trust.
Trustees Name, Address and |
Term of |
Position with |
Principal
Occupation During the Past Five Years |
Other
Directorships During the Past Five Years |
Number of in the Overseen |
| Interested Trustee: | |||||
John S. Orrico, CFA** 104 Fifth Avenue 9th Floor New York, NY 10011 (1960)
|
Indefinite
Since 2000 |
President and Chairman of the Board of Trustees | Managing Member and Co-Chief Investment Officer (March 2024–present), Managing Member and Chief Investment Officer (2000–2024), Water Island Capital, LLC, the Investment Adviser. | None | 5 |
* The Interested Trustee serves during the lifetime of the Trust until his successor is elected, his death, his resignation, retirement or removal, or the Trust terminates, whichever is sooner.
** John S. Orrico, as an affiliated person of the Adviser, is an “interested person” of the Trust within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.
41
Name, Address |
Term of |
Position with Trust |
Principal
Occupation During the Past Five Years |
Other
Directorships During the Past Five Years |
Number in the Overseen |
| Independent Trustees**: | |||||
| John C. Alvarado (1959) |
Indefinite
Since 2003 |
Lead Independent Trustee | Independent Director (since 2003). Previously, Chief Operating Officer (2018–2025) and Chief Financial Officer (2016–2025) of Magnum Development LLC, a privately held Utah-based integrated energy storage and power generation company, and Chief Financial Officer of ACES Delta, LLC (2020-2025), an advanced clean energy storage project. Prior to that, Managing Director at Alvarado Energy Advisors LLC, a boutique investment banking firm providing financial advisory services to middle market energy companies (2014-2016); and Managing Director for The Seaport Group, a credit-focused investment bank (2010-2014). |
None | 5 |
42
Name, Address |
Term of |
Position with Trust |
Principal
Occupation During the Past Five Years |
Other
Directorships During the Past Five Years |
Number in the Overseen |
Robert P. Herrmann (1962) |
Indefinite
Since 2012 |
Trustee | Executive Director (2025-present) and Independent Director (2019-2025) of GeoWealth LLC, a technology provider in the financial services industry. Previously, Chief Executive Officer of Freedom Investment Management, Inc., a national financial advisory firm (2020–2025). Previously, President & Chief Executive Officer of Discovery Data, a leading financial services industry data provider (2009–2019). | Independent Director and Chairman of Nominating and Governance Committee of TD Funds (USA) (2014–2019); Independent Director of FundChoice Holdings LLC (2014-2018); Board Trustee, Monmouth Medical Center (2012–2024, including Board Chair 2018-2022); Advisory Board Member, Monmouth University School of Science (2017-2022); Independent Director, Delta Data (2022-2025). | 5 |
43
Name, Address |
Term of |
Position with Trust |
Principal
Occupation During the Past Five Years |
Other
Directorships During the Past Five Years |
Number in the Overseen |
Stephen R. Byers (1953) |
Indefinite
Since 2016 |
Trustee | Independent Director (since 2011); Independent Consultant (since 2014). | Independent Director, Barings BDC (BBDC), a business development company (since 2022); Independent Chair (since 2016), Trustee (since 2011), Lead Independent Trustee (2015–2016) and Audit Committee Chair (2011−2015), Deutsche Bank db-X ETF Trust (45 portfolios); Independent Director and Audit Committee Chair (2012-2022), Lead Independent Director (2019-2022), Chairman of Sierra Special Committee (2019-2022), Sierra Income Corporation; Board Member (2016 - 2025) and Audit Committee Chair (2019 -2025), Mutual Fund Directors Forum. |
5 |
Francis X. Tracy (1957) |
Indefinite
Since 2016 |
Trustee | Independent Director (since 2016). Previously, President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary for Batterymarch Financial Management, Inc. (1999−2014). | Batterymarch Global Emerging Markets Fund (Luxembourg) (2010-2014). |
5 |
* Each Independent Trustee serves during the lifetime of the Trust until his successor is elected, his death, his resignation, retirement or removal, or the Trust terminates, whichever is sooner.
** Each Independent Trustee may be contacted by writing to the Trustee c/o Fatima Sulaiman, K&L Gates LLP, 1601 K Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20006-1600.
44
Executive Officers
Name, Address and |
Term of |
Position with Trust |
Principal
Occupation During the Past Five Years |
Other Directorships During the Past Five Years |
|
| Executive Officers: | |||||
Karlis Griffiths 104 Fifth Avenue 9th Floor New York, NY 10011 (1982)
|
One Year
Since 2023 |
Anti-Money Laundering Officer and Secretary | Anti-Money Laundering Officer (2023–present), Compliance Officer (2023–present), and Senior Operations Analyst (2010–present), Water Island Capital, LLC. | N/A | |
Jonathon Hickey* 104 Fifth Avenue 9th Floor New York, NY 10011 (1980) |
One Year
Since 2026 |
Chief Financial Officer | Senior Managing Partner (2025-present), Chief Operating Officer (2016–present), Director of Operations (2011–2016), Water Island Capital, LLC; Treasurer of the Trust (2013-2026). | N/A | |
Chanah Bickel* 104 Fifth Avenue 9th Floor New York, NY 10011 (1980) |
One Year
Since 2026 |
Treasurer | Controller, Water Island Capital, LLC (2015–present). | N/A | |
Philip Channen** 104 Fifth Avenue 9th Floor New York, NY 10011 (1964) |
One Year
Since 2019 |
Chief Compliance Officer | Chief Compliance Officer, Water Island Capital, LLC (2019–present); Deputy Chief Compliance Officer, HarbourVest Partners, LLC (2017–2019). | N/A | |
* Effective February 10, 2026, Jonathon Hickey serves as Chief Financial Officer of the Trust and Chanah Bickel serves as Treasurer of the Trust.
** During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026, the Chief Compliance Officer of the Trust received compensation from the Trust in the amount of $167,754.
45
Qualification of Trustees
John S. Orrico has been a Trustee of the Trust since inception and is Co-Chief Investment Officer and Managing Member of the Adviser. He also currently serves as President and Chairman of the Board of the Trust. His experience and skills as a portfolio manager of Arbitrage Fund, as well as his familiarity with the investment strategies utilized by the Adviser, led to the conclusion that he should serve as a Trustee.
The combination of skills and attributes discussed below led to the conclusion that each of Messrs. Alvarado, Herrmann, Byers, and Tracy should serve as a Trustee. The Board believes that, collectively, the Trustees have diverse and complementary qualifications, experience, attributes, and skills, which allow the Board to operate effectively in governing the Trust and protecting the interests of each Fund’s shareholders.
| ● | Having served as chief operating officer and chief financial officer of a private energy company, and prior to that, the managing director for an investment bank and with prior experience in internal audit, John C. Alvarado has honed his understanding of financial statements and the issues that confront businesses, and this allows him to bring to the Board valuable insights on how to address issues impacting the Funds. He is currently a financial expert of the Audit Committee and the Lead Independent Trustee of the Board. Further, Mr. Alvarado’s diligent and thoughtful service as a Trustee of the Funds since 2003 has provided him with a detailed understanding of the mutual fund industry. |
| ● | Mr. Herrmann’s extensive experience in the financial services industry, including his experience as the chief executive officer of a financial advisory firm, as well as his prior experience as the chief executive officer of a financial services industry data provider and as the chief executive officer of two asset management firms, has provided him with a wealth of knowledge regarding mutual funds and the environment in which funds operate. This experience and the knowledge he has acquired about the investment management industry is valuable in helping the Funds address issues that they face, and he brings these assets to the Board in a relatable, effective way. |
| ● | Mr. Byers has worked in the financial services industry for over 36 years with experience in finance, operations, and investment management. He has served as vice chairman and chief investment officer and chairman of investment policy and risk oversight for large investment companies and has served as a director or trustee for multiple boards, including, among others, the Mutual Fund Directors Forum, including the Graduate School of Business at the College of William and Mary, a financial corporation, and an ETF complex. Through these positions, Mr. Byers has gained an extensive knowledge and understanding of board oversight, director responsibilities, and fund governance. |
| ● | Mr. Tracy was the President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary of a financial management company. During his tenure, he gained a deep understanding of operations, compliance, and risk management. Further, Mr. Tracy has extensive financial and investment management knowledge gained through his over 41 years of business experience and over 31 years of experience within the investment industry. He is currently the Chairman of the Audit Committee. |
Board Leadership Structure
The Board has general oversight responsibility with respect to the operation of the Trust and the Funds. The Board has engaged the Adviser to manage the Funds and is responsible for overseeing the Adviser and other service providers to the Trust and the Funds in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act and
46
other applicable laws. The Board has established an Audit Committee and a Nominating and Governance Committee to assist the Board in performing its oversight responsibilities.
The Board normally holds four regularly scheduled meetings each year, at least one of which normally is in person. The Board may hold special meetings, as needed, either in person, by videoconference or by telephone, to address matters arising between regular meetings. The Independent Trustees meet separately at each regularly scheduled meeting of the Board. The Independent Trustees may also hold special meetings, as needed, either in person or by telephone.
John S. Orrico serves as President and Chairman of the Board of the Trust. In May 2018, Mr. Alvarado was appointed Independent Lead Trustee of the Board. In this capacity, Mr. Alvarado chairs executive sessions of the Independent Trustees, advises the officers of the Funds with respect to agenda and information needs relating to Board meetings, oversees the annual self-evaluation of the Board, monitors action items developed at Board meetings, serves as a liaison between the Independent Trustees and the officers of the Funds and the Adviser, and performs such other duties as the Board or the Independent Trustees may delegate. The Trust has appointed an Independent Lead Trustee to enhance its leadership structure. The Board reviews its structure periodically and believes its leadership structure, including the appointment of an Independent Lead Trustee, is appropriate and effective, given the asset size of the Trust, number of Funds offered by the Trust, the number of Trustees overseeing the Trust, and the Board’s oversight responsibilities, as well as the Trust’s business activities.
Board Oversight of Risk
Through its direct oversight role, and indirectly through the Audit Committee and Fund officers and service providers, the Board performs a risk oversight function for the Funds. To effectively perform its risk oversight function, the Board, among other things, performs the following activities: receives and reviews reports related to the performance and operations of the Funds; reviews and approves, as applicable, the compliance policies and procedures of the Trust; approves the Funds’ principal investment policies; adopts policies and procedures designed to deter market timing; meets with representatives of various service providers, including the Adviser and the independent registered public accounting firm of the Funds, to review and discuss the activities of the Funds and to provide direction with respect thereto; and appoints a chief compliance officer (“CCO”) of the Funds who oversees the implementation and review of the Funds’ compliance program and reports to the Board regarding compliance matters for the Funds and their service providers.
The Board of Trustees of the Trust has established an Audit Committee consisting of the Independent Trustees. The Audit Committee plays a significant role in the risk oversight of the Funds as it meets annually with the auditors of the Funds.
Not all risks that may affect a Fund can be identified nor can controls be developed to eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects. It may not be practical or cost effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, the processes and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness, and some risks are simply beyond the reasonable control of a Fund, the Adviser or other service providers. Moreover, it is necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve a Fund’s goals. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, the Funds’ ability to manage risk is subject to substantial limitations.
Board Committees
The Board of Trustees of the Trust has established an Audit Committee, which oversees the Funds’ accounting and financial reporting policies and the independent audit of its financial statements. The
47
members of the Audit Committee are Francis X. Tracy (Chair), John C. Alvarado, Stephen, R. Byers, and Robert P. Herrmann. The Audit Committee held three meetings during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026.
The Board has a Nominating and Governance Committee, which is generally responsible for recommending to the Board a slate of persons to be nominated for election as Trustees at any meeting of the shareholders and a person to be elected to fill any vacancy occurring for any reason in the Board. However, while the Trust’s plan of distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 (the “Rule 12b-1 Plan”) under the 1940 Act is in effect, those Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust or the Adviser and who have no direct or indirect interest in the operation of the plan of distribution or any related agreement, including the Distribution Agreement (as defined below) (the “Rule 12b-1 Trustees”) are responsible for the selection and nomination of those Trustees who are not “interested persons.” The Nominating and Governance Committee is not currently accepting nominations of candidates recommended by shareholders because it believes that it is able to identify a sufficient number of candidates from its own resources. The members of the Nominating and Governance Committee, each of whom is a Rule 12b-1 Trustee, are Robert P. Herrmann (Chair), John C. Alvarado, Stephen R. Byers, and Francis X. Tracy. The Nominating and Governance Committee held two meetings during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026.
The Board has not established a compensation committee. The Nominating and Governance Committee periodically reviews Trustee compensation.
Compensation
For services to the Trust, each Trustee who is not an interested person of the Trust receives an annual retainer of $70,000, paid in quarterly installments, which covers all regular, committee, and special meetings. In addition, the Lead Independent Trustee receives an annual retainer of $10,000; the Chair of the Audit Committee receives an annual retainer of $10,000; and the Chair of the Governance Committee receives an annual retainer of $2,500. Effective January 1, 2026, the Board approved: (i) the waiver of the annual retainer of $10,000 payable to the Lead Independent Trustee; (ii) the waiver of the annual retainer of $10,000 payable to the Chair of the Audit Committee; and (iii) the waiver of the annual retainer of $2,500 payable to the Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee. Independent Trustees also receive reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with serving as an Independent Trustee, including expenses associated with attending Board or Committee meetings. None of the executive officers, except for the CCO, receive compensation from the Trust.
The following table shows compensation amounts paid by the Funds to the Trustees for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026, and reflects the compensation arrangements in effect during that fiscal year.
| Name and Position | Aggregate Compensation from Trust |
Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of Trust Expenses |
Annual Benefits Upon Retirement |
Total Compensation from Trust and Fund Complex Paid to Trustees* |
| Interested Trustee**: | ||||
| John S. Orrico | None | None | None | None |
| Independent Trustees: | ||||
| John C. Alvarado | $77,500 | None | None | $77,500 |
| Robert P. Herrmann | $71,875 | None | None | $71,875 |
| Stephen R. Byers | $70,000 | None | None | $70,000 |
48
| Name and Position | Aggregate Compensation from Trust |
Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of Trust Expenses |
Annual Benefits Upon Retirement |
Total Compensation from Trust and Fund Complex Paid to Trustees* |
| Francis X. Tracy | $77,500 | None | None | $88,750 |
| Nancy M. Morris*** | $70,000 | None | None | $81,250 |
| * | During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026, the registered investment companies in the Fund Complex included the Funds and the series of AltShares Trust, another registered investment company advised by the Adviser. |
| ** | Mr. Orrico is an “interested person,” as defined by the 1940 Act, of the Trust because of his employment and relationship with the Adviser. |
| *** | Ms. Morris resigned as a Trustee of the Trust in June 2026. Her compensation figures for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026 remain in the table. |
Fund Shares Owned by Trustees
As of September 1, 2026, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members beneficially owned any securities in any investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Trust, or in any person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with an investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Trust.
The following table shows each current Trustee’s beneficial ownership of shares of the Funds and, on an aggregate basis, of shares of all funds within the complex overseen by the Trustee. Information is provided as of December 31, 2025.
| Name of Trustee | Fund | Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned By Trustee |
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity |
| Interested Trustee: | |||
John S. Orrico |
Arbitrage Fund |
$10,001-$50,000 |
Over $100,000 |
| Water Island Event-Driven Fund | Over $100,000 | ||
| Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund | Over $100,000 | ||
| Independent Trustees: | |||
| John C. Alvarado | Arbitrage Fund | $50,001-$100,000 | Over $100,000 |
| Water Island Event-Driven Fund | $10,001-$50,000 | ||
| Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund | $10,001-$50,000 | ||
| Robert P. Herrmann | Arbitrage Fund | $1-$10,000 | $1-$10,000 |
| Stephen R. Byers | Arbitrage Fund | $50,001-$100,000 | Over $100,000 |
| Water Island Event-Driven Fund | $50,001-$100,000 | ||
| Francis X. Tracy | Arbitrage Fund | Over $100,000 | Over $100,000 |
| Water Island Event-Driven Fund | Over $100,000 |
49
* As of December 31, 2025, the registered investment companies in the Fund Complex included the Funds and the series of AltShares Trust, another registered investment company advised by the Adviser.
In May 2012, the Board adopted a policy that each Trustee, and the adviser to the Board, shall have a minimum investment in the Funds in the aggregate of $50,000. The Board adopted the policy because it believes that it is important to align Trustee and Fund shareholder interests by defining Fund ownership guidelines for Trustees. The policy contemplates that an Independent Trustee whose investment falls below the $50,000 minimum shall be deemed to be in compliance with such policy as long as the Independent Trustee does not redeem any shares of the Funds.
Codes of Ethics
The Trust, the Adviser, and the Distributor have each adopted a Code of Ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act that permits personnel who may have access to current trading information of the Funds to invest in securities, including, under some circumstances, securities that may be purchased or held by the Funds. The Codes of Ethics adopted by the Trust, the Adviser, and the Distributor are on public file with, and are available from, the SEC.
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
The Trust and the Adviser have adopted Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures that describe how the Funds intend to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities. The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of the Trust and the Adviser are attached to this SAI as Appendix A.
Information on how the Funds voted proxies relating to their portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available on the Funds’ website at www.arbitragefunds.com/resources and without charge upon request by calling 1-800-295-4485 or on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
A shareholder who owns beneficially more than 25% of the outstanding shares of a Fund or who is otherwise deemed to “control” a Fund may be able to determine or significantly influence the outcome of matters submitted to a vote of the Fund’s shareholders. As of September 1, 2026, Arbitrage Fund had 61,837,512.833 shares outstanding, Water Island Event-Driven Fund had 3,812,556.135 shares outstanding, and Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund had 18,064,276.816 shares outstanding. As of September 1, 2026, Arbitrage Fund beneficially owns a majority of the outstanding voting shares of Water Island Event-Driven Fund and therefore is deemed to be a control person of that Fund.
The following table provides the name and address of any person who owns of record or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Funds as of September 1, 2026.
Arbitrage Fund:
| Name and Address | Class R Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
CHARLES SCHWAB & CO ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS 211 MAIN ST SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105-1901 |
1,217,652
|
54.77% | RECORD |
50
| Name and Address | Class R Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS 499 WASHINGTON BLVD ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT 4TH FL JERSEY CITY, NJ 07310-1995 |
421,932 | 18.98% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class R Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
PERSHING LLC 1 PERSHING PLAZA FL 11 JERSEY CITY, NJ 07399-0001 |
137,083 | 6.17% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class I Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
CHARLES SCHWAB & CO ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS 211 MAIN ST SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105-1901 |
10,629,333
|
18.40% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class I Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS 499 WASHINGTON BLVD ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT 4TH FL JERSEY CITY, NJ 07310-1995 |
9,221,617
|
15.96% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class I Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II 200 BERKELEY ST BOSTON, MA 02116-5022 |
10,349,106.14
|
17.91% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class I Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
FIRST CLEARING LLC SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER 2801 MARKET ST SAINT LOUIS, MO 63103-2523 |
5,459,484
|
9.45% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class I Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE FENNER & SMITH 4800 DEER LAKE DR E JACKSONVILLE, FL 32246-6486 |
4,192,294
|
7.26% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class I Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
PERSHING LLC 1 PERSHING PLAZA FL 11 JERSEY CITY, NJ 07399-0001 |
3,486,410
|
6.03% | RECORD |
51
| Name and Address | Class I Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
WELLS FARGO BANK NA FBO OMNIBUS CASH/CASH ACCOUNT PO BOX 1533 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55480-1533 |
5,459,484
|
9.45% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class C Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
FIRST CLEARING LLC SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER 2801 MARKET ST SAINT LOUIS, MO 63103-2523 |
135,925
|
59.32% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class C Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE FENNER & SMITH 4800 DEER LAKE DR E JACKSONVILLE, FL 32246-6486 |
17,130 | 7.48% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class C Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
RAYMOND JAMES OMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS 880 CARILLON PKWY ST PETERSBURG, FL 33716-1100 |
23,282
|
10.16% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class C Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
LPL FINANCIAL A/C 10000005 4707 EXECUTIVE DR SAN DIEGO, CA 92121-3091 |
28,436.11
|
12.41% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class A Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE FENNER & SMITH 4800 DEER LAKE DR E JACKSONVILLE, FL 32246-6486 |
618,089
|
39.69% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class A Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
FIRST CLEARING LLC SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER 2801 MARKET ST SAINT LOUIS, MO 63103-2523 |
579,866
|
37.24% | RECORD |
52
| Name and Address | Class A Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
UBS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS ATTN: DEPARTMENT MANAGER 1000 HARBOR BLVD WEEHAWKEN, NJ 07086-6761 |
90,720
|
5.83% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class A Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
PERSHING LLC 1 PERSHING PLAZA FL 11 JERSEY CITY, NJ 07399-0001 |
96,538
|
6.20% | RECORD |
Water Island Event-Driven Fund:
| Name and Address | Class R Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
CHARLES SCHWAB & CO ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS 211 MAIN ST SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105-1901 |
25,745
|
32.04% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class R Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVC FBO 41999970 707 2ND AVE S MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55402-2405 |
5,742
|
7.15% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class R Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
VANGUARD BROKERAGE SERVICES 100 VANGUARD BLVD MALVERN, PA 19355-2331 |
5,048
|
6.28% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class I Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
THE ARBITRAGE FUND 104 FIFTH AVE FL 9 NEW YORK NY 10011-6901 |
2,088,887
|
56.61% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class I Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
CHARLES SCHWAB & CO ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS 211 MAIN ST SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105-1901 |
521,652
|
14.14% | RECORD |
53
| Name and Address | Class I Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
JP MORGAN SECURITIES LLC OMNIBUS ACCOUNT FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS 4 CHASE METROTECH CTR 3RD FL BROOKLYN, NY 11245-0003 |
374,356
|
10.15% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class A Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
FIRST CLEARING LLC SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMER 2801 MARKET ST SAINT LOUIS, MO 63103-2523 |
39,989
|
94.37% | RECORD |
Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund:
| Name and Address | Class R Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
CHARLES SCHWAB & CO ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS 211 MAIN ST SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105-1901 |
179,262
|
51.13% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class R Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
LPL FINANCIAL A/C 10000005 4707 EXECUTIVE DR SAN DIEGO, CA 92121-3091 |
113,238
|
32.30% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class R Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS 499 WASHINGTON BLVD ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT 4TH FL JERSEY CITY, NJ 07310-1995 |
43,322
|
12.36% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class I Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS 499 WASHINGTON BLVD ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT 4TH FL JERSEY CITY, NJ 07310-1995 |
4,838,636
|
28.91% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class I Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
PERSHING LLC 1 PERSHING PLAZA FL 11 JERSEY CITY, NJ 07399-0001 |
4,188,990
|
25.03% | RECORD |
54
| Name and Address | Class I Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
CHARLES SCHWAB & CO ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS 211 MAIN ST SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105-1901 |
3,735,839
|
22.32% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class I Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
NORTHWEST BANK 237 2nd AVE WARREN, PA 16365-2405 |
1,502,301
|
8.98% | RECORD |
| Name and Address | Class A Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
WATER ISLAND CAPITAL LLC ATTN: JOHN S ORRICO, TRUSTEE 104 FIFTH AVE FL 9 NEW YORK NY 10011-6901 |
4,373
|
81.63% | BENEFICIAL |
| Name and Address | Class A Shares | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
AXOS CLEARING LLC 15950 W DODGE RD STE 300 OMAHA NE 68118-4009
|
492 | 9.19% | RECORD |
As of September 1, 2026, the Trustees and officers of the Trust as a group owned of record and beneficially less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each Class of each Fund other than Class I Shares of Water Island Event-Driven Fund (approximately 11.80%), Class R Shares of Water Island Event-Driven Fund (approximately 7.77%), Class R Shares of Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund (approximately 1.26%)and Class A Shares of Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund (approximately 81.63%).
INVESTMENT ADVISER
Water Island Capital, LLC (the “Adviser”) is the investment adviser to the Funds. The Adviser is a limited liability corporation organized under the laws of Delaware and is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. John S. Orrico is the Managing Member of the Adviser and a portfolio manager of each series of the Trust and is a control person of the Adviser. Water Island Capital, LLC is located at 104 Fifth Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10011.
The Adviser manages the investment and the reinvestment of the assets of the Funds in accordance with the investment objectives, policies, and limitations of each Fund, subject to the general supervision and control of the Board.
The Adviser receives an advisory fee, payable monthly, for the performance of its services under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreements (collectively, the “Advisory Contract”) between the Trust and the Adviser. The fee is accrued daily for the purpose of determining the offering and redemption price of a Fund’s shares. Under the Advisory Contract, the Adviser:
55
| (1) | manages the investment operations of the Funds and the composition of the Funds’ portfolios, including the purchase, retention and disposition of securities in accordance with the Funds’ investment objectives; |
| (2) | provides all statistical, economic, and financial information reasonably required by the Funds and reasonably available to the Adviser; and |
| (3) | provides persons satisfactory to the Trust’s Board to act as officers of the Trust. |
The Advisory Contract provides that the Funds pay all of the Funds’ expenses, including, without limitation:
| (1) | the costs incurred in connection with registration and maintenance of their registration under the Securities Act, the 1940 Act and state securities laws and regulations; |
| (2) | preparation of and printing and mailing reports, notices, and prospectuses to current shareholders; |
| (3) | transfer taxes on the sales of the Funds’ shares and on the sales of portfolio securities; |
| (4) | brokerage commissions; |
| (5) | custodial and shareholder transfer charges; |
| (6) | legal, auditing, and accounting expenses; |
| (7) | expenses of servicing shareholder accounts; |
| (8) | insurance expenses for fidelity and other coverage; |
| (9) | fees and expenses of Trustees who are not “interested persons” within the meaning of the 1940 Act; |
| (10) | expenses of Trustee and shareholder meetings; and |
| (11) | any expenses of distributing the Funds’ shares which may be payable pursuant to a plan of distribution adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. |
The Funds are also liable for such nonrecurring expenses as may arise from time to time, including litigation to which a Fund may be a party. The Funds have an obligation to indemnify each of their officers and Trustees with respect to such litigation but not against any liability to which the Trustee would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the Trustee’s office.
The following table shows the investment advisory fee rate payable by each Fund and the average advisory fee rate paid by the Fund (stated as a percentage of average daily net assets), after expense waivers and reimbursements, if any, for each of its last three fiscal years.
56
| Fund | Advisory Fee Rate (based on average daily net |
Average Fees Paid for Fiscal Years Ended | ||
| May
31, 2024 |
May
31, 2025 |
May
31, 2026 | ||
| Arbitrage Fund | 1.25% of the first $250 million 1.20% on the next $50 million 1.15% on the next $50 million 1.10% on the next $75 million 1.05% on the next $75 million 1.00% on assets above $500 million |
1.00% | 1.04% | 1.07% |
| Water Island Event-Driven Fund | 1.10% on all assets | 1.08% | 0.94% | 0.83% |
| Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund | 0.95% of the first $250 million 0.90% on the next $500 million 0.85% on assets above $750 million |
0.59% | 0.58% | 0.59% |
The following table shows the investment advisory fees accrued by each Fund for each of its last three fiscal years.
| Fund | Year Ended May 31, 2024 |
Year Ended May 31, 2025 |
Year Ended May 31, 2026 |
Arbitrage Fund
|
$11,186,745
|
$9,838,233
|
$8,579,884
|
| Water Island Event-Driven Fund | $1,201,648
|
$748,392
|
$604,682
|
| Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund | $1,229,385
|
$1,382,641
|
$1,529,648
|
The Adviser and the Trust have entered into an Amended and Restated Expense Waiver and Reimbursement Agreement with each of the Funds, pursuant to which the Adviser has contractually agreed to waive advisory fees and/or reimburse the Funds’ other expenses to the extent that total operating expenses (exclusive of taxes, interest, dividends on short positions, brokerage commissions, acquired fund fees and expenses and other costs incurred in connection with the purchase or sale of portfolio securities) do not exceed certain limits.
| ● | For Arbitrage Fund, expenses are limited to the annual rates of 1.69% of average daily net assets allocable to Class R shares, 1.44% of the average daily net assets allocable to Class I shares, 2.44% of the average daily net assets allocable to Class C shares, and 1.69% of the average daily net assets allocable to Class A shares. During the year ended May 31, 2026, Arbitrage Fund invested in Water Island Event-Driven Fund. The Adviser has agreed to waive the advisory fee paid by Arbitrage Fund on Arbitrage Fund’s assets that are invested in Water Island Event-Driven Fund. Pursuant to this agreement, the Adviser |
57
waived $395,428 of the advisory fees accrued for Arbitrage Fund during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026, waived $545,942 of the advisory fees accrued for Arbitrage Fund during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2025, and waived $929,238 of the advisory fees accrued for Arbitrage Fund during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2024.
| ● | For Water Island Event-Driven Fund, expenses are limited to the annual rates of 1.69% of average daily net assets allocable to Class R shares, 1.44% of the average daily net assets allocable to Class I shares, and 1.69% of the average daily net assets allocable to Class A shares. Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Expense Waiver and Reimbursement Agreement for Water Island Event-Driven Fund, the Adviser waived $147,701 of the advisory fees accrued during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026, waived $112,050 of the advisory fees accrued during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2025, and waived $20,403 of the advisory fees accrued during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2024. |
| ● | For Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund, expenses are limited to annual rates of 1.23% of the Fund’s average daily net assets allocable to the Class R shares, 0.98% of the Fund’s average daily net assets allocable to the Class I shares, and 1.23% of the Fund’s average daily net assets allocable to the Class A shares. Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Expense Waiver and Reimbursement Agreement for Water Credit Opportunities Fund, the Adviser waived $572,233 of the advisory fees accrued during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026, waived $531,892 of the advisory fees accrued during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2025, and waived $461,034 of the advisory fees accrued during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2024. |
The Amended and Restated Expense Waiver and Reimbursement Agreements for Arbitrage Fund, Water Island Event-Driven Fund, and Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund remain in effect until September 30, 2027 and continue from year to year unless terminated by the Adviser upon 60 days’ written notice prior to the end of a one-year term or by the Board of Trustees at any time. The Adviser may recoup any waived amount from a Fund pursuant to the agreement, if such recoupment does not cause the Fund to exceed existing expense limitations in effect at the time amounts were waived, the recoupment does not cause the Fund to exceed the current expense limitation and the recoupment is done within three years after the date on which the expense was waived. There was no recoupment of advisory fees for any Fund during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026.
The Advisory Contracts for Arbitrage Fund, Water Island Event-Driven Fund, and Water Island Credit-Opportunities Fund will continue in effect from year to year, provided such continuance is approved at least annually by (a) a vote of the majority of the applicable Fund’s Trustees who are not parties thereto or “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund or the Adviser, cast in person at a meeting specifically called for the purpose of voting on such approval and (b) the majority vote of either all of the applicable Fund’s Trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund. The Advisory Contracts may be terminated without penalty on 60 days’ written notice by a vote of a majority of a Fund’s Trustees or by the Adviser, or by holders of a majority of a Fund’s outstanding shares. The Advisory Contracts terminate automatically in the event of their assignment.
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
The following tables provide information about other accounts managed by the portfolio managers who have day-to-day responsibility for management of the Funds. The information in the tables is as of May 31, 2026.
58
| Arbitrage Fund | ||||||
| (a)
(1) Portfolio Manager’s Name (as stated in the Prospectus) |
(a)(2)
Number of other accounts managed within each category and the total assets in the accounts managed within each category |
(a)(3)
For each category in (a)(2), number of accounts and the total assets in the accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account | ||||
| (A)
Registered Investment Companies |
(B)
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
(C)
Other Accounts |
Registered Investment Companies |
Other
Pooled Investment Vehicles |
Other
Accounts | |
| Roger Foltynowicz, CFA, CAIA | 2 accounts | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 0 accounts |
| $117 million | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
| John S. Orrico, CFA | 5 accounts | 1 account | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 1 account | 0 accounts |
| $401 million | $25 million | $0 | $0 | $25 million | $0 | |
| Matthew Osowiecki | 4 accounts | 1 account | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 1 account | 0 accounts |
| $298 million | $25 million | $0 | $0 | $25 million | $0 | |
| Water Island Event-Driven Fund | ||||||
| (a)
(1) Portfolio Manager’s Name (as stated in the Prospectus) |
(a)(2)
Number of other accounts managed within each category and the total accounts managed within each category |
(a)(3)
For each category in (a)(2), number of accounts and the total assets in the accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account | ||||
| (A)
Registered Investment Companies |
(B)
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
(C)
Other Accounts |
Registered Investment Companies |
Other
Pooled Investment Vehicles |
Other
Accounts | |
| Matthew Osowiecki | 4 accounts | 1 account | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 1 account | 0 accounts |
| $1.093 billion | $25 million | $0 | $0 | $25 million | $0 | |
| Roger Foltynowicz, CFA, CAIA | 2 accounts | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 0 accounts |
| $912 million | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
| Gregg Loprete | 1 account | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 0 accounts |
| $169 million | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
| John S. Orrico, CFA | 5 accounts | 1 account | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 1 account | 0 accounts |
| $1.196 billion | $25 million | $0 | $0 | $25 million | $0 | |
| Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund | ||||||
| (a)
(1) Portfolio Manager’s Name (as stated in the Prospectus) |
(a)(2)
Number of other accounts managed within each category and the total assets in the accounts managed within each category |
(a)(3)
For each category in (a)(2), number of accounts and the total assets in the accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account | ||||
| (A)
Registered Investment Companies |
(B)
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
(C)
Other Accounts |
Registered Investment Companies |
Other
Pooled Investment Vehicles |
Other Accounts | |
| Gregg Loprete | 1 account | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 0 accounts |
| $50 million | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
| John S. Orrico, CFA | 5 accounts | 1 account | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 1 account | 0 accounts |
| $1.077 billion | $25 million | $0 | $0 | $25 million | $0 | |
| Matthew Osowiecki | 4 accounts | 1 account | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 1 account | 0 accounts |
| $974 million | $25 million | $0 | $0 | $25 million | $0 | |
59
Material Conflicts of Interest
The Adviser maintains policies and procedures reasonably designed to detect and minimize potential conflicts of interest inherent in circumstances when a portfolio manager has day-to-day responsibilities for managing accounts other than the Fund or Funds for which they are named portfolio manager. Other accounts managed by the Adviser may include, without limitation: separately managed accounts, registered investment companies, unregistered investment companies such as pooled investment vehicles and hedge funds, and proprietary accounts. However, no set of policies and procedures can possibly anticipate or relieve all potential conflicts of interest. These conflicts may be real, potential, or perceived. Certain of these conflicts are described below.
Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities - If a Fund’s portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity (including IPOs and private placement securities) that may be suitable for multiple Funds and/or other of the Adviser’s client accounts, the investment opportunity may be allocated among these multiple Funds or accounts, which may limit a Fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity, due to liquidity constraints or other factors. The Adviser has adopted trade aggregation and allocation procedures designed to ensure that allocations of limited investment opportunities are conducted in a fair and equitable manner among client accounts, including the Funds. Nevertheless, investment opportunities may be allocated differently among client accounts, including each Fund, due to the characteristics of an account, such as the size of the account, cash position, investment guidelines and restrictions, or risk controls.
Similar Investment Strategies - The Adviser and its portfolio management team may manage multiple portfolios with similar investment strategies. Investment decisions for each portfolio are generally made based on each portfolio’s investment objectives and guidelines, cash availability, current holdings, and risk controls. Purchases or sales of securities for a portfolio may be appropriate for other portfolios with like objectives and may be bought or sold in different amounts and at different times in multiple portfolios. In these cases, transactions are allocated to portfolios in a manner believed fair and equitable across client account portfolios, including one or more Funds, by the Adviser’s allocation methodology. Purchase and sale orders for a portfolio may be combined with those of other portfolios in the interest of achieving the most favorable net results for all portfolios.
Different Investment Strategies - The Adviser and its portfolio management team may manage multiple portfolios with different investment strategies. As such, the potential exists for short sales of securities in certain portfolios while the same security is held long in one or more other portfolios. In an attempt to mitigate the inherent risks of simultaneous management of portfolios with different investment strategies, the Adviser has established and implemented procedures to promote fair and equitable treatment of all portfolios. The procedures include monitoring and surveillance of trading activity and supervisory reviews of accounts. Any proposed cross trades must be reviewed and approved by the Adviser’s compliance department prior to execution and must comply with Rule 17a-7 under the 1940 Act.
Differences in Financial Incentives - A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to a portfolio manager or an investment adviser differ among the funds and/or accounts under management. For example, when the structure of an investment adviser’s management fee differs among the funds and/or accounts under its management (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), a portfolio manager might be motivated to favor certain funds and/or accounts over others. Performance-based fees could also create an incentive for an investment adviser to make investments that are riskier or more speculative. In addition, a portfolio manager might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which the portfolio manager or the Adviser has a financial interest. The Adviser may also manage certain pooled investment vehicles whereby the Adviser
60
provides principal protection for investors. The Adviser may be motivated to favor such funds to minimize the likelihood of losses. Similarly, the desire to maintain or raise assets under management or to enhance the portfolio manager’s performance record in a particular investment strategy or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence a portfolio manager to lend preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the Adviser or portfolio manager. As described above, it is the Adviser’s policy that investment opportunities and trades are allocated fairly and equitably among client accounts, taking into consideration the objectives, restrictions, investment strategy, asset allocation and benchmarks of each client. To manage conflicts that arise from management of portfolios that may have differences in financial incentives, performance in portfolios with like strategies is regularly reviewed by management.
Selection of Brokers/Dealers - A Fund’s portfolio manager may be able to select or influence the selection of the brokers/dealers that are used to execute securities transactions. In addition to executing trades, some brokers/dealers provide the Adviser with brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise been available. These services may be more beneficial to certain accounts than to others. To be assured of continuing to receive services considered of value to the Funds and its other client accounts, the Adviser has adopted a brokerage allocation policy embodying the concepts of Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act. A portfolio manager’s decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the accounts that they manage, although the payment of brokerage commissions is always subject to the requirement that the Adviser determines in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services received. Firms that provide brokerage or research services to the Funds and Adviser may also promote the sale of the Funds or other investment companies or pooled investment vehicles advised by the Adviser, and the Adviser and/or its affiliates may separately compensate them for doing so. Such brokerage business is placed on the basis of the brokerage and research services provided by the firm and is not based on any sales of the Funds or other investment companies or pooled investment vehicles advised by the Adviser.
Personal Holdings and Transactions - The Adviser’s portfolio managers and other employees may have beneficial ownership of holdings in personal accounts that are the same or similar to those held in client accounts, including the Funds. Under limited circumstances, the Adviser allows its employees to trade in securities that it recommends to advisory clients, and the actions taken by such individuals on a personal basis may differ from, or be inconsistent with, the nature and timing of advice or actions taken by the Adviser for its client accounts. The Adviser and its employees may also invest in registered investment companies and other pooled investment vehicles that are managed by the Adviser. This may result in a potential conflict of interest since the Adviser’s employees have knowledge of such funds’ investment holdings, which is non-public information. The Adviser has implemented a Code of Ethics which is designed to address and mitigate the possibility that these professionals could place their own interests ahead of those of clients. The Code of Ethics addresses this potential conflict of interest by imposing preclearance and reporting requirements, trading blackout periods, a minimum holding period, supervisory oversight, and other measures designed to reduce conflicts of interest.
The Funds’ portfolio managers may also face other potential conflicts of interest in the management of the Funds and other accounts, and the examples above are not intended to provide an exhaustive list or complete description of every conflict that may arise.
Portfolio managers are compensated with salary, discretionary bonus, and potential profit sharing. Discretionary bonuses are based on personal performance, both relative and absolute fund performance, and profitability of the Adviser. Should the profitability of the firm allow, portfolio managers may receive additional compensation in the form of a profit share award.
61
Disclosure of Securities Ownership
For the most recently completed fiscal year ended May 31, 2026, the table below provides beneficial ownership of shares of the portfolio managers of each Fund they manage (None, $1-$10,000, $10,001-$50,000, $50,001-$100,000, $100,001-$500,000, $500,001-$1,000,000, or over $1,000,000).
|
Shares Beneficially Owned By |
Fund | Dollar Range of Shares Beneficially Owned by Portfolio Manager Because of Direct or Indirect Pecuniary Interest |
| Roger Foltynowicz, CFA, CAIA | Arbitrage Fund | $100,001 - $500,000 |
| Water Island Event-Driven Fund | $100,001 - $500,000 | |
| Gregory Loprete | Water Island Event-Driven Fund | None |
| Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund | $100,001 - $500,000 | |
| John S. Orrico, CFA | Arbitrage Fund | $10,001-$50,000 |
| Water Island Event-Driven Fund | Over $1 million | |
| Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund | $100,001 - $500,000 | |
| Matthew Osowiecki | Arbitrage Fund | $100,001 - $500,000 |
| Water Island Event-Driven Fund | $100,001 - $500,000 | |
| Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund | None |
Portfolio managers are compensated with salary, discretionary bonus, and potential profit sharing. Discretionary bonuses are based on personal performance, both relative and absolute fund performance, and profitability of the Adviser. Should the profitability of the firm allow, portfolio managers may receive additional compensation in the form of a profit share award.
THE DISTRIBUTOR
Shares of the Funds are offered continuously on a best-efforts basis by ALPS Distributors, Inc. (“ALPS” or the “Distributor”), pursuant to a Distribution Agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”). The Distribution Agreement provides that ALPS, as agent in connection with the distribution of Fund shares, will use its best efforts to distribute the Funds’ shares. ALPS is not obligated to sell any specific amount of Fund shares. ALPS is registered as a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and each state’s securities laws and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA). The address of ALPS is 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203.
The Distribution Agreement provides that, unless sooner terminated, it will continue in effect for two years from its effective date, and thereafter from year to year, subject to annual approval by (a) either a majority of the Board or a vote of a majority of the outstanding shares, or (b) a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act), by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
The Distribution Agreement may at any time be terminated without penalty on sixty days’ written notice by the Distributor, by the Funds’ Board, or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust. The Distribution Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment.
62
DISTRIBUTION PLAN
Each of the Funds has adopted, with respect to its Class R shares, plans of distribution (collectively, the “Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act which permit each Fund to pay for expenses incurred in the distribution and promotion of the Funds’ Class R shares and for services provided to shareholders. Each of Arbitrage Fund, Water Island Event-Driven Fund, and Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund have adopted, with respect to its Class C shares and Class A shares, as applicable, plans of distribution (collectively, the “Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act which permit each Fund to pay for expenses incurred in the distribution and promotion of the Funds’ Class C shares and Class A shares, as applicable, and for services provided to shareholders. Each Plan is a “reimbursement” plan. This means that a Fund’s Class R shares, Class C shares, and Class A shares only pay a particular 12b-1 fee to the extent that the Adviser, the Distributor or others have incurred expenses in the promotion and distribution of the shares, including but not limited to, the printing of prospectuses and reports used for sales purposes, expenses of preparation of sales literature and related expenses, advertisements, and other distribution-related expenses, as well as any distribution fees paid to securities dealers or others.
Under each Plan, a Fund may pay compensation to any broker-dealer with whom the Distributor or the Fund has entered into a contract to distribute Class R shares, Class C shares, or Class A shares, or to any other qualified financial services firm, for distribution and/or shareholder-related services with respect to shares held or purchased by their respective customers or in connection with the purchase of shares attributable to their efforts. The amount of payments under the Plan in any year shall not exceed 0.25% annually of the average daily net assets allocable to a Fund’s Class R shares or Class A shares. The amount of payments under the Plan in any year shall not exceed 0.75% annually of the average daily net assets allocable to a Fund’s Class C shares for expenses incurred in the promotion and distribution of the Fund’s shares and 0.25% annually of the average daily net assets allocable to a Fund’s Class C shares for expenses incurred in connection with the provision of shareholder support or administrative services.
During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026, Arbitrage Fund’s Class R shares incurred $61,627 in distribution expenses, all of which was used to compensate broker-dealers. During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026, Arbitrage Fund’s Class C shares incurred $38,961 in distribution and service expenses, all of which was used to compensate broker-dealers. During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026, Arbitrage Fund’s Class A shares incurred $53,968 in distribution expenses, all of which was used to compensate broker-dealers.
During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026, Water Island Event-Driven Fund’s Class R shares incurred $2,887 in distribution expenses, all of which was used to compensate broker-dealers. During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026, Water Island Event-Driven Fund’s Class A shares incurred $2,102 in distribution expenses, all of which was used to compensate broker-dealers.
During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026, Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund’s Class R shares incurred $10,337 in distribution expenses, all of which was used to compensate broker-dealers. During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026, Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund’s Class A shares incurred $146 in distribution expenses, all of which was used to compensate broker-dealers.
The Plan will remain in effect from year to year provided such continuance is approved at least annually by the vote of a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and additionally by a vote of either a majority of the Trustees or a majority of the outstanding shares of the applicable Fund.
The Plan may be terminated at any time by vote of a majority of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees or by vote of a majority of the applicable Fund’s outstanding Class R, Class C, or Class A shares, as applicable. The Plan
63
may not be amended to increase materially the amount of distribution expenses payable under the Plan without approval of the applicable Fund’s Class R, Class C, or Class A shareholders, as applicable. In addition, all material amendments to the Plan must be approved by the Trustees in the manner described above.
In approving the Plan, the Rule 12b-1 Trustees determined, in the exercise of their business judgment and in light of their fiduciary duties as Trustees, that there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plan will benefit the Fund in question and its shareholders. The Board of Trustees believes that expenditure of a Fund’s assets for distribution expenses under the Plan should assist in the growth of such Fund which will benefit the Fund and its shareholders through increased economies of scale, greater investment flexibility, greater portfolio diversification and less chance of disruption of planned investment strategies. The Plan will be renewed only if the Trustees make a similar determination for each subsequent year of the Plan. There can be no assurance that the benefits anticipated from the expenditure of a Fund’s assets for distribution will be realized. While the Plan is in effect, all amounts spent by a Fund pursuant to the Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made must be reported quarterly to the Board for its review. In addition, the selection and nomination of those Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust are committed to the discretion of the Rule 12b-1 Trustees during such period.
By reason of his controlling interest in the Adviser, John S. Orrico may be deemed to have a financial interest in the operation of the Plan.
Dealer Concessions. Class A Shares of the Funds are sold subject to a front-end sales charge as described in the prospectus. See Appendix A to the Funds’ prospectus, titled “Intermediary-Specific Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers” for information on whether you may qualify for certain waivers or reductions in sales charges offered by a particular intermediary. For the Class A Shares, the underwriter’s commission (paid to the Distributor) is the sales charge shown less any applicable dealer concession. The dealer concession is paid to those firms selling shares as a member of the Funds’ broker-dealer network. The dealer concession is the same for all dealers. The following table lists sales charges, breakpoint discounts, and dealer concession that apply to the purchase of Class A Shares.
Front-End Sales Charges - Arbitrage Fund
|
If Your Investment Is: |
Your Sales Charge as a Percentage of |
Your Sales Charge as a Percentage of Your Net Investment |
Dealer’s Concession as a Percentage of Offering Price*** |
| Less than $50,000 | 2.75% | 2.83% | 2.25% |
| $50,000 but less than $100,000 | 2.50% | 2.56% | 2.00% |
| $100,000 but less than $250,000 | 1.50% | 1.52% | 1.00% |
| $250,000 or more | 0.00% | 0.00% | up to 1.00%** |
| * | If you are in a category of investors who may purchase Fund shares without a front-end sales charge, you may be subject to a deferred sales charge of up to 1.00% if you redeem your shares within 18 months of purchase. |
| ** | The Distributor, at its own discretion, will pay a commission to dealers on purchases of $250,000 or more as follows: 1.00% on sales of $250,000 up to $2,999,999, 0.50% on sales of $3,000,000 up to $9,999,999, and 0.25% on sales of $10,000,000 or more. Payments of 12b-1 fees to broker-dealers and others who receive a finder's fee will begin after the Class A Shares have been held for one year. |
| *** | Dealer’s Concession will be calculated based on the sales charge paid by shareholders, taking into account applicable rights of accumulation. |
64
Front-End Sales Charges - Water Island Event-Driven Fund and Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund
|
If Your Investment Is:
|
Your Sales Charge as a Percentage of Offering Price* |
Your Sales Charge as a Percentage of Your Net Investment |
Dealer’s Concession as a Percentage of Offering Price |
| Less than $100,000 | 3.25% | 3.36% | 2.75% |
| $100,000 but less than $250,000 | 2.75% | 2.83% | 2.25% |
| $250,000 or more | 0.00% | 0.00% | up to 1.00%** |
| * | If you are in a category of investors who may purchase Fund shares without a front-end sales charge, you may be subject to a deferred sales charge of up to 1.00% if you redeem your shares within eighteen months of purchase. |
| ** | The Distributor, at its own discretion, will pay a commission to dealers on purchases of $250,000 or more as follows: 1.00% on sales of $250,000 up to $2,999,999, 0.50% on sales of $3,000,000 up to $9,999,999, and 0.25% on sales of $10,000,000 or more. Payments of 12b-1 fees to broker-dealers and others who receive a finder’s fee will begin after the Class A shares have been held for one year. |
Underwriting Commissions. The following table shows all commissions and other compensation received by the Distributor, as well as amounts the Distributor retained, after paying commissions and other expenses, during the Funds’ most three recent fiscal years.
Class A Shares Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 2026
| |||
| Arbitrage Fund | Water
Island Event- Driven Fund |
Water
Island Credit Opportunities Fund | |
| Aggregate initial sales charges on Fund share sales | $30,140 | $1,700 | $325 |
| Aggregate initial sales charges retained by the Distributor | $0 | $0 | $0 |
| Aggregate contingent deferred sales charges (CDSC) on Fund redemptions retained by the Distributor | $0 | $0 | $0 |
65
Class A Shares Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 2025
| |||
| Arbitrage Fund | Water
Island Event- Driven Fund |
Water
Island Credit Opportunities Fund | |
| Aggregate initial sales charges on Fund share sales | $2,392 | $0 | $0 |
| Aggregate initial sales charges retained by the Distributor | $959 | $0 | $0 |
| Aggregate contingent deferred sales charges (CDSC) on Fund redemptions retained by the Distributor | $0 | $0 | $0 |
|
Class A Shares Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 2024
| |||
| Arbitrage Fund | Water Island Event- Driven Fund |
Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund | |
| Aggregate initial sales charges on Fund share sales | $58,690 | $78 | $0 |
| Aggregate initial sales charges retained by the Distributor | $745 | $14 | $0 |
| Aggregate contingent deferred sales charges (CDSC) on Fund redemptions retained by the Distributor | $0 | $0 | $0 |
| Class C Shares Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 2026 | |
| Arbitrage Fund | |
| Aggregate initial sales charges on Fund share sales | $997
|
| Aggregate initial sales charges retained by the Distributor | $0
|
| Aggregate contingent deferred sales charges (CDSC) on Fund redemptions retained by the Distributor | $0
|
66
| Class C Shares Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 2025 | |
| Arbitrage Fund | |
| Aggregate initial sales charges on Fund share sales | $1,533 |
| Aggregate initial sales charges retained by the Distributor | $0 |
| Aggregate contingent deferred sales charges (CDSC) on Fund redemptions retained by the Distributor | $0 |
| Class C Shares Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 2024 | |
| Arbitrage Fund | |
| Aggregate initial sales charges on Fund share sales | $1,325 |
| Aggregate initial sales charges retained by the Distributor | $0 |
| Aggregate contingent deferred sales charges (CDSC) on Fund redemptions retained by the Distributor | $0 |
PORTFOLIO SECURITIES AND BROKERAGE ALLOCATION
Brokerage Allocation
Subject to the supervision of the Trustees, decisions to buy and sell securities for the Funds are made by the Adviser. The Adviser is authorized by the Trustees to allocate the orders placed by it on behalf of the Funds to brokers or dealers who may, but need not, provide research or statistical material or other services to the Funds or the Adviser for the Funds’ use. Such allocation is to be in such amounts and proportions as the Adviser may determine.
In selecting a broker or dealer to execute each particular transaction, the Adviser will take the following into consideration:
| ● | the best net price available; |
| ● | the execution capability, reliability, responsiveness, integrity, and financial condition of the broker or dealer; |
| ● | the size of and difficulty in executing the order; |
| ● | the value of research provided; and |
| ● | the reasonableness of the commission, if any (for the specific transaction and on a continuing basis). |
Brokers executing a portfolio transaction on behalf of a Fund may receive a commission in excess of the amount of commission another broker would have charged for executing the transaction if the Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the value of brokerage, research and other services provided to the Fund.
In allocating portfolio brokerage, the Adviser may select brokers who also provide brokerage, research, and other services to a Fund and/or other accounts over which the Adviser exercises investment discretion. Brokerage services are used to facilitate trade execution. The Adviser utilizes a third-party execution
67
management system to facilitate trade execution and use a separate third-party order management system to facilitate trade settlement and trade allocations. Research services provided through brokerage will be those providing information and analyses that assist the portfolio managers in making investment decisions. Examples of such research services include Bloomberg information and research, publications containing investment information and recommendations and individual reports written about specific companies, securities and economic analyses, newsletters, and opinions relating to economic trends, general advice on the relative merits of possible investment securities for a Fund and statistical services and information with respect to the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities. Although this information is useful to a Fund and the Adviser, it may not be possible to place a dollar value on the information. Research services furnished by brokers through whom a Fund effects securities transactions may be used by the Adviser in servicing all of its client accounts and not all such services may be used by the Adviser in connection with the Fund.
To the extent that a research service provided by a broker is used by the Adviser for non-research or non-brokerage purposes, the Adviser will use its best judgment to make a reasonable allocation of the cost of the product attributable to non-research or non-brokerage use. Only the percentage or component that provides assistance to the Adviser in the investment decision making process or in facilitating trade executions may be paid using brokerage commissions.
Firms that provide brokerage or research services to the Funds and Adviser may also promote the sale of the Funds or other investment companies or pooled investment vehicles advised by the Adviser, and the Adviser and/or its affiliates may separately compensate them for doing so. Such brokerage business is placed on the basis of the brokerage and research services provided by the firm and is not based on any sales of the Funds or other investment companies or pooled investment vehicles advised by the Adviser.
During the fiscal years ended May 31, 2026, 2025, and 2024, Arbitrage Fund paid aggregate brokerage commissions of $2,211,470, $2,389,413, and $2,117,369, respectively. During the last fiscal year, the amount of brokerage transactions and related commissions directed to brokers due to research services provided for the Fund were $1,810,846,620 and $762,206, respectively.
During the fiscal years ended May 31, 2026, 2025, and 2024, Water Island Event-Driven Fund paid aggregate brokerage commissions of $157,348, $156,050, and $261,122, respectively. During the last fiscal year, the amount of brokerage transactions and related commissions directed to brokers due to research services provided for the Fund were $169,381,693 and $63,486, respectively.
During the fiscal years ended May 31, 2026, 2025, and 2024, Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund paid aggregate brokerage commissions of $20,031, $38,966, and $40,815, respectively. During the last fiscal year, the amount of brokerage transactions and related commissions directed to brokers due to research services provided for the Fund were $31,660,540 and $8,837, respectively.
Regular Broker Dealers. The Funds are required to identify the securities of their regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act) or their parent companies held by the Funds as of the close of their most recent fiscal year and state the value of such holdings. As of May 31, 2026, Arbitrage Fund held $66,928,207 of securities issued by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and $66,928,208 of securities issued by State Street Bank and Trust Company.
As of May 31, 2026, Water Island Event-Driven Fund held $0 of securities issued by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and $0 of securities issued by State Street Bank and Trust Company.
As of May 31, 2026, Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund held $19,969,441 of securities issued by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and $19,969,441 of securities issued by State Street Bank and Trust Company.
68
During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026, no commissions were paid by a Fund to a broker that is an affiliated person of the Fund.
PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS DISCLOSURE POLICY
Fund Service Providers
The Funds have entered into arrangements with certain third-party service providers for services that require these groups to have access to the Funds’ portfolios on a daily basis. For example, the Funds’ administrator and custodian, State Street Bank and Trust Company, is responsible for maintaining the accounting records of each Fund, which includes maintaining a current portfolio on behalf of the Funds. The Funds also undergo an annual audit which requires the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, Cohen & Company, Ltd., to review the Funds’ portfolios. Other Fund service providers that receive the Funds’ portfolio holdings information include the Funds’ legal counsel, K&L Gates LLP, and the Adviser. Each of these parties is contractually and/or ethically prohibited from sharing each Fund’s portfolio holdings information unless specifically authorized by officers of the Trust.
Rating and Ranking Organizations
Each Fund currently provides its entire portfolio to several rating and ranking organizations on a regular basis. The Funds do not typically provide these organizations with portfolio information until such information is at least 30 days old. The Funds’ management has determined that these organizations provide investors with a valuable service and, therefore, are willing to provide them with portfolio information. The Funds have entered into ongoing arrangements to disclose portfolio holdings to the following parties:
| ● | Morningstar, Inc. |
| ● | Lipper, Inc. |
| ● | Bloomberg L.P. |
| ● | FactSet Research Systems Inc. |
Website Disclosure
The Adviser may post investment commentary on the Funds’ website from time to time, which may include portfolio holdings information that has not been previously disclosed on its website or regulatory filings.
Monthly Disclosure
The Funds’ public website is updated at month end with a 30-day lag to reflect all securities held in the Funds. In addition, the Adviser will post the top five performance contributors and detractors within five to ten days of the end of each month.
Quarterly Fact Sheet
The Funds include their top ten positions in their Quarterly Fact Sheet. The Quarterly Fact Sheet is posted on the Funds’ website. The Quarterly Fact Sheet provides an investor with the Funds’ total assets, gross long positions, gross short positions, and various exposure metrics. The Quarterly Fact Sheet is usually completed within the first 30 days following quarter end.
69
Other Disclosure
Upon approval from an officer of the Trust, other parties may receive portfolio holdings data. The Board regularly reviews a list of recipients of such disclosure of portfolio holdings information.
In all instances of disclosure, unless a party is a regulatory or other governmental entity, the receiving party will either be subject to (1) a confidentiality agreement that restricts the use of such information to purposes specified in such agreement and prohibits the receiving party from trading on the information or (2) have a duty of trust and confidence to the Funds. You should be aware that the Funds do not pay the receiving party or receive any compensation from them for providing the Funds’ portfolio holdings information. With respect to each disclosure arrangement, the Funds have a legitimate business purpose for the release of information.
Conflicts of Interest and Waivers
There may be instances where the interests of the Funds’ shareholders respecting the disclosure of information about portfolio securities may conflict or appear to conflict with the interests of the Adviser, a principal underwriter for the Funds or an affiliated person of the Funds. In such situations, the conflict must be disclosed to the Board of the Funds, and the Board must be afforded the opportunity to determine whether or not to allow such disclosure.
Only the Board of the Funds may waive these portfolio holdings disclosure policies and procedures. Although the Funds cannot presently visualize that any proposed waivers would be given, the Funds do recognize that waivers may be granted in the event of unusual or unforeseen circumstances so long as the Board makes a specific determination that the waiver is in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders. Only the Board may amend the Funds’ portfolio holdings disclosure policies and procedures.
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
A Fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the Fund during the fiscal year. The calculation excludes from both the numerator and the denominator amounts relating to all securities, including options, whose maturities or expiration dates at the time of acquisition were one year or less. The calculation includes in purchases and sales any short sales that such Fund intends to maintain for more than one year and put and call options with expiration dates more than one year from the date of acquisition. High portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, which will be borne directly by a Fund. A 100% turnover rate would occur if all of a Fund’s portfolio securities were replaced once within a one-year period.
Each Fund will invest portions of its assets to seek short-term capital appreciation. Each Fund’s investment objective and corresponding investment policies can be expected to cause the portfolio turnover rate to be substantially higher than that of the average equity-oriented investment company.
Merger arbitrage investments are characterized by a high turnover rate because, in general, a relatively short period of time elapses between the announcement of a reorganization and its completion or termination. The majority of mergers and acquisitions are consummated in less than six months, while tender offers are normally completed in less than two months. Liquidations and certain other types of corporate reorganizations usually require more than six months to complete. A Fund will generally benefit from the timely completion of the proposed reorganizations in which it has invested, and a correspondingly high portfolio turnover rate would be consistent with, although it would not necessarily ensure, the achievement
70
of the Fund’s investment objective. Short-term trading involves increased brokerage commissions, which expense is ultimately borne by the shareholders.
The table below sets forth the portfolio turnover rates of each Fund for the periods noted.
| Fund | Fiscal
Year Ended May 31, 2026 |
Fiscal
Year Ended May 31, 2025 |
| Arbitrage Fund | 220% | 162% |
| Water Island Event-Driven Fund | 255% | 195% |
| Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund | 141% | 132% |
FUND ADMINISTRATION AND FUND ACCOUNTING
The administrator to the Funds is State Street Bank and Trust Company, located at One Congress Building, One Congress Street, Suite 1, Boston, Massachusetts 02114-2016 (the “Administrator”). The Administrator provides certain administrative services to the Funds pursuant to an Administration Agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) between the Administrator and the Funds. These services include assisting in maintaining office facilities, furnishing clerical services, compiling data for the Funds, preparing and filing certain notices to the SEC, coordinating execution and filing of tax returns by the Funds’ independent accountant, assisting with the preparation of reports to the Funds’ shareholders and registration statements for the Funds, monitoring expense accruals and payment of expenses on proper authorization from the Funds, monitoring the Funds’ status as a regulated investment company, monitoring compliance with the policies and limitations of the Funds as set forth in the prospectus and SAI and generally assisting in the Funds’ operations.
During the fiscal years ended May 31, 2026, 2025, and 2024, Arbitrage Fund paid administration fees of $257,080, $262,716, and $250,299, respectively, to the Administrator.
During the fiscal years ended May 31, 2026, 2025, and 2024, Water Island Event-Driven Fund paid administration fees of $61,387, $50,790, and $50,987, respectively, to the Administrator.
During the fiscal years ended May 31, 2026, 2025, and 2024, Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund paid administration fees of $111,969, $104,548, and $92,478, respectively, to the Administrator.
TRANSFER AGENT
As the Funds’ transfer agent, SS&C Global Investor and Distribution Solutions, Inc. (“SS&C GIDS”), 801 Pennsylvania Avenue, Suite 219842, Kansas City, Missouri 64105-1307, maintains the records of each shareholder’s account, answers shareholders’ inquiries concerning their accounts, processes purchases and redemptions of the Funds’ shares, acts as dividend and distribution disbursing agent, and performs other shareholder service functions. SS&C GIDS receives for its services as transfer agent a fee payable monthly for each Class of Fund shares. In addition, the Funds pay account processing fees and out-of-pocket expenses, including but not limited to, postage, envelopes, checks, drafts, forms, reports, record storage, and communication lines.
71
CUSTODIAN
The Custodian of the Funds’ assets is State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Congress Building, One Congress Street, Suite 1, Boston, Massachusetts 02114-2016. As custodian, State Street Bank and Trust Company acts as the Funds’ depository, safekeeps its portfolio securities, collects all income and other payments with respect thereto, disburses funds as instructed and maintains records in connection with its duties.
PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES
Calculation of Share Price
The price at which investors purchase Class A shares is called the offering price. The offering price is equal to the net asset value per share of Class A shares at the time of purchase, plus any applicable sales charge. The price at which investors purchase Class I, Class R, and Class C shares is the net asset value. The net asset value per share of each Fund will be determined on each day when the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business and will be computed by taking the aggregate market value of all assets of the Fund less its liabilities, and dividing by the total number of shares outstanding. Each determination will be made:
| (1) | by valuing portfolio securities, including open short positions, which are traded on the NYSE and American Stock Exchange at the last reported sales price on that exchange, and, lacking any such sales on the primary exchange, the security is valued at the last bid price if held as a long position or at the last ask price if sold short; |
| (2) | by valuing securities which are traded on The NASDAQ Stock Market at the NASDAQ Official Closing Price, and, if no Official Closing Price is available, at the last sale price prior to the calculation of the Funds’ NAV or, if no sale price is shown, the last bid price if held as a long position or at the last ask price if sold short; |
| (3) | by valuing all other equity securities for which over-the-counter market quotations are readily available generally at the mean of the current bid and ask prices; |
| (4) | by valuing debt securities using evaluated bids, which are market-based measurements that represent a third-party pricing agent’s good faith opinion as to what the holder would receive in an orderly transaction under current market conditions; |
| (5) | by valuing put and call options and options on futures at the mean of the most recent bid and ask prices (however, when there is no bid price available, options and options on futures will typically be valued at zero); |
| (6) | by valuing bank loans at the composite mid-price, which is calculated using the simple average of the dealer marks; and |
| (7) | by valuing any securities or other assets for which market quotations are not readily available at fair market value as determined in good faith by the Adviser under the supervision of the Trust’s Board. |
The net asset value of the shares of a Fund is determined as of the close of the regular session of trading on the NYSE (currently 4:00 p.m., Eastern time), on each day the NYSE is open for business. The NYSE is
72
open for business on every day except Saturdays, Sundays, and the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, President’s Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving, and Christmas. The NYSE also may be closed on national days of mourning or due to natural disaster or other extraordinary events or emergency.
Trading in Foreign Securities
Trading in foreign securities may be completed at times that vary from the closing of the NYSE. In computing the net asset value, the Fund usually values foreign securities at the latest closing price on the exchange on which they are traded immediately prior to the closing of the NYSE. Some foreign currency exchange rates may also be determined at the latest rate prior to the closing of the NYSE. Foreign securities quoted in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at current rates. Occasionally, events that affect these values and exchange rates may occur between the times at which they are determined and the closing of the NYSE. If these events materially affect the value of portfolio securities, these securities may be valued at their fair value as determined in good faith by the Adviser under the supervision of the Trust’s Board.
Purchase of Shares
Orders for shares received by the Trust in good order prior to the close of business on the NYSE on each day during such periods that the NYSE is open for trading are priced based on the net asset value per share computed as of the close of the regular session of trading on the NYSE. Orders received in good order after the close of the NYSE, or on a day it is not open for trading, are priced at the close of the NYSE on the next day on which it is open for trading at the next determined net asset value per share.
Redemption of Shares
The Trust will redeem all or any portion of a shareholder’s shares of a Fund when requested in accordance with the procedures set forth in the “Redemptions” section of the prospectus. Under the 1940 Act, a shareholder’s right to redeem shares and to receive payment for such shares may be suspended at times:
| (a) | when the NYSE is closed, other than customary weekend and holiday closings; |
| (b) | when trading on that exchange is restricted for any reason; |
| (c) | when an emergency exists as a result of which disposal by a Fund of securities owned by it is not reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably practicable for the Fund fairly to determine the value of its net assets, provided that applicable rules and regulations of the SEC (or any succeeding governmental authority) will govern as to whether the conditions prescribed in (b) or (c) exist; or |
| (d) | when the SEC by order permits a suspension of the right to redemption or a postponement of the date of payment on redemption. |
In case of suspension of the right of redemption, payment of a redemption request will be made based on the net asset value next determined after the termination of the suspension.
Supporting documents in addition to those listed under “Redemptions” in the Funds’ prospectus will be required from executors, administrators, trustees, or if redemption is requested by someone other than the shareholder of record. Such documents include, but are not restricted to, stock powers, trust instruments, certificates of death, appointments as executor, certificates of corporate authority and tax waivers required in some states when settling estates.
73
Redemptions In Kind
Payment of the net redemption proceeds may be made either in cash or in portfolio securities (selected in the discretion of the Adviser under supervision of the Board and taken at their value used in determining the net asset value), or partly in cash and partly in portfolio securities. However, payments will be made wholly in cash unless the Board believes that economic conditions exist which would make such a practice detrimental to the best interests of a Fund. If payment for shares redeemed is made wholly or partly in portfolio securities, brokerage costs may be incurred by the investor in converting the securities to cash. The Trust has filed an election with the SEC pursuant to which a Fund will effect a redemption in portfolio securities only if the particular shareholder of record is redeeming more than $250,000 or 1% of a Fund’s net assets, whichever is less, during any 90-day period.
Exchange Privilege
Investors may exchange shares of a Fund for shares of any other Fund at their net asset value; provided, however, that investors must hold their Class A shares or Class C shares of one Fund, as applicable, for at least thirty days in order to be eligible to exchange their shares for Class A or Class C shares, as applicable, of the other Fund. In addition, investors may exchange Class A or Class C shares of a Fund for Class R or Class I shares of the same Fund, provided (1) the investor meets the investment eligibility requirements for purchase of shares of the class he or she wishes to exchange into, (2) the investor has held the Class C shares for longer than twelve months, and (3) the investor has held Class A shares, subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, for longer than 18 months. Investors who are interested in exercising the exchange privilege should first contact the Funds or their agents to obtain instructions and any necessary forms. There is a five dollar ($5) fee for each telephone exchange, and no fee for a written exchange.
The exchange privilege will not be available if (i) the proceeds from a redemption of shares are paid directly to the investor or at his or her discretion to any persons other than the Funds or (ii) the proceeds from redemption of the shares of the applicable Fund are not immediately reinvested in shares of the other Fund through a subsequent exercise of the exchange privilege. There is currently no limitation on the number of exchanges an investor may make. The exchange privilege may be terminated by the Funds upon at least 60 days prior notice to investors.
In addition, certain financial intermediaries may have share class exchange programs whereby a shareholder of Arbitrage Fund’s Class C shares may have their shares converted at net asset value to Class A shares of the Fund if the shares are no longer subject to a CDSC.
For federal income tax purposes, a redemption of shares of a Fund pursuant to the exchange privilege will result in a capital gain if the proceeds received exceed the investor’s tax-cost basis of the shares redeemed. Such a redemption may also be taxed under state and local tax laws, which may differ from the Code.
CONVERSION OF SHARES
Effective on or about September 30, 2021 (the “Effective Date”), approximately eight years after purchase, Class C shares of Arbitrage Fund will automatically convert to Class A shares of the Fund. The Class C share conversions will occur approximately once each month (on the “Class C Conversion Date”) on the basis of the relative net asset value of the shares of the two applicable classes, without the imposition of any sales load, fee, or other charge. The Class C share conversions will not be deemed a purchase or sale of the shares for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Class C Conversion Date for dividend reinvestment shares will be calculated taking into account the length of time the shares underlying the dividend reinvestment shares were outstanding. Class C shares held through a financial intermediary in an omnibus account will be converted into Class A shares only if the intermediary can document that the shareholder
74
has met the required holding period. It is the financial intermediary’s (and not the Fund’s) responsibility to keep records and to ensure that the shareholder is credited with the proper holding period. Not all financial intermediaries are able to track purchases to credit individual shareholders’ holding periods. In particular, group retirement plans held through third party intermediaries that hold Class C shares in an omnibus account in certain instances do not track participant level share lot aging. In such instances, the automatic conversion of Class C shares to Class A shares will occur approximately eight years after the Effective Date. Please consult with your financial intermediary about your eligibility to exercise this conversion privilege.
Notice to Texas Shareholders
Under section 72.1021(a) of the Texas Property Code, initial investors in a Fund who are Texas residents may designate a representative to receive notices of abandoned property in connection with Fund shares. Texas shareholders who wish to appoint a representative should notify the Trust’s Transfer Agent by writing to SS&C GIDS, P.O. Box 219482, Kansas City, Missouri 64121-9842 or by calling 1-800-295-4488 to obtain a form for providing written notice to the Trust.
TAX STATUS
Each Fund has qualified and elected to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of Chapter 1 of Subtitle A of the Code, and intends to continue to so qualify, which requires compliance with certain requirements concerning the sources of its income, diversification of its assets, and the amount and timing of its distributions to shareholders. If for any tax year a Fund fails to meet one of the requirements, the Regulated Investment Company Modernization Act of 2010 (the “2010 Act”) provides several cure provisions which, if all requirements are met, will prevent regulated investment company disqualification.
By qualifying as a regulated investment company, a Fund will not be subject to federal income tax on its net investment income or net capital gains which it distributes to shareholders in accordance with the applicable timing requirements. In order to qualify as a regulated investment company, a Fund must, among other things, (1) derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from (i) dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currency, or certain other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in stock, securities or currencies and (ii) net income from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships; and (2) diversify its holdings so that at the end of each quarter of its taxable year the following two conditions are met: (a) at least 50% of the value of a Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and other securities (for this purpose such other securities will qualify only if such Fund’s investment is limited in respect to any issuer to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s assets and 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer) and (b) not more than 25% of the value of a Fund’s assets is invested in securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer or two or more issuers controlled by the Fund, and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. In addition, a Fund must distribute with respect to each taxable year at least the sum of 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (as that term is defined in the Code, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid — generally, ordinary income, the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and net gains and losses from certain foreign currency transactions, if any) and 90% of its net exempt interest income for such year.
75
Arbitrage Fund and Water Island Event-Driven Fund intend to distribute substantially all of their net investment income (dividends and interest earned on portfolio securities less expenses) and net realized capital gains after May 31, the end of each fiscal year, and no later than December 31 of each year. Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund intends to declare dividends based on its investment income daily (and distribute such dividends monthly), and distribute substantially all of its net realized capital gains in December. Any remaining undistributed amounts will be generally distributed during the following year. Distributions from net investment income (including any excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) are generally taxable to investors as ordinary income (although a portion of such distributions may be taxable to investors at the lower rate applicable to qualified dividend income), while distributions of capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of your holding period of Fund shares. Certain dividends or distributions declared by a Fund in October, November or December will be taxed to shareholders as if received in December if they are paid during the following January.
As each Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income, any excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses, and any excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses in accordance with the timing requirements imposed by the Code, no Fund should be required to pay any material federal income or excise taxes. In the case of Arbitrage Fund and Water Island Event-Driven Fund, distributions of net investment income and net capital gain will be made after May 31, the end of each fiscal year, and no later than December 31 of each year. In the case of Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund, net investment income dividends are declared daily (and paid monthly) and net capital gain will be distributed annually. Both types of distributions will be in shares of the applicable Fund unless a shareholder elects to receive cash.
If a Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code in any taxable year and is unable to cure such disqualification, it will be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. As such the Fund in question would be required to pay income taxes on its net investment income and net realized capital gains, if any, at the rates generally applicable to corporations. Shareholders of such Fund would not be liable for income tax on the Fund’s net investment income or net realized capital gains in their individual capacities. Distributions to shareholders, whether from a Fund’s net investment income or net realized capital gains, would be treated as taxable dividends to the extent of current or accumulated earnings and profits of the Fund and, under some circumstances, could be taxable as qualified dividend income.
Each Fund may be subject to a 4% nondeductible excise tax on certain undistributed amounts of ordinary income and capital gain under a prescribed formula contained in Section 4982 of the Code. The formula requires payment to shareholders during a calendar year of distributions representing at least 98% of a Fund’s ordinary income for the calendar year and at least 98.2% of its capital gain net income (i.e., the excess of its capital gains over capital losses) realized during the one-year period ending October 31 during such year plus all undistributed amounts from prior years. Under ordinary circumstances, each Fund expects to time its distributions so as to avoid liability for this tax. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to the excise tax.
Net investment income includes dividends and interest income and certain other income items less expenses. Net long-term capital gains for any fiscal year are computed by taking into account any capital loss carryforwards of a Fund. Capital losses may be carried forward indefinitely to offset any capital gains. If a Fund were to undergo an ownership change as defined in the Code, the use of any such carryforwards may be restricted. As of May 31, 2026, the Water Island Event-Driven Fund had $(21,429,781) of short term and $(7,390,979) of long term capital loss carryforwards and the Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund had $ (1,636,510) of short term and $(1,100,093) of long term capital loss carryforwards.
76
In certain situations, a Fund may, for a taxable year, elect to defer all or a portion of its capital losses realized after October and its late-year ordinary losses realized after December until the next taxable year in computing its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, which will defer the recognition of such realized losses. Such deferrals and other rules regarding gains and losses realized after October (or December) may affect the tax character of shareholder distributions.
If an option written by a Fund on securities lapses or is terminated through a closing transaction, such as a repurchase by the Fund of the option from its holder, the Fund will generally realize short-term gain or loss. If securities are sold by the Fund pursuant to the exercise of a call option written by it, the Fund will include the premium received in the sale proceeds of the securities delivered in determining the amount of gain or loss on the sale. Gain or loss on the sale, lapse or other termination of options acquired by a Fund on stock or securities and on narrowly-based stock indexes will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term or short-term depending on the Fund’s holding period with respect to the option.
Certain Fund transactions may be subject to wash sale, short sale, constructive sale, conversion transaction, constructive ownership transaction and straddle provisions of the Code that may, among other things, require a Fund to defer recognition of losses or convert long-term capital gain into ordinary income or short-term capital gain taxable as ordinary income.
As a result of entering into swap contracts, a Fund makes or receives periodic net payments. A Fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute taxable ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be long-term capital gain or loss if the Fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year). With respect to certain types of swaps, a Fund may be required to currently recognize income or loss with respect to future payments on such swaps or may elect under certain circumstances to mark such swaps to market annually for tax purposes as ordinary income or loss. Periodic net payments that would otherwise constitute ordinary deductions but are allocable under the Code to exempt interest dividends will not be allowed as a deduction but instead will reduce net tax-exempt income.
In general, gain or loss on a short sale is recognized when a Fund closes the sale by delivering the borrowed property to the lender, not when the borrowed property is sold. Gain or loss from a short sale is generally capital gain or loss to the extent that the property used to close the short sale constitutes a capital asset in a Fund’s hands. Except with respect to certain situations where the property used by a Fund to close a short sale has a long-term holding period on the date of the short sale, special rules would generally treat the gains on short sales as short-term capital gains. These rules may also terminate the running of the holding period of “substantially identical property” held by a Fund. Moreover, a loss on a short sale will be treated as a long-term capital loss if, on the date of the short sale, “substantially identical property” has been held by a Fund for more than one year. In general, a Fund will not be permitted to deduct payments made to reimburse the lender of securities for dividends paid on borrowed stock if the short sale is closed on or before the 45th day after the short sale is entered into.
Debt securities acquired by a Fund may be subject to original issue discount and market discount rules which, respectively, may cause the Fund to accrue income in advance of the receipt of cash with respect to interest or cause gains to be treated as ordinary income. Market discount generally is the excess, if any, of the principal amount of the security (or, in the case of a security issued at an original issue discount, the adjusted issue price of the security) over the price paid by the Fund for the security. Original issue discount that accrues in a taxable year is treated as income earned by a Fund and therefore is subject to the distribution requirement discussed above. Because the original issue discount income earned by a Fund in a taxable year may not be represented by cash income, the Fund may have to borrow money or dispose of other assets and use the proceeds to make distributions to satisfy the distribution requirement.
77
Certain futures contracts and certain listed options (referred to as Section 1256 contracts) held by a Fund will be required to be “marked to market” for federal income tax purposes at the end of a Fund’s taxable year. Except with respect to certain foreign currency forward contracts, sixty percent of any net gain or loss recognized on these deemed sales and on actual dispositions will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and forty percent will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Any net mark-to-market gains may be subject to the distribution requirement discussed above, even though a Fund may receive no corresponding cash amounts, possibly requiring the disposition of portfolio assets or borrowing to obtain the necessary cash.
Gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates that occur between the time a Fund accrues interest or other receivables or accrues expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the Fund actually collects such receivables or pays such liabilities are treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, forward contracts or dispositions of debt securities denominated in a foreign currency that are attributable to fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency between the date of acquisition of the security or contract and the date of disposition thereof generally also are treated as ordinary income or loss. These gains or losses, referred to under the Code as “Section 988” gains or losses, increase or decrease the amount of a Fund’s investment company taxable income available to be distributed to its shareholders as ordinary income, rather than increasing or decreasing the amount of the Fund’s net capital gain. If Section 988 losses exceed other investment company taxable income during a taxable year, a Fund would not be able to make any ordinary dividend distributions from current earnings and profits, and distributions made before the losses were realized could be recharacterized as a return of capital to shareholders, rather than as an ordinary dividend, thereby reducing each shareholder’s basis in his or her Fund shares.
If a Fund holds (directly or indirectly) one or more “tax credit bonds” (defined below) on one or more specified dates during the Fund’s taxable year, and the Fund satisfies the minimum distribution requirement, the Fund may elect for U.S. federal income tax purposes to pass through to shareholders tax credits otherwise allowable to the Fund for that year with respect to such bonds. A tax credit bond is defined in the Code as a “qualified tax credit bond” (which includes a qualified forestry conservation bond, a new clean renewable energy bond, a qualified energy conservation bond, a qualified zone academy bond, or a qualified school construction bond, each of which must meet certain requirements specified in the Code), a “build America bond” or certain other specified bonds. If a Fund were to make an election, a shareholder of the Fund would be required to include in gross income an amount equal to such shareholder’s proportionate share of the interest income attributable to such credits and would be entitled to claim as a tax credit an amount equal to the shareholder’s proportionate share of such credits. Certain limitations may apply on the extent to which the credit may be claimed. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act repeals the rules related to tax credit tax bonds issued after December 31, 2017 but does not affect the tax treatment of bonds issued prior to January 1, 2018.
A Fund may make investments in equity securities of foreign issuers. If a Fund purchases shares in certain foreign corporations (referred to as PFICs under the Code), the Fund may be subject to federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” from such foreign corporation, including any gain from the disposition of such shares, even if such income is distributed by the Fund to its shareholders. In addition, certain interest charges may be imposed on the Fund as a result of such distributions. If a Fund were to invest in an eligible PFIC and elected to treat the PFIC as a qualified electing fund (a “QEF”), in lieu of the foregoing requirements the Fund would be required to include each year in its income and distribute to shareholders in accordance with the distribution requirement, a pro rata portion of the QEF’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain, whether or not distributed by the QEF to the Fund. A Fund may not be able to make this election with respect to many PFICs because of certain requirements that the PFICs would have to satisfy.
78
Alternatively, a Fund generally will be permitted to “mark to market” any shares it holds in a PFIC. If a Fund made such an election, with such election being made separately for each PFIC owned by the Fund, the Fund would be required to include in income each year and distribute to shareholders in accordance with the distribution requirements, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the PFIC stock as of the close of the taxable year over the adjusted basis of such stock at that time. Such amount is treated as ordinary income. A Fund would be allowed a deduction for the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of the PFIC stock over its fair market value as of the close of the taxable year, but only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains with respect to the stock included by the Fund for prior taxable years. A Fund will make appropriate basis adjustments in the PFIC stock to take into account the mark-to-market amounts.
Notwithstanding any election made by a Fund, dividends attributable to distributions from a foreign corporation will not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income if the foreign corporation is a PFIC either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead will be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income.
The following discussion of tax consequences is for the general information of shareholders that are subject to tax. Shareholders that are IRAs or other qualified retirement plans are exempt from income taxation under the Code unless they incurred debt to acquire Fund shares.
Distributions of taxable net investment income and short-term capital gains (the excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) are generally taxable to shareholders as ordinary income, although a portion of such distributions may be taxable to shareholders at the lower rate applicable to qualified dividend income.
Distributions of net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) are generally taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long they have held Fund shares.
A redemption of Fund shares by a shareholder will result in the recognition of taxable gain or loss depending upon the difference between the amount realized and his tax basis in his Fund shares. Such gain or loss is treated as a capital gain or loss if the shares are held as capital assets. However, any loss realized upon the redemption of shares within six months from the date of their purchase will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gains distributions received by the shareholder during such six-month period. All or a portion of any loss realized upon the redemption of shares may be disallowed to the extent shares are purchased (including shares acquired by means of reinvested dividends) within 30 days before or after such redemption.
Distributions of taxable net investment income and net capital gains will be taxable as described above, whether received in shares of a Fund or in cash. Shareholders electing to receive distributions in the form of additional shares will have a cost basis for federal income tax purposes in each share so received equal to the net asset value of a share on the reinvestment date.
All distributions of taxable net investment income and net capital gains, whether received in shares or in cash, must be reported by each taxable shareholder on his or her federal income tax return. Dividends or distributions declared in October, November or December as of a record date in such a month, if any, will be deemed to have been received by shareholders on December 31 if paid during January of the following year. Redemptions of shares may result in tax consequences (gain or loss) to the shareholder and are also subject to these reporting requirements.
79
Under the backup withholding provisions of Section 3406 of the Code, distributions of taxable net investment income and net capital gain, and proceeds from the redemption of the shares of a regulated investment company may be subject to withholding of federal income tax at the rate of 24% in the case of non-exempt shareholders who fail to furnish the investment company with their taxpayer identification numbers and with required certifications regarding their status under the federal income tax law, or if a Fund is notified by the IRS or a broker that withholding is required due to an incorrect TIN or a previous failure to report taxable interest or dividends. If the withholding provisions are applicable, any such distributions and proceeds, whether taken in cash or reinvested in additional shares, will be reduced by the amounts required to be withheld.
A 30% withholding tax will be imposed on U.S.-source dividends, interest, and other income items to (i) foreign financial institutions including non-U.S. investment funds unless they agree to collect and disclose to the IRS information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. account holders and (ii) certain other foreign entities, unless they certify certain information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. owners. To avoid withholding, foreign financial institutions will need to (i) enter into agreements with the IRS that state that they will provide the IRS information, including the names, addresses and taxpayer identification numbers of direct and indirect U.S. account holders, comply with due diligence procedures with respect to the identification of U.S. accounts, report to the IRS certain information with respect to U.S. accounts maintained, agree to withhold tax on certain payments made to non-compliant foreign financial institutions or to account holders who fail to provide the required information, and determine certain other information as to their account holders, or (ii) in the event that an applicable intergovernmental agreement and implementing legislation are adopted, provide local revenue authorities with similar account holder information. Other foreign entities will need to either provide the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner or certifications of no substantial U.S. ownership unless certain exceptions apply or agree to provide certain information to other revenue authorities for transmittal to the IRS.
Shareholders of a Fund may be subject to state and local taxes on distributions received from the Fund and on redemptions of the Fund’s shares.
Shares of a Fund held by a non-U.S. shareholder at death will be considered situated within the U.S. and subject to the U.S. estate tax.
A brief explanation of the form and tax character of distributions will accompany each distribution. In January of each year each Fund issues to each shareholder a statement of the federal income tax status of all distributions.
The Trust is organized as a Delaware statutory trust and generally will not be liable for any income or franchise tax in the State of Delaware. If a Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes and pays no federal income tax, it generally will also not be liable for New York State income taxes, other than a nominal corporation franchise tax.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Funds have selected Cohen & Company, Ltd., located at 1835 Market Street, Suite 310, Philadelphia, PA 19103, as the independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026. Cohen & Company, Ltd. audits the annual financial statements of the Funds. Cohen & Co Advisory, LLC, an affiliate of Cohen & Company, Ltd., provides tax services as requested.
80
COUNSEL
K&L Gates LLP, 1601 K Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20006-1600, serves as the Trust’s legal counsel and as counsel to the Independent Trustees.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial statements of Arbitrage Fund, Water Island Event-Driven Fund, and Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund, which have been audited by Cohen & Company, Ltd., the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, are incorporated herein by reference to the Form N-CSR, which includes the Annual Financial Statements and Additional Information of the Funds dated May 31, 2026.
81
APPENDIX A
The Arbitrage Funds and Water Island Capital, LLC
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
Investment advisers that have been delegated proxy voting discretion by their clients are required to adopt and implement written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of their clients. As with investment guidelines, clients may also provide investment advisers with specific proxy voting policies or guidelines. In such cases, advisers are required to consult with the client in situations where the guidelines may not be clear or if a conflict of interests arises. Water Island Capital, LLC (“WIC”), the investment adviser to The Arbitrage Funds (the “Funds,” each series thereof, a “Fund”), has adopted this policy to summarize WIC’s proxy voting policies and procedures, including those of the Funds.
General Policies and Proxy Voting Guidelines
WIC exercises proxy voting authority on behalf of clients who have delegated voting authority to the Firm. WIC’s policy is to vote proxies with the goal of maximizing the value of clients’ investments. Accordingly, WIC generally votes against any management proposals that WIC believes could prevent companies from realizing their maximum market value or would insulate companies and/or management from accountability to shareholders or prudent regulatory compliance. Generally, WIC will vote proxies in accordance with the following guidelines:
| ● | Business Operations – WIC generally will vote in favor of proposals that are a standard and necessary aspect of business operations and that WIC believes will not typically have a significant effect on the value of the investment. Such proposals include: |
| o | name changes; |
| o | election of directors; |
| o | ratification of auditors; |
| o | maintenance of current levels of directors’ indemnification and liability; |
| o | increases in authorized shares (common stock only) if there is no intention to significantly dilute shareholders’ proportionate interest; and |
| o | employee stock purchase or ownership plans. |
Factors considered in reviewing these proposals include the financial performance of the company, attendance and independence of board members and committees, and enforcement of strict accounting practices.
| ● | Change in Status – Proposals that change the status of the corporation, its individual securities, or the ownership status of the securities will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis. Changes in status include proposals regarding: |
| o | mergers, acquisitions, restructurings; |
| o | reincorporations; and |
| o | changes in capitalization. |
A-1
| ● | Shareholder Democracy – WIC generally will vote against any proposal that attempts to limit shareholder democracy in a way that could restrict the ability of shareholders to realize the value of their investment. This would include proposals endorsing or facilitating: |
| o | increased indemnification protections for directors or officers; |
| o | certain supermajority requirements; |
| o | unequal voting rights; |
| o | classified boards; |
| o | cumulative voting; |
| o | authorization of new securities if the intention appears to be to unduly dilute the shareholders’ proportionate interest; and |
| o | changing the state of incorporation if the intention appears to disfavor the economic interest of the shareholders. |
WIC generally supports proposals that maintain or expand shareholder democracy such as:
| o | annual elections; |
| o | independent directors; |
| o | confidential voting; and |
| o | proposals that require shareholder approval for adoption or retention of “poison pills” or golden parachutes, elimination of cumulative voting or preemptive rights, and reclassification of company boards. |
| ● | Compensation – WIC believes that compensation should be reasonable and used to align the interests of directors, executives, and employees with the long-term financial success of the company. Each compensation proposal is reviewed individually. WIC considers the following factors when reviewing a compensation proposal: |
| o | whether the proposal would potentially dilute the value of outstanding shares; |
| o | whether the compensation plan has broad-based participation; |
| o | whether the compensation plan allows for the re-pricing of options; and |
| o | whether the proposal is excessive, creates conflicts of interests, or compromises independence. |
WIC may deviate from the proxy voting guidelines stated above in certain situations, including but not limited to:
| ● | Sec. 12(d)(1)(F) Proportional Voting Requirements – If the Funds rely on the exemption provided by Sec. 12(d)(1)(F) to acquire securities of other investment companies in excess of the limits imposed by Section 12(d)(1)(A), WIC is required to vote such shares in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such securities (sometimes referred to as “echo voting” or “mirror voting”); and |
| ● | Rule 12d1-4 Proportional Voting Requirements – Absent exclusions described in Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act (e.g., a Fund and its acquired fund are in the same group of investment companies), if the Funds and their advisory group hold more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of an acquired fund that is a registered open-end management investment company or registered unit investment trust as a result of a decrease in the outstanding voting securities of the acquired fund, or hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of an acquired fund that |
A-2
is a registered closed-end management investment company or business development company, each of those holders will be required to “echo vote” its securities in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such securities; provided, however, that in circumstances where all holders of the outstanding voting securities of the acquired fund are required to vote securities of the acquired fund in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such securities, the Funds will seek instructions from the security holders with regard to the voting of all proxies with respect to such acquired fund securities and vote such proxies only in accordance with such instructions.
WIC generally endeavors to vote the proxies it receives. However, WIC may abstain from voting in limited circumstances, including but not limited to:
| ● | Cost/Benefit Analysis – WIC may abstain from voting proxies in situations where it deems that abstaining is in the client’s best interests, such as when WIC believes that the cost of voting a proxy would exceed the expected benefit to the client. Examples include, but are not limited to: |
| o | proxies for securities that trade in countries that impose share blocking periods; |
| o | proxies for which it might be necessary to hire a power of attorney or translator or travel to a foreign country to vote in person; or |
| o | proxies for routine matters if the securities are on loan and WIC believes the income benefit exceeds the benefit of voting. |
| ● | Other Circumstances – Other situations in which WIC may not vote proxies could include: |
| o | circumstances where a material conflict of interest exists (see below for WIC’s conflicts of interest policies); |
| o | circumstances where the vote would not reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the value of a client’s investment (e.g., WIC expects to sell the security in the near future or has already sold the security); or |
| o | instances where technical or administrative issues arise (e.g., WIC does not receive notice of a shareholder meeting or proxy voting materials in time to vote). |
In all such cases, WIC is required to document the reason why proxies were not voted.
Conflicts of Interest
Conflicts of interests between an investment adviser and its clients may arise when the adviser exercises proxy voting authority. For example, a conflict would arise if the adviser manages the pension plan of a company whose management is soliciting proxies, or if a portfolio manager has business or personal relationships with an officer or director of a company.
In the event of a material conflict of interest, WIC will disclose the conflict to its clients and obtain their consent before voting a proxy according to WIC’s proxy voting policy (i.e., voting in the same manner as other client accounts), request that the client provide voting direction or engage another party to determine how the proxy should be voted, or abstain from voting.1
ERISA Clients – ERISA prohibits fiduciaries from acting on behalf of a plan in situations in which the fiduciary is subject to a conflict of interest. If WIC determines that it has a conflict of interest with respect
1 Alternatively, WIC may engage an independent third party to make a proxy voting recommendation.
A-3
to the voting of proxies for ERISA clients, WIC will either seek the client’s informed direction or retain an independent third party to make a proxy voting recommendation.
Procedures
Receipt of Proxy Materials – WIC receives proxy materials from issuers, custodians, or broker/dealers through its proxy voting service provider (i.e., Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc.’s ProxyEdge), via e-mail, or through the mail.
Voting Decisions – WIC’s Operations Department discusses each proxy with the portfolio manager responsible for the security, who is responsible for making a voting decision in accordance with WIC’s policy. Once a proxy voting decision has been made, the Operations Department casts the vote via ProxyEdge.
Conflicts of Interest – WIC employees who have a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in any issue presented for voting, or any relationship with the issuer, must inform WIC’s CCO and recuse themselves from proxy voting decisions with respect to that issuer. Employees who know of a potential conflict of interest are likewise required to inform the CCO. If the CCO determines there is a potential material conflict of interest, the CCO may consult with the Co-Chief Investment Officers or outside legal counsel to determine whether to disclose the conflict to the client and seek consent to vote the proxy in the same manner as for other clients, obtain voting direction from the client or an independent third party, or abstain from voting. The CCO will document the steps taken to evidence that the proxy was voted or not voted in the best interest of clients. Such documentation will be maintained in accordance with recordkeeping requirements.
Required Records – WIC will maintain the following records in accordance with Rule 204-2(c)(2):
| (i) | Copies of all proxy voting policies and procedures; |
| (ii) | Copies of all proxy statements received. WIC may satisfy this requirement by relying on a third party to make and retain, on WIC’s behalf, a copy of a proxy statement (provided that WIC has obtained an undertaking from the third party to provide a copy of the proxy statement promptly upon request) or may rely on obtaining a copy of a proxy statement from the SEC’s EDGAR system; |
| (iii) | A record of each vote cast by WIC on behalf of a client. WIC may satisfy this requirement by relying on a third party to make and retain, on WIC’s behalf, a record of the vote cast (provided that WIC has obtained an undertaking from the third party to provide a copy of the record promptly upon request); |
| (iv) | A copy of any document created by WIC that was material to making a decision regarding how to vote proxies or that memorializes the basis for the decision; |
| (v) | A copy of each written client request for information on how WIC voted proxies, and a copy of any written response by WIC to any (written or oral) client request for information on how WIC voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client. |
Information pertaining to proxy votes, including which votes were cast, the number of shares voted, and how they were voted is maintained through ProxyEdge. Any documents created by WIC that were material to making a proxy voting decision must be maintained by the investment team.
WIC will maintain (through ProxyEdge or by other means) the following information in connection with each proxy vote:
| ● | The issuer’s name; |
A-4
| ● | The security’s ticker symbol or CUSIP, as applicable; |
| ● | The shareholder meeting date; |
| ● | A brief identification of the matter to be voted on; |
| ● | Whether the matter was proposed by the Issuer or a security-holder; |
| ● | Whether WIC cast a vote; |
| ● | The number of shares voted (or instructed to be voted) by WIC for each client account as well as how those shares were voted (e.g., for or against a proposal, or abstain);2 and |
| ● | Whether WIC cast its vote with or against management. |
In addition, for registered funds, WIC will also maintain (through ProxyEdge or by other means) the following additional information as required to meet Form N-PX reporting requirements:
| • | Identification of the proxy voting matter to be voted on using the same language and order as on the issuer’s form of proxy, or “proxy card,” if a proxy card is available for a matter; |
| • | Categorization of each proxy voting matter by type; and |
| • | The number of shares that were loaned and not recalled to vote. |
Form N-PX - Rule 30b1-4 under the 1940 Act requires registered funds to file with the SEC an annual record of proxies voted on Form N-PX. Form N-PX must be filed each year no later than August 31 and must contain each registered fund’s proxy voting record for the most recent twelve-month period ending June 30. WIC will provide all information necessary for parties (e.g., the fund’s administrator) responsible for filing Form N-PX to file each year by August 31. Information will be provided to such parties in the structured data language required by the SEC or as otherwise reasonably requested.
Disclosure of Policies and Procedures – WIC is required to describe its proxy voting policies and procedures to its clients and notify them of how they may obtain information regarding how WIC voted their proxies. WIC will provide a copy of these policies and procedures to any client upon request and will disclose on its Form ADV how clients can obtain information on how proxies were voted. The Funds will include the disclosure on proxy voting required by the SEC in their registration statement, and information on how the Funds voted proxies, if any, relating to portfolio securities for each 12-month period ended June 30 will be filed annually with the SEC on Form N-PX.
Client Requests for Voting Record – Clients may request information regarding how their proxies were voted. All requests should be forwarded to the CCO and Operations Department, who are responsible for responding in a prompt manner.
2 Information on how WIC voted proxies relating to shareholder advisory votes on executive compensation (or say-on-pay) matters including “golden parachute” compensation in connection with a merger or acquisition shall also be maintained in order to meet reporting requirements on Form N-PX as required by Rule 14Ad-1 under the Exchange Act.
A-5
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The Arbitrage Funds
|
AltShares Merger Arbitrage ETF (ARB) AltShares Event-Driven ETF (EVNT)
|
104 Fifth Avenue, 9th Floor
New York, NY 10011
PHONE: (855) 955-1607
September 25, 2026
Shares are listed on the NYSE Arca, Inc. (“Exchange”).
This SAI describes the AltShares Merger Arbitrage ETF and AltShares Event-Driven ETF (each a “Fund” and together, the “Funds”), each a series of The Arbitrage Funds (“Trust”). The Trust is an open-end registered management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
Water Island Capital, LLC (“Adviser”), serves as the investment adviser to the Funds. Foreside Financial Services, LLC serves as the distributor for the Funds (“Distributor”).
Shares are neither guaranteed nor insured by the U.S. Government.
This SAI, dated September 25, 2026, is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction with the Funds’ prospectus, dated September 25, 2026, which incorporates this SAI by reference. The financial statements of AltShares Merger Arbitrage ETF and AltShares Event-Driven ETF, when they are available, will be incorporated into this SAI by reference. Copies of the Annual Financial Statements and Additional Information, when they are available, may be obtained by calling (855) 955-1607. Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined have the same meaning as in the prospectus, unless otherwise noted. A copy of the prospectus and the Funds’ shareholder reports may be obtained without charge by writing to the Distributor, calling (855) 955-1607, or visiting www.altsharesetfs.com/resources.
2
Table of Contents
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this SAI and the prospectus and, if given or made, such information or representations may not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Trust. This SAI does not constitute an offer to sell securities.
3
GLOSSARY
The following terms are used throughout this SAI, and have the meanings used below:
“1933 Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“Adviser” means Water Island Capital, LLC.
“Authorized Participant” means a member or participant in a clearing agency registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, which has a written agreement with the Funds or Distributor that allows it to place orders for the purchase and redemption of Creation Units.
“Board” means the Board of Trustees of the Trust.
“Business Day” means any day on which the Trust is open for business.
“CEA” means the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended.
“CFTC” means the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“Creation Unit” means an aggregation of 10,000 Shares that each Fund issues and redeems on a continuous basis at NAV. Shares will not be issued or redeemed except in Creation Units.
“Distributor” means Foreside Financial Services, LLC.
“Dodd-Frank Act” means the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
“DTC” means the Depository Trust Company.
“Exchange” means The NYSE Arca, Inc.
“FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.
“Funds” means the series of the Trust discussed in this SAI: AltShares Merger Arbitrage ETF and AltShares Event-Driven ETF.
“Fund Complex” means the Trust, including the Funds and Arbitrage Fund, Water Island Event-Driven Fund, and Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund, each a registered investment company advised by Water Island Capital, LLC.
“1940 Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
“IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service.
“NAV” means the net asset value of the Fund’s Shares.
“NSCC” means the National Securities Clearing Corporation.
“NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
“Prospectus” means the Funds’ prospectus, dated September 25, 2026, as may be amended and supplemented from time to time.
4
“SAI” means this Statement of Additional Information, dated September 25, 2026, as may be amended and supplemented from time to time.
“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Shares” means the shares of a Fund.
“Transaction Fees” are fees imposed to compensate for costs incurred in connection with transactions for Creation Units.
“Trust” means The Arbitrage Funds, a Delaware statutory trust.
“Underlying Index” means the Water Island Merger Arbitrage USD Hedged Index. AltShares Merger Arbitrage ETF seeks to provide investment results that closely correspond, before fees and expenses, to the performance of the Underlying Index.
“U.S.” means the United States.
5
TRUST AND FUND OVERVIEW
The Trust is a Delaware statutory trust organized on December 22, 1999 and an open-end registered management investment company comprised of five series. This SAI relates only to the two series which operate as exchange traded funds, AltShares Merger Arbitrage ETF (“Merger Arbitrage ETF”) and AltShares Event-Driven ETF (“Event-Driven ETF”). Three other series of the Trust, Arbitrage Fund, Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund, and Water Island Event-Driven Fund, operate as traditional mutual funds, and information related to those funds is provided in a separate statement of additional information.
The Merger Arbitrage ETF is a passively managed exchange-traded fund (“ETF”) and the Event-Driven ETF is an actively managed ETF. On September 25 2026, each of the Merger Arbitrage ETF and the Event-Driven ETF acquired the assets and liabilities of a corresponding predecessor exchange traded fund with the identical name and identical investment objective and policies. The Merger Arbitrage predecessor exchange traded fund commenced operations on May 7, 2020. The Event-Driven predecessor exchange traded fund began operations on January 2, 2015 as a traditional open-end mutual fund. Each of the Merger Arbitrage predecessor exchange traded fund and the Event-Driven predecessor exchange traded fund was a series of AltShares Trust, an open-end registered management investment company. On September 25, 2026, the Merger Arbitrage predecessor exchange traded fund was reorganized into the Merger Arbitrage ETF and the Event-Driven predecessor exchange traded fund was reorganized into the Event-Driven ETF. Each Fund is a registered investment company advised by Water Island Capital, LLC, the Funds’ investment adviser.
The Merger Arbitrage ETF is non-diversified, which means that it may invest a greater portion of its assets in one or a limited number of issuers and may invest overall in a smaller number of issuers than a diversified fund. The Event-Driven ETF is a diversified series of the Trust. The offering of Shares is registered under the 1933 Act.
Each Fund offers and issues Shares at NAV only in aggregations of a specified number of Shares, generally in exchange for a basket of securities, together with the deposit of a specified cash payment, or, in certain circumstances, for an all cash payment. Shares are listed and traded on the Exchange. Shares will trade on the Exchange at market prices that may be below, at, or above NAV.
Unlike mutual funds, Shares are not individually redeemable securities. Rather, each Fund issues and redeems Shares on a continuous basis at NAV only in Creation Units of 10,000 Shares. In the event of the liquidation of a Fund, the Trust may lower the number of Shares in a Creation Unit.
In the instance of creations and redemptions, Transaction Fees may be imposed. Such fees are limited in the case of redemptions in accordance with requirements of the SEC applicable to management investment companies offering redeemable securities. Some of the information contained in this SAI and the Prospectus — such as information about purchasing and redeeming Shares and Transaction Fees — is not relevant to most retail investors because it applies only to transactions for Creation Units and most retail investors do not transact for Creation Units.
Once created, Shares generally trade in the secondary market, at market prices that change throughout the day, in amounts less than a Creation Unit. Investors purchasing Shares in the
6
secondary market through a brokerage account or with the assistance of a broker may be subject to brokerage commissions and charges.
EXCHANGE LISTING AND TRADING
Shares are listed and traded on the Exchange. Shares trade on the Exchange or in secondary markets at prices that may differ from their NAV including because such prices may be affected by market forces (such as supply and demand for Shares). As is the case of other securities traded on an exchange, when you buy or sell Shares on the Exchange or in the secondary markets, your broker will normally charge you a commission or other transaction charges. Further, the Trust reserves the right to adjust the price of Shares in the future to maintain convenient trading ranges for investors (namely, to maintain a price per Share that is attractive to investors) by share splits or reverse share splits.
There can be no assurance that the requirements of the Exchange for maintaining the listing of Shares will continue to be met. The Exchange may, but is not required to, remove Shares from listing if: (i) a Fund is no longer eligible to rely on Rule 6c-11 under the 1940 Act; (ii) a Fund no longer complies with the requirements set forth in NYSE Arca Rule 5.2-E(j)(8); (iii) following the initial 12-month period beginning at the commencement of trading of a Fund, there are fewer than 50 beneficial owners of Shares, or (iv) such other event occurs or condition exists that, in the opinion of the Exchange, makes further dealings on the Exchange inadvisable. The Exchange will remove Shares from listing and trading upon termination of a Fund.
The Funds are not sponsored, endorsed, sold, or promoted by the Exchange. The Exchange makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of Shares or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in a Fund particularly or the ability of a Fund to achieve its objective. The Exchange has no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the Funds.
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS
The Board has adopted a policy regarding the disclosure of information about each Fund’s portfolio securities. Under the policy, portfolio holdings of each Fund, which will form the basis for the calculation of NAV on a Business Day, are publicly disseminated prior to the opening of trading on the Exchange that Business Day, including on the Funds’ website, www.altsharesetfs.com.
Certain employees of the Adviser are responsible for interacting with Authorized Participants and liquidity providers with respect to discussing custom basket proposals as described in the Custom Baskets section of this SAI. As part of these discussions, these employees may discuss with an Authorized Participant or liquidity provider the securities a Fund is willing to accept for a creation, and securities that a Fund will provide on a redemption. The Adviser’s employees may also discuss portfolio holdings-related information with broker/dealers, in connection with settling a Fund’s transactions, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with the disclosure in the Funds’ current registration statement.
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS
The policies set forth below are fundamental policies of each Fund, as indicated. Each Fund has adopted these policies, as indicated, and the policies may be changed only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund. As used in this SAI and in the Funds’
7
Prospectus and as defined in the 1940 Act, the term “majority of the outstanding shares of a Fund” means the vote of whichever is less:
| (1) | 67% or more of a Fund’s shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of a Fund are present or represented by proxy, or |
| (2) | more than 50% of a Fund’s outstanding shares. |
Unless otherwise indicated, the investment policies of the Merger Arbitrage ETF provide that:
| (1) | The Fund may not borrow money, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules, regulations, and interpretations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief. |
| (2) | The Fund may not issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules, regulations, and interpretations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief. |
| (3) | The Fund may not engage in the business of underwriting securities except to the extent that the Fund may be considered an underwriter within the meaning of the 1933 Act in the acquisition, disposition or resale of its portfolio securities or in connection with investments in other investment companies, or to the extent otherwise permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules, regulations, and interpretations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief. |
| (4) | The Fund may not purchase the securities of any issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, or any non-U.S. government, or their respective agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result, more than 25% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of companies whose principal business activities are in the same industry, except that the Fund will invest more than 25% of its total assets in securities of the same industry to approximately the same extent that the Fund’s Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of a particular industry. |
| (5) | The Fund may not purchase or sell real estate, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules, regulations, and interpretations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief (but this shall not prevent the Fund from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate, real estate investment trusts or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business). |
| (6) | The Fund may not purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent the Fund from purchasing or selling options and futures contracts or from investing in issuers engaged in the commodities business or securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities). |
| (7) | The Fund may not make loans, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules, regulations, and interpretations thereunder and any applicable exemptive relief. This limitation does not apply to purchases of debt securities or to repurchase agreements, or to acquisitions of loans, loan participations or other forms of debt instruments permissible under the Fund’s investment policies. |
8
Except with respect to the limitation on borrowing (limitation (1) of the fundamental investment restrictions above), if a particular percentage restriction as set forth above is adhered to at the time of investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in values or assets will not constitute a violation of the restriction.
Unless otherwise indicated, the investment policies of the Event-Driven ETF provide that:
| (1) | The Fund may not issue senior securities other than to evidence borrowings or short sales as permitted under the 1940 Act. |
| (2) | The Fund may not borrow money except that the Fund may borrow: |
| a. | from banks to purchase or carry securities or other investments, |
| b. | from banks for temporary or emergency purposes, or |
| c. | by entering into reverse repurchase agreements, |
if, immediately after any such borrowing, the value of the Fund’s assets, including all borrowings then outstanding less its liabilities, is equal to at least 300% of the aggregate amount of borrowings then outstanding (for the purpose of determining the 300% asset coverage, the Fund’s liabilities will not include amounts borrowed). Any such borrowings may be secured or unsecured. The Fund may issue securities (including senior securities) appropriate to evidence the indebtedness, including reverse repurchase agreements, which the Fund is permitted to incur.
| (3) | The Fund may not underwrite or participate in the marketing of securities issued by other persons except to the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter under federal securities laws in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities. |
| (4) | The Fund may not concentrate its investments in any industry, with the exception of securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies, and instrumentalities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a large percentage of investment opportunities occurring within the U.S. are within one industry over a given period of time, a large portion of the Fund’s assets could be concentrated in that industry for that period of time. Examples of such investment opportunities for the Fund include, but are not limited to: announcements or potential announcements of restructurings (bankruptcies, spinoffs, and asset sales), mergers and acquisitions, management change, institution of shareholder-friendly practices, regulatory changes, litigation, earnings results and outlook, and changes in industry or sector fundamentals. |
| (5) | The Fund may not purchase or sell real estate or real estate mortgage loans as such, but this restriction shall not prevent the Fund from investing in readily marketable interests in real estate investment trusts, readily marketable securities of companies which invest in real estate, or obligations secured by real estate or interests therein. |
| (6) | The Fund may not purchase or sell commodities, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, and as interpreted or modified by the regulatory authority having jurisdiction from time to time. |
| (7) | The Fund may not lend any of its assets, except that the Fund may lend up to 1/3 of its portfolio securities. |
9
| (8) | The Fund may not purchase securities on margin, except that the Fund may obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities. |
| (9) | The Fund may not pledge, mortgage or hypothecate its assets, except to secure borrowings. |
| (10) | The Fund may not invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control or management. |
With respect to the fundamental policies relating to senior securities set forth in (1) above, senior securities are defined as fund obligations that have a priority over the fund’s shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of fund assets. The 1940 Act prohibits a fund from issuing any class of senior securities or selling any senior securities of which it is the issuer, except that a fund is permitted to borrow from a bank so long as, immediately after such borrowings, there is an asset coverage of at least 300% for all borrowings of the fund (not including borrowings for temporary purposes in an amount not exceeding 5% of the value of the fund’s total assets). In the event that such asset coverage falls below this percentage, a fund must reduce the amount of its borrowings within three days (not including Sundays and holidays) so that the asset coverage is restored to at least 300%. The fundamental investment restriction regarding senior securities will be interpreted so as to permit collateral arrangements with respect to swaps, options, forward or futures contracts or other derivatives, or the posting of initial or variation margin. Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act provides an exemption to enter into certain transactions deemed to be senior securities subject to compliance with the requirements and limitations outlined in “Derivatives—Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act.” Thus, the fundamental policies relating to issuing senior securities set forth in (1) above will not restrict a Fund from entering into derivative transactions that are treated as senior securities so long as the Fund complies with Rule 18f-4 with respect to such derivatives transactions.
With respect to the fundamental policies relating to industry concentration set forth in (4) above, the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of more than 25% of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. If the Fund invests a significant percentage of its total assets in a single industry it may be particularly susceptible to adverse events affecting that industry and may be riskier than a fund that does not concentrate in an industry. The policies in (4) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policies also will be interpreted to give broad authority to the Fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries. When identifying industries or sectors for purposes of its concentration policy, the Fund may rely upon available industry classifications. With respect to investments in special purpose acquisition companies or similar special purpose entities (collectively, “SPACs”), the Fund will generally look to the investment or investments the SPAC principally holds or intends to pursue in determining the SPAC’s principal activities and the manner in which to apply its fundamental policy regarding industry concentration to an investment in a SPAC. Many SPACs invest principally in U.S. Treasury obligations, money market funds that invest exclusively in obligations of the U.S. government, and other investments that are not limited by the Fund’s fundamental policies on industry concentration until the SPAC identifies a suitable target for an acquisition or merger. In
10
addition, investments in other investment companies are not considered an investment in any particular industry for purposes of the fundamental policies relating to industry concentration set forth in (4) above.
The 1940 Act does not directly restrict an investment company’s ability to invest in commodities but does require that every investment company have a fundamental investment policy governing such investments. The Fund has adopted fundamental policies that would permit direct investment in commodities.
The Fund’s policy on pledging described above does not prevent the Fund from entering into transactions that may be viewed as involving a pledge of assets in connection with the Fund’s use of options, futures contracts, forward contracts, swaps, or other derivatives transactions, or in connection with reverse repurchase agreements, when-issued or delayed-delivery transactions, short sales, or securities lending, in each case to the extent consistent with the Fund's investment objective, policies, and Rule 18f-4 derivatives risk management program.
Each Fund has adopted a non-fundamental policy whereby it may not purchase or otherwise acquire the shares of an investment company or private fund if, immediately after such purchase or acquisition, the shares of investment companies or private funds owned by the Fund have an aggregate value of in excess of 10% of the value of the total assets of the Fund; provided, however, that this 10% limitation shall not apply to shares of investment companies or private funds purchased by the Fund in reliance on certain allowable exceptions under Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act.
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS
Reference is made to the Prospectus for a discussion of the investment objectives and principal investment strategies of the Funds. The discussion below supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the Prospectus.
The investment techniques and strategies discussed below may be used by the Funds. Each Fund is free to reduce or eliminate its use of any of these techniques or strategies. There is no assurance that any of the techniques or strategies listed below, or any of the other methods of investment available to the Funds, will result in the achievement of a Fund’s objective. Also, there can be no assurance that a Fund will grow to, or maintain, an economically viable size, in which case management may determine to liquidate the Fund at a time that may not be opportune for shareholders.
For purposes of this SAI, the word “invest” refers to a Fund directly and indirectly investing in securities or other instruments. Similarly, when used in this SAI, the word “investment” refers to a Fund’s direct and indirect investments in securities and other instruments.
Additional information concerning the Funds, their investment policies and techniques, and the securities and financial instruments in which they may invest is set forth below.
11
| Security/Strategy | AltShares Merger Arbitrage ETF |
AltShares Event- Driven ETF |
| Artificial Intelligence | X | X |
| Capital Structure Arbitrage | X | |
| Cash Management/Temporary Investments | X | X |
| Common Stocks | X | X |
| Convertible Arbitrage | X | |
| Convertible Securities | X | |
| Credit Default Index Swaps | X | |
| Credit Default Swaps | X | |
| Cybersecurity Risks | X | X |
| Debt Securities | X | |
| Depositary Receipts | X | X |
| Derivatives | X | X |
| Distressed Securities | X | |
| Emerging Markets Investments | X | X |
| Event-Driven Strategies | X | X |
| Exchange-Traded Funds | X | X |
| Exchange-Traded Notes | X | X |
| Financial Institution Obligations | X | X |
| Foreign Corporate Debt Obligations | X | |
| Foreign Currency Transactions | X | X |
12
| Foreign Investments | X | X |
| Futures Contracts and Related Options | X | X |
| Geographic Focus | X | X |
| Illiquid Securities | X | X |
| Initial Public Offering Risk | X | |
| Leverage | X | X |
| Loans and Other Debt Instruments | X | |
| Master Limited Partnerships | X | X |
| Merger Arbitrage | X | X |
| Non-Diversification Status | X | |
| Options Transactions | X | X |
| Over-the-Counter Options | X | X |
| Pandemic and Natural Disaster Risk | X | X |
| Passive Foreign Investment Companies | X | X |
| Preferred Stocks | X | |
| Private Placement and Restricted Securities | X | |
| Real Estate Investment Trusts | X | X |
| Registered Investment Companies | X | X |
| Sector Risk | X | X |
| Securities Lending | X | X |
| Senior Loans | X | |
| Short Sales | X | X |
13
| Special Purpose Acquisition Companies | X | |
| Swap Agreements | X | X |
| Tax Risks | X | X |
| U.S. Government Securities | X | X |
| Valuation Risks | X | X |
| Warrants | X | X |
| When-Issued, Forward Commitment and Delayed Settlement Securities | X | X |
Artificial Intelligence
Each Fund and its service providers, including the Adviser, may utilize artificial intelligence ("AI") technologies, including machine learning models and generative AI, to improve operational efficiency and in connection with research. In addition, counterparties used by the Funds may utilize AI in their business activities. While the Adviser may restrict certain uses of AI tools, the Funds and the Adviser are not in a position to control the use of AI in third-party products or services. The use of AI introduces numerous potential challenges and the use of AI can lead to reputational damage, legal liabilities, and competitive disadvantages, as well as negatively impact business operations, which may occur with or without mismanagement in the use of the AI. AI requires the collection and processing of substantial amounts of data, which poses risks of data inaccuracies, incompleteness, and inherent biases, and which can degrade the technology's effectiveness and reliability. The complexity of AI systems raises significant accountability and ethical concerns. AI has enhanced the ability of threat actors to amplify the potency, scale, and speed of cybersecurity attacks. AI's role in increasing automation raises concerns about job displacement and may lead to economic and social disruptions. The unpredictable nature of AI's impact on market dynamics complicates traditional risk assessment models, making it challenging to identify risks and opportunities using historical data. Legal and regulatory frameworks governing AI's use, particularly concerning data privacy and protection, are evolving rapidly. These changes could materially alter how AI is used, which may negatively impact the Funds.
Capital Structure Arbitrage
This strategy attempts to take advantage of relative pricing discrepancies between related debt and/or equity securities. For example, the Event-Driven ETF may purchase a senior secured security of an issuer and sell short an unsecured security of the same issuer. In this example the trade would be profitable if credit quality spreads widened or if the issuer went bankrupt and the recovery rate for the senior debt was higher than anticipated. Another example might involve the Fund purchasing one class of common stock while selling short a different class of common stock
14
of the same issuer. It is expected that, over time, the relative mispricing of the securities will disappear, at which point the position will be liquidated.
Cash Management/Temporary Investments
In addition to the ability to utilize the following types of assets during normal market conditions, each Fund may adopt temporary defensive positions that are inconsistent with the Fund’s principal investment strategies in attempting to respond to adverse market, economic, political, or other conditions. A Fund may invest a substantial portion of, or may temporarily invest substantially all of, its assets in cash or cash equivalents. A Fund may invest its assets in:
| ● | cash or cash equivalents, including money market instruments such as Treasury bills and other short-term obligations of the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities; |
| ● | commercial paper rated A-1 by Standard & Poor’s or Prime-1 by Moody’s. In the case where commercial paper has received different ratings from different rating services, such commercial paper is acceptable so long as at least one rating is in the highest categories of the nationally recognized rating organizations described above; |
| ● | repurchase agreements; and |
| ● | investment companies that invest primarily in such instruments. |
To the extent a Fund invests in these short-term investments, the Fund may not realize its investment objective and may also be subject to additional risks.
Common Stocks
Common stock represents an ownership interest in a company and usually possesses voting rights and earns dividends. Dividends on common stock are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of the issuer. Common stock generally represents the riskiest investment in a company. In addition, common stock generally has the greatest appreciation and depreciation potential because increases and decreases in earnings are usually reflected in a company’s common stock price.
The fundamental risk of investing in common stock is the risk that the value of the stock might decrease. Stock values fluctuate in response to the activities of an individual company or in response to general market and/or economic conditions. Historically, common stocks have provided greater long-term returns and have entailed greater short-term risks than preferred stocks, fixed-income securities, and money market investments. This may not be true currently or in the future. The market value of all securities, including common stocks, is based upon the market’s perception of value and not necessarily the book value of an issuer or other objective measure of a company’s worth. If you invest in a Fund, you should be willing to accept the risks of the stock market and should consider an investment in a Fund only as a part of your overall investment portfolio.
Convertible Arbitrage
Convertible arbitrage is a specialized strategy that seeks to profit from pricing inefficiencies between a firm’s convertible securities and its underlying equity. The most common convertible arbitrage approach matches a long position in the convertible security with a short position in the underlying common stock. The Event-Driven ETF seeks to purchase convertible securities at
15
discounts to their expected future values and sell short shares of the underlying common stock in order to mitigate equity market movements. As stock prices rise and the convertible security becomes more equity sensitive, the Fund will sell short additional common shares in order to maintain the relationship between the convertible security and the underlying common stock. As stock prices fall, the Fund will typically buy back a portion of shares which it had sold short. Positions are typically designed to earn income from coupon or dividend payments, and from the short sale of common stock.
Convertible Securities
Convertible securities include fixed income securities that may be exchanged or converted into a predetermined number of shares of the issuer’s underlying common stock at the option of the holder during a specified period. Convertible securities are senior to common stocks in an issuer’s capital structure, but may be subordinated to other non-convertible securities. While providing a fixed-income stream (generally higher in yield than the income derivable from common stock but lower than that afforded by a similar nonconvertible security), a convertible security also gives an investor the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation of the issuing company depending upon a market price advance in the convertible security’s underlying common stock.
Credit Default Index Swaps
The Event-Driven ETF may enter into credit default index swaps. A credit default index swap (“CDX”) is a credit derivative used to hedge credit risk or to take a position on a basket of credit entities. A CDX is a completely standardized credit security and is therefore highly liquid and typically trades at a very small bid-offer spread. This means that it may be cheaper to hedge a portfolio of credit default swaps or bonds with a CDX than it is to buy many credit default swaps to achieve a similar effect. A new series of CDX is issued every six months. Prior to the announcement of each series, a group of investment banks is polled to determine the credit entities that will form the constituents of the new issue. On the day of issue, a fixed coupon is decided for the CDX based on the credit spread of the entities within the CDX. Once this has been determined, the CDX constituents and the fixed coupon are published, and the CDX can be actively traded. See “Swap Agreements” below for a general discussion on the risks related to swap agreements.
Credit Default Swaps
The Event-Driven ETF may enter into credit default swap agreements, which may have as reference obligations securities that are or are not currently held by the Fund. The protection “buyer” in a credit default contract may be obligated to pay the protection “seller” an up-front payment or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided generally that no credit event on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the swap is cash settled. The Event-Driven ETF may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If the Event-Driven ETF is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund recovers nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the Event-Driven ETF may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value. A seller of a credit default swap generally receives an up-front payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap, which typically is between
16
six months and three years, provided that there is no credit event. If a credit event occurs, generally the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value. Credit default swaps and similar instruments involve greater risks than if the Event-Driven ETF had invested in the reference obligation directly, since, in addition to general market risks, they are subject to valuation risk, illiquidity risk, counterparty risk, and credit risk. The swaps market is subject to extensive regulation under the Dodd-Frank Act and certain Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and CFTC rules promulgated thereunder. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including new and additional government regulation, could adversely affect the Event-Driven ETF’s ability, among other things, to effectively utilize credit default swaps. See “Swap Agreements” below for a discussion on the risks related to swap agreements in general.
Cybersecurity Risks
The Funds and their service providers may be prone to operational and information security risks resulting from breaches in cybersecurity. A breach in cybersecurity refers to both intentional and unintentional events that may cause a Fund to lose proprietary information, suffer data corruption, or lose operational capacity. Breaches in cybersecurity include, among other behaviors, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites, the unauthorized release of confidential information or various other forms of cyber-attacks. Cybersecurity breaches affecting a Fund or its Adviser, custodian, transfer agent, intermediaries and other third-party service providers may adversely impact the Fund. For instance, cybersecurity breaches may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact the Fund’s ability to calculate its NAVs, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential business information, impede trading, subject the Funds to regulatory fines or financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. The Funds may also incur additional costs for cybersecurity risk management purposes. Similar types of cybersecurity risks are also present for issuers of securities in which a Fund may invest, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers and may cause a Fund’s investment in such companies to lose value.
Debt Securities
The Event-Driven ETF may invest in corporate debt securities including corporate bonds, debentures, notes and other similar instruments. These debt securities may be rated investment grade by Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s. Securities rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s or Baa by Moody’s, although investment grade, exhibit speculative characteristics and are more sensitive than higher rated securities to changes in economic conditions. The Fund may also invest in securities that are rated below investment grade which are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” or “high yield” securities. Investments in high yield securities, while providing greater income and opportunity for gain than investments in higher-rated securities, entail relatively greater risk of loss of income or principal. Market prices of high-yield obligations may fluctuate more than market prices of higher-rated securities. High yield securities tend to reflect short-term corporate and market developments to a greater extent than higher-rated obligations which, assuming no change in their fundamental quality, react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates.
The high yield market at times is subject to substantial volatility, and market prices of high yield securities tend to reflect economic downturns and rising interest rates more than higher-rated securities do — both through price declines and through a higher incidence of issuer insolvency
17
and default. Issuers of high yield securities may be of low creditworthiness, and their securities may be subordinated to the claims of senior lenders. Highly leveraged issuers experiencing financial stress may have difficulty servicing principal and interest, meeting projected business goals, or obtaining additional financing; if an issuer defaults, the Fund (or an underlying registered investment company) may incur additional expenses seeking recovery. High yield securities structured as zero coupon or pay-in-kind securities tend to be more price-volatile than securities that pay interest periodically in cash, since their prices are affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes.
Certain securities held by the Fund (or a registered investment company in which the Fund invests), including high yield securities, may contain redemption or call provisions. If an issuer exercises these provisions in a declining interest rate market, the Fund (or such registered investment company) would have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return for the investor. Conversely, a high yield security’s value will decrease in a rising interest rate market, as will the value of the Fund’s (or the underlying registered investment company’s) net assets.
The secondary market for high yield securities may at times become less liquid or respond to adverse publicity or investor perceptions making it more difficult for the Fund (or a registered investment company in which the Fund invests) to value accurately high yield securities or dispose of them. To the extent the Fund (or a registered investment company in which the Fund invests) owns or may acquire illiquid or restricted high yield securities, these securities may involve special registration responsibilities, liabilities and costs, and liquidity difficulties, and judgment will play a greater role in valuation because there is less reliable and objective data available.
Special tax considerations are associated with investing in high yield bonds structured as zero coupon or pay-in-kind securities. The Fund (or a registered investment company in which the Fund invests) will report the interest on these securities as income even though it receives no cash interest until the security’s maturity or payment date. Further, the Fund (or a registered investment company in which the Fund invests) must distribute substantially all of its income to its shareholders to qualify for pass-through treatment under tax law. Accordingly, the Fund (or a registered investment company in which the Fund invests) may have to dispose of its portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances to generate cash or may have to borrow to satisfy distribution requirements.
Credit ratings evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments, not the market value risk of high yield securities. Since credit rating agencies may fail to timely change the credit ratings to reflect subsequent events, the Adviser will monitor the issuers of high yield securities in the portfolio to determine if the issuers will have sufficient cash flow and profits to meet required principal and interest payments, and to attempt to assure the securities’ liquidity so the Fund can meet redemption requests. To the extent that the Fund (or a registered investment company in which the Fund invests) invests in high yield securities, the achievement of its investment objective may be more dependent on its own credit analysis than is the case for higher quality bonds. The Fund (or a registered investment company in which the Fund invests) may retain a portfolio security whose rating has been changed.
Depositary Receipts
The Funds may invest in foreign securities by purchasing sponsored and unsponsored depositary receipts, including American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts
18
(“EDRs”), and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) or other securities convertible into securities of issuers based in foreign countries. These securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the securities which they represent. Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are denominated in U.S. dollars and are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, GDRs, in bearer form, are issued and designed for use outside the U.S. and EDRs (also referred to as Continental Depositary Receipts (“CDRs”)), in bearer form, may be denominated in other currencies and are designed for use in European securities markets. ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of the underlying securities. EDRs are European receipts evidencing a similar arrangement. GDRs are receipts typically issued by non-U.S. banks and trust companies that evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic securities. For purposes of the Funds’ investment policies, ADRs, GDRs, and EDRs are deemed to have the same classification as the underlying securities they represent. Thus, an ADR, GDR, or EDR representing ownership of common stock will be treated as common stock.
In an unsponsored arrangement, the foreign issuer assumes no obligations and the depositary’s transaction fees are paid by the depositary holder. Unsponsored depositary receipts may be created without the participation of the foreign issuer. Holders of these receipts generally bear all the costs of the depositary receipt facility, whereas foreign issuers typically bear certain costs in a sponsored depositary receipt. The bank or trust company depositary of an unsponsored depositary receipt may be under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the foreign issuer or to pass through voting rights. Accordingly, available information concerning the issuer may not be current, and the prices of unsponsored depositary receipts may be more volatile than the prices of sponsored depositary receipts. In addition, the issuers of securities underlying unsponsored depositary receipts may be subject to less stringent government supervision.
Derivatives
In general, a derivative instrument typically involves leverage, and provides exposure to potential gain or loss from a change in the market price of the underlying asset (or a basket of assets or an index) in a notional amount that exceeds the amount of cash or assets required to establish or maintain the derivative instrument. Adverse changes in the value or price of the underlying asset or index, which a Fund may not directly own, can result in a loss to the Fund substantially greater than the amount invested in the derivative itself. The use of derivative instruments also exposes a Fund to additional risks and transaction costs. Derivative instruments come in many varieties and may include forward contracts, options (both written and purchased) and swap contracts, which are described separately in this SAI.
Risk Factors for Derivatives. There are significant risks that apply generally to derivatives transactions, including:
| ● | Correlation Risk — the risk that changes in the value of a derivative will not match the changes in the value of the portfolio holdings that are being hedged or of the particular market or security to which a Fund seeks exposure. There are a number of factors which may prevent a derivative instrument from achieving the desired correlation (or inverse correlation) with an underlying asset, rate or index, such as the impact of fees, expenses and transaction costs, the timing of pricing, and disruptions or illiquidity in the markets for such derivative instrument. |
19
| ● | Counterparty Risk — the risk that a derivatives transaction counterparty will be unable or unwilling to make payments or otherwise honor its obligations to a Fund and the related risks of having concentrated exposure to such a counterparty. In particular, derivatives traded in OTC markets often are not guaranteed by an exchange or clearing corporation and often do not require payment of margin, and to the extent that a Fund has unrealized gains in such instruments or has deposited collateral with its counterparties the Fund is at risk that its counterparties will become bankrupt or otherwise fail to honor their obligations. A Fund will typically attempt to minimize counterparty risk by engaging in OTC derivatives transactions only with entities deemed creditworthy. | |
| ● | Credit Risk — the risk that the reference entity in a credit default swap or similar derivative will not be able to honor its financial obligations. | |
| ● | Currency Risk — the risk that changes in the exchange rate between two currencies will adversely affect the value (in U.S. dollar terms) of a derivative. | |
| ● | Illiquidity Risk — the risk that certain securities or instruments may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time or at the price desired by the counterparty in connection with payments of margin, collateral, or settlement payments. There can be no assurance that a Fund will be able to unwind or offset a derivative at its desired price, in a secondary market or otherwise. It may, therefore, not be possible for a Fund to unwind its position in a derivative without incurring substantial losses (if at all). Certain OTC derivatives, including swaps and OTC options, involve substantial illiquidity risk. Illiquidity may also make it more difficult for a Fund to ascertain a market value for such derivatives. The illiquidity of the derivatives markets may be due to various factors, including congestion, disorderly markets, limitations on deliverable supplies, the participation of speculators, government regulation and intervention, and technical and operational or system failures. In addition, the liquidity of a secondary market in an exchange-traded derivative contract may be adversely affected by “daily price fluctuation limits” established by the exchanges which limit the amount of fluctuation in an exchange-traded contract price during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in the contract, no trades may be entered into at a price beyond the limit, thus preventing the liquidation of open positions. Prices have in the past moved beyond the daily limit on a number of consecutive trading days. If it is not possible to close an open derivative position entered into by a Fund, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin in the event of adverse price movements. In such a situation, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily variation margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. | |
| ● | Index Risk — if the derivative is linked to the performance of an index, it will be subject to the risks associated with changes in that index. If the index changes, a Fund could receive lower interest payments or experience a reduction in the value of the derivative to below the price that the Fund paid for such derivative. |
20
| ● | Legal Risk — the risk of insufficient documentation, insufficient capacity or authority of counterparty, or legality or enforceability of a contract. | |
| ● | Leverage Risk — the risk that a Fund’s derivatives transactions can magnify the Fund’s gains and losses. Relatively small market movements may result in large changes in the value of a derivatives position and can result in losses that greatly exceed the amount originally invested. | |
| ● | Market Risk — the risk that changes in the value of one or more markets or changes with respect to the value of the underlying asset will adversely affect the value of a derivative. In the event of an adverse movement, a Fund may be required to pay substantial additional margin to maintain its position or the Fund’s returns may be adversely affected. |
| ● | Operational Risk — the risk related to potential operational issues, including documentation issues, settlement issues, systems failures, inadequate controls and human error. | |
| ● | Valuation Risk — the risk that valuation sources for a derivative will not be readily available in the market. This is possible especially in times of market distress, since many market participants may be reluctant to purchase complex instruments or quote prices for them. | |
| ● | Volatility Risk — the risk that the value of derivatives will fluctuate significantly within a short time period. |
Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act. Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act provides a comprehensive regulatory framework for the use of derivatives by registered investment companies, such as the Funds, and imposes requirements and restrictions on funds using derivatives. Rule 18f-4 requires funds that invest in derivatives above a specified amount to adopt and implement a derivatives risk management program (“DRMP”) administered by a derivatives risk manager that is appointed by and overseen by the fund’s board of trustees, and to comply with an outer limit on fund leverage risk based on value at risk, or “VaR.” Funds that use derivative instruments in a limited amount are considered “limited derivatives users,” as defined by Rule 18f-4, are not subject to the full requirements of Rule 18f-4, but must adopt and implement policies and procedures reasonably designed to manage the fund’s derivatives risk. Funds are subject to reporting and recordkeeping requirements regarding their derivatives use. In addition, Rule 18f-4 provides special treatment for reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions and unfunded commitment agreements. Specifically, a fund may elect whether to treat reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions as “derivatives transactions” subject to the requirements of Rule 18f-4 or as senior securities equivalent to bank borrowings for purposes of Section 18 of the 1940 Act. Repurchase agreements are not subject to Rule 18f-4 but are still subject to other provisions of the 1940 Act.
Under Rule 18f-4, “derivatives transactions” include the following: (1) any swap, security-based swap (including a contract for differences), futures contract, forward contract, option (excluding
21
purchased options), any combination of the foregoing, or any similar instrument, under which a Fund is or may be required to make any payment or delivery of cash or other assets during the life of the instrument or at maturity or early termination, whether as margin or settlement payment or otherwise; (2) any short sale borrowing; (3) reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions (e.g., recourse and non-recourse tender option bonds, and borrowed bonds), if a Fund elects to treat these transactions as derivatives transactions under Rule 18f-4; and (4) when-issued or forward-settling securities (e.g., firm and standby commitments, including to-be-announced (“TBA”) commitments, and dollar rolls) and non-standard settlement cycle securities, unless a Fund intends to physically settle the transaction and the transaction will settle within 35 days of its trade date.
The Funds have established a DRMP and appointed a derivatives risk manager to administer the DRMP, consistent with Rule 18f-4. The rule may not be effective to limit a Fund’s risk of loss. In particular, measurements of VaR rely on historical data and may not accurately measure the degree of risk reflected in a Fund’s derivatives or other investments. There may be additional regulation of the use of derivatives by registered investment companies, such as the Funds, which could significantly affect their use. Additional regulation of derivatives may make them more costly, limit their availability or utility, otherwise adversely affect their performance, or disrupt markets.
Additional Government Regulation of Derivatives. The Dodd-Frank Act and similar legislation in the European Union and elsewhere may make derivatives more costly, may limit the availability of derivatives, or may otherwise adversely affect the value or performance of derivatives. The Dodd-Frank Act substantially increases regulation of the over-the-counter derivatives market and participants in that market, including imposing clearing and reporting requirements on transactions involving certain instruments that are standardized and highly liquid and that fall within the Dodd-Frank Act’s definition of “swap” and “security-based swap,” which terms generally include over-the-counter derivatives, and imposing registration and potential substantive requirements on certain swap and security-based swap market participants. In addition, under the Dodd-Frank Act, the Funds may be subject to additional recordkeeping and reporting requirements.
The Adviser has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” with the National Futures Association for the Funds. The Funds are therefore not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act. The Funds intend to comply with Section 4.5 of the regulations under the Commodity Exchange Act.
Distressed Securities
The Event-Driven ETF’s investment in distressed securities may involve a substantial degree of risk. These instruments, which involve loans, loan participations, bonds, and notes, typically are unrated, lower-rated, in default or close to default. Many of these instruments are not publicly traded and may become illiquid. The prices of such instruments may be extremely volatile. Securities of distressed companies are generally more likely to become worthless than the securities of more financially stable companies. Valuing such instruments may be difficult, and the Fund may lose all of its investment, or it may be required to accept cash or securities with a value less than the Fund’s original investment. Issuers of distressed securities are typically in a weak financial condition and may default, in which case the Fund may lose its entire investment.
22
Emerging Markets Investments
Each Fund may invest in emerging markets investments, which have exposure to the risks discussed below relating to foreign instruments more generally, as well as certain additional risks. A high proportion of the shares of many issuers in emerging market countries may be held by a limited number of persons and financial institutions, which may limit the number of shares available for investment. The prices at which investments may be acquired may be affected by trading by persons with material non-public information and by securities transactions by brokers in anticipation of transactions by the Fund in particular securities. In addition, emerging market investments are susceptible to being influenced by large investors trading significant blocks of securities.
Emerging market stock markets are undergoing a period of growth and change which may result in trading volatility and difficulties in the settlement and recording of transactions, and in interpreting and applying the relevant law and regulations. The securities industries in these countries are comparatively underdeveloped. Stockbrokers and other intermediaries in the emerging markets may not perform as well as their counterparts in the U.S. and other more developed securities markets.
Political and economic structures in many emerging market countries are undergoing significant evolution and rapid development, and such countries may lack the social, political and economic stability characteristic of the U.S. Certain of such countries may have, in the past, failed to recognize private property rights and have at times nationalized or expropriated the assets of private companies. As a result, the risks described above, including the risks of nationalization or expropriation of assets, may be heightened. In addition, unanticipated political or social developments may affect the values of investments in those countries and the availability of additional investments in those countries. The laws of countries in emerging markets relating to limited liability of corporate shareholders, fiduciary duties of officers and directors, and the bankruptcy of state enterprises are generally less well developed than or different from such laws in the U.S. It may be more difficult to obtain or enforce a judgment in the courts of these countries than it is in the U.S. Emerging securities markets are substantially smaller, less liquid, and more volatile than the major securities markets in the U.S. Although some governments in emerging markets have instituted economic reform policies, there can be no assurances that such policies will continue or succeed.
Event-Driven Strategies
Event-driven strategies seek to profit from the market inefficiencies surrounding market events, such as mergers, acquisitions, asset sales, restructurings, refinancings, recapitalizations, reorganizations, or other special situations. Event-driven investing involves attempting to predict the outcome of a particular transaction as well as the optimal time at which to commit capital to it. Event-driven opportunities involve difficult legal as well as financial analysis, as some of the principal impediments to the consummation of major corporate events are often legal or regulatory rather than economic. In addition, certain of the securities issued in the context of major corporate events include complex call, put and other features, and it is difficult to precisely evaluate the terms and embedded option characteristics of these securities. A Fund may take both long and short positions in a wide range of securities, derivatives, and other instruments in implementing its event-driven strategies. Event-driven strategies are subject to the risk of overall market
23
movements, and the Fund may experience losses even if a transaction is consummated. The Fund may be unable to hedge against market fluctuations or other risks.
Exchange-Traded Funds
A Fund, subject to its investment strategies and policies, may purchase shares of exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”). ETFs are investment companies whose shares are bought and sold on a securities exchange. Each Fund may invest in index-based ETFs, which hold a portfolio of securities designed to track a particular market segment or index. Tracking error is the divergence of an ETF’s performance from the performance of the index it seeks to track, and may arise due to, among other things, an imperfect correlation between the ETF’s portfolio securities and those in its index, rounding of prices, timing of cash flows, the ETF’s size, changes to the index and regulatory requirements. Each Fund may also invest in actively managed ETFs. A Fund could purchase shares of an ETF to temporarily gain exposure to a portion of the U.S. or foreign market while awaiting an opportunity to purchase securities directly. The risks of owning an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities or commodities they are designed to track, although a lack of liquidity in an ETF could result in it being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities or commodities. ETFs have management fees that increase their costs versus the costs of owning the underlying securities directly. Also, even though the market price of an ETF is derived from the securities it owns, such price may be at, above, or below the ETF’s NAV. See also “Registered Investment Companies” below.
Exchange-Traded Notes
An exchange-traded note (“ETN”) is a type of unsecured, unsubordinated debt security that differs from other types of bonds and notes because ETN returns are typically based upon the performance of a market index. ETNs are publicly traded on a U.S. securities exchange. An ETN incurs certain expenses not incurred by its applicable index, and an investment in an ETN will bear its proportionate share of any fees and expenses borne by the ETN. The market value of an ETN share may differ from its NAV; the share may trade at a premium or discount to its NAV, which may be due to, among other things, differences in the supply and demand in the market for the share. Although an ETN is a debt security, it is unlike a typical bond, in that there are no periodic interest payments and principal is not protected. ETNs are subject to credit risk and the value of the ETN may drop due to a downgrade in the issuer’s credit rating, despite the underlying market benchmark or strategy remaining unchanged.
Financial Institution Obligations
Each Fund may invest in financial institution obligations, including certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, and time deposits. Certificates of deposit represent an institution’s obligation to repay deposited funds at a specified interest rate over a given period; bankers’ acceptances are negotiable obligations of a bank to pay a draft drawn by a customer, usually backed by goods in international trade; and time deposits are non-negotiable bank deposits earning a specified rate over a given period. Certificates of deposit and fixed time deposits are payable at a stated maturity date and fixed rate, and generally may be withdrawn on demand, though early withdrawal may incur penalties that reduce the Fund’s performance. Fixed time deposits do not always have a secondary market, but the Fund may transfer its beneficial interest in them to third parties without contractual restriction.
24
Each Fund may also invest in Eurodollar certificates of deposit (issued outside the U.S. by foreign or domestic banks), Yankee certificates of deposit (issued in the U.S. by a U.S. branch of a foreign bank), Eurodollar time deposits (deposits in a foreign branch of a U.S. or foreign bank), and Canadian time deposits (issued by Canadian offices of major Canadian banks) — each U.S. dollar-denominated.
Foreign Corporate Debt Obligations
The foreign corporate debt obligations in which the Event-Driven ETF may invest include investment-grade notes and non-investment grade notes, bonds, debentures, and commercial paper.
Specifically, the Fund may invest in U.S. dollar-denominated and non-U.S. dollar denominated corporate debt obligations of foreign companies without regard to ratings criteria. The Fund also may invest in U.S. dollar-denominated and non-U.S. dollar-denominated sovereign debt obligations of developed countries without regard to ratings criteria.
In many countries, there is less publicly available information about issuers than is available in the reports and ratings published about companies in the U.S. Additionally, foreign companies are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards. Interest on foreign debt obligations may be subject to foreign withholding taxes which would reduce the Fund’s income without providing a tax credit for the Fund’s shareholders.
Foreign Currency Transactions
Spot Transactions. A foreign exchange spot transaction (“FX spot”) is an agreement between two parties to buy one currency against selling another at an agreed price (the “spot exchange rate”) for settlement on the spot date. Each Fund may settle foreign-currency-denominated holdings on a spot basis. Although a Fund values its assets daily in U.S. dollars, it does not intend to convert its foreign currency holdings into U.S. dollars daily, but may do so from time to time, and investors should be aware of the resulting costs of currency conversion. Foreign exchange dealers do not charge a conversion fee but realize a profit on the spread between their buying and selling prices for a currency; thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to a Fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the Fund wish to resell that currency to the dealer. Unlike forward contracts and currency futures, which involve trading a currency pair at a predetermined price at some future date, the currencies underlying a spot transaction are exchanged on settlement date.
Forward Contracts. A forward currency contract is an agreement — individually negotiated and privately traded between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers — to purchase or sell a specific currency at a price set when the contract is entered into, for settlement at a future date. Forward contracts seek to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign exchange rates. A Fund may enter into a forward contract to “lock in” the U.S. dollar price of a foreign-currency-denominated security between trade date and settlement, or when the Adviser believes a currency may deteriorate relative to the U.S. dollar. A Fund’s currency hedges are generally sized to the value of the currency exposure being hedged, which — particularly in the case of a pending merger or similar transaction — may exceed the current market value of the portfolio securities to which the hedge relates. Because the future value of foreign-currency-denominated securities cannot be predicted precisely, a Fund cannot exactly match contract amounts to security values. Short-term currency market movements are also difficult to project,
25
making successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy uncertain. Accordingly, a Fund may need to purchase or sell additional currency to true up a position at settlement (and bear the expense of doing so). Each Fund is not required to enter into such transactions and will not do so unless deemed appropriate by the Adviser.
Forward contracts in which a Fund may engage include physically-settled foreign exchange forwards, which require the actual exchange of the principal amounts of the two currencies in the contract. When a Fund enters into such a forward, it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying currency at maturity; failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of any expected benefit of the transaction. A Fund may be required to obtain the currency it must deliver through the sale of portfolio securities denominated in that currency or through conversion of other Fund assets into that currency.
A non-deliverable forward is a forward contract settled on a net cash basis without physical exchange of the underlying currencies. Non-deliverable forwards are contracts in which one party agrees to make a payment to the other based on the change in market value or level of a specified currency, and the counterparty agrees to make payment based on the return of a different specified currency. A significant or sustained adverse movement in the referenced currency could result in a loss approaching the full notional value of the contract. A Fund’s use of non-deliverable forwards is subject to the risk management framework described under “Derivatives — Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act” above.
Currency Futures Contracts. A Fund may purchase and sell currency futures to increase or decrease its exposure to different foreign currencies; the uses and risks of currency futures are similar to futures relating to securities or indices. A foreign currency futures contract obligates the parties to deliver or acquire a specified amount of currency at a specified price and future time, and may be cash-settled rather than settled through physical delivery. Currency futures resemble forward contracts except that they are exchange-traded, subject to margin requirements, and standardized as to size and delivery date; most currency futures contracts call for payment or delivery in U.S. dollars. See “Futures Contracts and Related Options” below for margin, marking-to-market, and other mechanics generally applicable to the Funds’ futures positions.
Currency Options. A Fund may also purchase and write currency options to increase or decrease its exposure to different foreign currencies; the uses and risks of currency options are also similar to options on securities or indices. The underlying instrument of a currency option may be a foreign currency, generally purchased or delivered in exchange for U.S. dollars, or a futures contract. The purchaser of a currency call obtains the right to purchase the underlying currency, and the purchaser of a currency put obtains the right to sell the underlying currency.
Risks of Currency Transactions. Currency exchange transactions involve a significant degree of risk and the markets in which currency transactions are effected are highly volatile, specialized, and technical. Significant changes, including changes in liquidity and prices, can occur in such markets within very short periods of time, often within minutes. Currency exchange trading risks include, but are not limited to, exchange rate risk, maturity gap, interest rate risk, counterparty default, and potential interference by foreign governments through regulation of local exchange markets, foreign investment, or particular foreign currency transactions. A Fund could experience losses if its currency forward or futures positions are poorly correlated with its other investments, or if it cannot close a position in an illiquid market. A currency hedge is designed to protect a foreign-denominated security from a decline in that currency’s value — it will not protect against
26
a price decline caused by deterioration in the issuer’s creditworthiness — and because a Fund’s foreign-denominated investments may respond to factors other than exchange rates, currency positions may not exactly track portfolio value over time. A Fund will incur transaction costs, including trading commissions, in connection with certain currency transactions.
Foreign Investments
Each Fund may invest in the securities of foreign issuers listed on foreign securities exchanges or over-the-counter markets, or which are represented by ADRs and listed on domestic securities exchanges or traded in the U.S. on over-the-counter markets.
Foreign Market Risk. Foreign security investment or exposure involves special risks not present in U.S. investments that can increase the chances that a Fund will lose money. These risks are higher for emerging markets investments, which can be subject to greater social, economic, regulatory, and political uncertainties, and may have significantly less liquidity, than developed markets. In particular, each Fund is subject to the risk that because there are generally fewer investors on foreign exchanges and a smaller number of shares traded each day, it may be difficult for the Fund to buy and sell securities, or increase or decrease exposures, on those exchanges. In addition, prices of foreign securities may fluctuate more than prices of securities traded in the U.S.
Foreign Economy Risk. The economies of certain foreign markets often do not compare favorably with that of the U.S. with respect to such issues as growth of gross domestic product, reinvestment of capital, resources, and balance of payments positions. Certain foreign economies may rely heavily on particular industries or foreign capital and are more vulnerable to diplomatic developments, the imposition of economic sanctions against a particular country or countries, changes in international trading patterns, trade barriers, and other protectionist or retaliatory measures. Investments in foreign markets may also be adversely affected by governmental actions such as the imposition of capital controls, nationalization of companies or industries, expropriation of assets, or the imposition of punitive taxes. In addition, the governments of certain countries may prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on foreign investing in their capital markets or in certain industries. Any of these actions could severely affect security prices, impair the Fund’s ability to purchase or sell foreign securities, or obtain exposure to them, or transfer a Fund’s assets back into the U.S., or otherwise adversely affect the Fund’s operations. Other foreign market risks include foreign exchange controls, difficulties in pricing securities, defaults on foreign government securities, difficulties in enforcing favorable legal judgments in foreign courts, and political and social instability. Legal remedies available to investors in certain foreign countries may be less extensive than those available to investors in the U.S. or other foreign countries. Foreign corporate governance may not be as robust as in the U.S. As a result, protections for minority investors may not be strong, which could affect security prices. Debt obligations of issuers located in, or of, developing countries involve a high degree of risk and may be in default or present the risk of default.
Currency Risk and Exchange Risk. Securities in which a Fund invests, or to which it obtains exposure, may be denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates will affect the value of these securities. Generally, when the U.S. dollar rises in value against a foreign currency, an investment in a security denominated in that currency loses value because the currency is worth fewer U.S. dollars. Similarly, when the U.S. dollar decreases in value against a foreign currency, an investment in, or exposure to, a security denominated in that currency gains value because the currency is worth more U.S. dollars. This
27
risk is generally known as “currency risk,” which is the possibility that a stronger U.S. dollar will reduce returns for U.S. investors investing overseas. Foreign currencies also involve the risk that they will be devalued or replaced, adversely affecting the Fund’s investments.
Governmental Supervision and Regulation/Accounting Standards. Many foreign governments supervise and regulate stock exchanges, brokers, and the sale of securities to a lesser extent than the U.S. government. Some countries may not have laws to protect investors the way that the U.S. securities laws do. Accounting standards in other countries are not necessarily the same as in the U.S. If the accounting standards in another country do not require as much disclosure or detail as U.S. accounting standards, it may be harder to completely and accurately determine a company’s financial condition.
Certain Risks of Holding Fund Assets Outside the U.S. Foreign securities in which a Fund invests, or to which it obtains exposure, are generally held outside the U.S. in foreign banks and securities depositories. Each Fund’s custodian is the Fund’s “foreign custody manager” as provided in Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act. The “foreign custody manager” is responsible for determining that the Fund’s directly-held foreign assets will be subject to reasonable care, based on standards applicable to custodians in relevant foreign markets. However, certain foreign banks and securities depositories may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. They may also have operations subject to limited or no regulatory oversight. Also, the laws of certain countries may put limits on a Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a foreign bank or depository or issuer of a security or an agent of any of the foregoing goes bankrupt. In addition, it likely will be more expensive for the Fund to buy, sell, and hold securities, or increase or decrease exposures thereto, in certain foreign markets than it is in the U.S. market due to higher brokerage, transaction, custody, and/or other costs. The increased expense of investing in foreign markets reduces the amount a Fund can earn on its investments.
Settlement and clearance procedures in certain foreign markets differ significantly from those in the U.S. Foreign settlement and clearance procedures and trade regulations also may involve certain risks (such as delays in payment for or delivery of securities) not typically involved with the settlement of U.S. investments. Communications between the U.S. and emerging market countries may be unreliable, increasing the risk of delayed settlements or losses of security certificates. Settlements in certain foreign countries at times have not kept pace with the number of securities transactions. The problems may make it difficult for a Fund to carry out transactions. If the Fund cannot settle or is delayed in settling a purchase of securities, the Fund may miss attractive investment opportunities and certain of their assets may be uninvested with no return earned thereon for some period. If the Fund cannot settle or is delayed in settling a sale of securities, directly or indirectly, it may lose money if the value of the security then declines or, if it has contracted to sell the security to another party, the Fund could be liable to that party for any losses incurred.
Dividends and interest on, and proceeds from the sale of, foreign securities a Fund holds, or has exposure to, may be subject to foreign withholding or other taxes, and special federal tax considerations may apply. See “Taxation.”
Additional Risks of Global Markets. From time to time, certain of the companies in which a Fund may invest may operate in, or have dealings with, countries subject to sanctions or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and the United Nations and/or countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. A company may suffer damage to its reputation if it is
28
identified as a company which operates in, or has dealings with, countries subject to sanctions or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and the United Nations and/or countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. As an investor in such companies, a Fund will be indirectly subject to those risks.
Tensions, war, or open conflict between nations could affect the economies of many nations, including the U.S. The ultimate effects of these events and other socio-political or geopolitical issues are not known but could profoundly affect global economies and markets and negatively affect the value and liquidity of a Fund’s investments.
Futures Contracts and Related Options
Each Fund may purchase or sell stock index futures contracts and options thereon, including as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying securities. A futures contract generally obligates the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take delivery of) the specified commodity on the expiration date of the contract. A stock index futures contract obligates the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take) an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar amount (the contract multiplier) multiplied by the difference between the final settlement price of a specific stock index futures contract and the price at which the agreement is made. No physical delivery of the underlying stocks in the index is made.
Each Fund generally chooses to engage in closing or offsetting transactions before final settlement wherein a second identical futures contract is sold to offset a long position (or bought to offset a short position). In such cases the obligation is to deliver (or take delivery of) cash equal to a specific dollar amount (the contract multiplier) multiplied by the difference between the price of the offsetting transaction and the price at which the original contract was entered into. If the original position entered into is a long position (futures contract purchased) there will be a gain (loss) if the offsetting sell transaction is done at a higher (lower) price, inclusive of commissions. If the original position entered into is a short position (futures contract sold) there will be a gain (loss) if the offsetting buy transaction is done at a lower (higher) price, inclusive of commissions.
Whether a Fund realizes a gain or loss from futures activities depends generally upon movements in the underlying asset. The extent of the Fund’s loss from an unhedged short position in futures contracts is potentially unlimited. Each Fund may engage in related closing transactions with respect to options on futures contracts. A Fund intends to engage in transactions in futures contracts that are traded on a U.S. exchange or board of trade or that have been approved for sale in the U.S. by the CFTC.
Upon entering into a futures contract, a Fund will be required to deposit with the broker an amount of cash or cash equivalents known as “initial margin,” which is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract, and that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the futures contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” to and from the broker will be made daily as the price of the index underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking-to-market.” At any time prior to expiration of a futures contract, a Fund may elect to close its position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate the Fund’s existing position in the contract.
Each Fund may cover its long position in a futures contract by taking a short position in the instruments underlying the futures contract, or by taking positions in instruments the prices of
29
which are expected to move relatively consistently inversely with the futures contract. Each Fund may cover its short position in a futures contract by taking a long position in the instruments underlying the futures contract, or by taking positions in instruments, the prices of which are expected to move relatively consistently to the futures contract. Each Fund may “cover” its short position in a futures contract by purchasing a call option on the same futures contract with a strike price (i.e., an exercise price) as low or lower than the price of the futures contract.
Although the Funds intend to sell futures contracts only if there is an active market for such contracts, no assurance can be given that a liquid market will exist for any particular contract at any particular time. Many futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond that limit or trading may be suspended for specified periods during the day. Futures contract prices could move to the limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and potentially subjecting a Fund to substantial losses. If trading is not possible, or if the Fund determines not to close a futures position in anticipation of adverse price movements, the Fund will be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin. The risk that a Fund will be unable to close out a futures position will be minimized by entering into such transactions on a national securities exchange with an active and liquid secondary market.
Historically, an adviser of a fund trading commodity interests (such as futures contracts, options on futures contracts, non-deliverable forwards, swaps and cash-settled foreign currency contracts) has been excluded from regulation as a commodity pool operator (“CPO”) pursuant to CFTC Regulation 4.5. In 2012, the CFTC amended Regulation 4.5 to dramatically narrow this exclusion.
Under the amended Regulation 4.5 exclusion, a fund’s commodity interests — other than those used for bona fide hedging purposes (as defined by the CFTC) — must be limited such that the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish the positions (after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions and excluding the amount by which options are “in-the-money” at the time of purchase) does not exceed 5% of the fund’s NAV, or alternatively, the aggregate net notional value of the positions, determined at the time the most recent position was established, does not exceed 100% of the fund’s NAV (after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions). Further, to qualify for the exclusion in amended Regulation 4.5, a fund must satisfy a marketing test, which requires, among other things, that the fund not hold itself out as a vehicle for trading commodity interests.
The Adviser intends to comply with one of the two alternative limitations described above with respect to the Funds and claim an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the CEA with respect to the Funds. The Adviser therefore will not be subject to registration or regulation as a CPO under the CEA. Complying with the limitations may restrict the Adviser’s ability to use derivatives as part of each Fund’s investment strategies. Although the Adviser expects to be able to execute each Fund’s strategies within the limitations, performance could be adversely affected.
Geographic Focus
Funds that are less diversified across countries or geographic regions are generally riskier than more geographically diversified funds. To the extent a Fund focuses on a specific region, it will be more exposed to that region’s economic cycles, currency exchange rates, stock market valuations and political risks, among others, compared with a more geographically diversified
30
fund. The economies and financial markets of certain regions, such as Asia, can be interdependent and may be adversely affected by the same events.
Illiquid Securities
An illiquid security is any investment that a Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. A Fund will not acquire illiquid securities if, as a result, such securities would comprise more than 15% of the value of the Fund’s net assets. Illiquid securities may include unregistered securities, securities subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale or other restricted securities, repurchase agreements providing for settlement in more than seven days after notice, non-negotiable fixed time deposits with maturities over seven days, over-the-counter options and certain restricted securities not determined to be liquid.
Historically, illiquid securities have included securities subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they have not been registered under the 1933 Act, securities which are otherwise not readily marketable and securities such as repurchase agreements that have a maturity of longer than seven days. Securities which have not been registered under the 1933 Act are referred to as private placements or restricted securities and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the secondary market. Funds do not typically hold a significant amount of these restricted or other illiquid securities because of the potential for delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. Limitations on resale may have an adverse effect on the marketability of portfolio securities and a fund might be unable to dispose of restricted securities promptly or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty satisfying redemption requirements. A fund might also have to register such restricted securities in order to dispose of them, resulting in additional expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering of securities.
In recent years, however, an institutional market has developed for certain securities that are not registered under the 1933 Act including repurchase agreements, commercial paper, foreign securities, municipal securities, and corporate bonds and notes. Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer’s ability to honor a demand for repayment. The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of the liquidity of such investments. The Adviser may determine that such securities are not illiquid securities notwithstanding their legal or contractual restrictions on resale.
The Funds have adopted and implemented a liquidity risk management program. This program seeks to assess and manage each Fund’s liquidity risk, which is defined as the risk that a Fund would be unable to meet investor redemption requests without significantly diluting the remaining investors’ interests in the Fund. The Board has designated the Adviser as the administrator of the liquidity risk management program.
Initial Public Offering Risk
The Event-Driven ETF may purchase shares in initial public offerings (“IPOs”). Because IPO shares frequently are volatile in price, the Fund may hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the turnover of the Fund’s portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to the Fund, such as commissions and transaction costs. By selling shares, the Fund may realize taxable capital gains that it will subsequently distribute to shareholders. As a result, IPOs
31
performance can be more volatile and they face greater risk of business failure, affecting the Fund’s portfolio.
Leverage
Each Fund may borrow from banks to increase its portfolio holdings of securities. This borrowing is known as leverage. Such borrowings may be on a secured or unsecured basis at fixed or variable rates of interest. The 1940 Act requires a Fund to maintain continuous asset coverage of not less than 300% with respect to all borrowings. This allows a Fund to borrow for such purposes an amount (when taken together with any borrowings for temporary or emergency purposes as described below) equal to as much as 50% of the value of its net assets (not including such borrowings). If such asset coverage should decline to less than 300% due to market fluctuations or other reasons, a Fund would be required to dispose of some of its portfolio holdings within three days (excluding Sundays and holidays) in order to reduce each Fund’s debt and restore the 300% asset coverage, even though it may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint to dispose of portfolio holdings at that time.
The use of borrowing by a Fund involves special risk considerations that may not be associated with other funds having similar policies. Since substantially all of a Fund’s assets fluctuate in value, whereas the interest obligation resulting from a borrowing will be fixed by the terms of such Fund’s agreement with its lender, the asset value per share of such Fund will tend to increase more when its portfolio securities increase in value and decrease more when its portfolio securities decrease in value than would otherwise be the case if the Fund did not borrow funds. In addition, interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds. Under adverse market conditions, a Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales. The interest that a Fund must pay on borrowed money, together with any additional fees to maintain a line of credit or any minimum average balances required to be maintained, are additional costs which will reduce or eliminate any net investment income and may also offset any potential capital gains. Unless the appreciation and income, if any, on assets acquired with borrowed funds exceed the costs of borrowing, the use of leverage will diminish the investment performance of a Fund compared with what it would have been without leverage.
Loans and Other Debt Instruments
Loans and other direct debt instruments are interests in amounts owed by a corporate, governmental, or other borrower to another party. They may represent amounts owed to lenders or lending syndicates (loans and loan participation), to suppliers of goods or services (trade claims or other receivables), or to other parties. Direct debt instruments involve a risk of loss in case of default or insolvency of the borrower and may offer less legal protection to the Event-Driven ETF in the event of fraud or misrepresentation. In addition, loan participations involve a risk of insolvency of the lending bank or other financial intermediary. Direct debt instruments may also include standby financing commitments that obligate the Fund to supply additional cash to the borrower on demand.
Master Limited Partnerships
A Fund may invest in master limited partnerships (“MLPs”), which are publicly traded partnerships primarily engaged in the transportation, storage, processing, refining, marketing,
32
exploration, production, and mining of minerals and natural resources. Their interests, or units, trade on public securities exchanges exactly like the shares of a corporation, without entity level taxation. MLPs generally have two classes of owners, one or more general partners and the limited partners (i.e., investors). The general partner typically controls the operations and management of the MLP through an equity interest in the MLP plus, in many cases, ownership of common units and subordinated units. Limited partners typically own the remainder of the partnership, through ownership of common units and have a limited role in the partnership’s operations and management. In certain instances, creditors of an MLP would have the right to seek a return of capital that had been distributed to a limited partner. The right of a MLP’s creditors would continue even after a Fund had sold its investment in the partnership. MLPs typically invest in real estate, oil and gas equipment leasing assets, but they also finance entertainment, research and development, and other projects.
MLP common units, like other equity securities, can be affected by macroeconomic and other factors affecting the stock market in general, expectations of interest rates, investor sentiment towards an issuer or certain market sector, changes in a particular issuer’s financial condition, or unfavorable or unanticipated poor performance of a particular issuer (in the case of MLPs, generally measured in terms of distributable cash flow). Prices of common units of individual MLPs, like the prices of other equity securities, also can be affected by fundamentals unique to the partnership or company, including earnings power and coverage ratios.
Merger Arbitrage
The Merger Arbitrage ETF seeks to provide investment results that closely correspond, before fees and expenses, to the performance of the Water Island Merger Arbitrage USD Hedged Index (the “Underlying Index”), which is designed to reflect a global merger arbitrage strategy. Merger arbitrage is a highly specialized investment approach designed to profit from the successful completion of mergers, takeovers, tender offers, leveraged buyouts, spin-offs, liquidations, and other corporate reorganizations. The most common arbitrage activity involves purchasing the shares of an announced acquisition target company at a discount to their expected value upon completion of the acquisition. To gain exposure to the Underlying Index, the Fund will establish long positions in shares of the target company’s stocks. When the terms of a transaction call for the exchange of an acquiring company’s common stock, the Underlying Index, as a result of the index methodology, may include components that are designed to hedge against the risk of a decline in the value of the acquiring company’s stock, such as by establishing short positions in shares of the acquiring company’s stock.
The Event-Driven ETF may also utilize the merger arbitrage strategy described above to profit from event-driven opportunities. The Adviser may engage in selling securities short when the terms of a proposed acquisition call for the exchange of common stock and/or other securities. In such a case, the common stock of the company to be acquired may be purchased and, at approximately the same time, an equivalent amount of the acquiring company’s common stock and/or other securities may be sold short. Each Fund generally engages in active and frequent trading of portfolio securities to achieve its principal investment strategies.
A corporation’s minority shareholders may have a statutory right of appraisal to have a fair stock price determined by a judicial proceeding or by an independent valuator, which obligates the acquiring corporation to repurchase the shares at the determined price. Appraisal rights are a protection for minority shareholders that prevent the acquiring company in a merger from paying
33
less than the acquired company is worth to shareholders. However, there is no guarantee that exercising appraisal rights will result in a Fund receiving an amount greater than the previously paid share price. There is a risk that a Fund exercising appraisal rights may receive less value. Moreover, a Fund exercising appraisal rights may be subject to additional costs of the appraisal proceeding without receiving an increased return on its investment if the appraisal does not result in a higher share price. A Fund exercising appraisal rights may also experience limited liquidity on its investment while the subject securities are being appraised, which may limit the Fund’s ability to pursue other investments and achieve its investment objective.
Non-Diversification Status
The Merger Arbitrage ETF is non-diversified, which means that more of the Fund’s assets may be invested in the securities of a single issuer than could be invested in the securities of a single issuer by a fund that is diversified. This may make the value of the Fund’s shares more susceptible to certain risks than shares of a diversified fund. As a non-diversified fund, the Merger Arbitrage ETF has a greater potential to realize losses upon the occurrence of adverse events affecting a particular issuer.
Options Transactions
Each Fund may write both covered and uncovered options. Option transactions in which a Fund may engage involve the specific risks described above as well as the following risks:
| ● | the writer of an option may be assigned an exercise at any time during the option period; |
| ● | disruptions in the markets for underlying instruments could result in losses for options investors; |
| ● | imperfect or no correlation between the option and the securities being hedged; |
| ● | the insolvency of a broker could present risks for the broker’s customers; and |
| ● | market imposed restrictions may prohibit the exercise of certain options. |
In addition, the option activities of a Fund may affect its portfolio turnover rate and the amount of brokerage commissions paid by such Fund. The success of a Fund in using the option strategies described above depends, among other things, on the Adviser’s ability to predict the direction and volatility of price movements in the options and securities markets and the Adviser’s ability to select the proper time, type, and duration of the options.
By writing call options, a Fund forgoes the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the underlying security above the exercise price except insofar as the premium represents such a profit. A Fund may also seek to earn additional income through receipt of premiums by writing covered put options. The risk involved in writing such options is that there could be a decrease in the market value of the underlying security. If this occurred, the option could be exercised and the underlying security would then be sold to a Fund at a higher price than its then current market value.
Each Fund may purchase put and call options to attempt to provide protection against adverse price effects from anticipated changes in prevailing prices of securities. The purchase of a put option generally protects the value of portfolio holdings in a falling market, while the purchase of a call
34
option generally protects cash reserves from a failure to participate in a rising market. In purchasing a call option, a Fund would be in a position to realize a gain if, during the option period, the price of the security increased by an amount greater than the premium paid. A Fund would realize a loss if the price of the security decreased or remained the same or did not increase during the period by more than the amount of the premium. If a put or call option purchased by a Fund were permitted to expire without being sold or exercised, its premium would represent a realized loss to such Fund.
The imperfect correlation in price movement between an option and the underlying financial instrument and/or the costs of implementing such an option may limit the effectiveness of the strategy. A Fund’s ability to establish and close out options positions will be subject to the existence of a liquid secondary market. Although a Fund generally will purchase or sell only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will exist for any particular option or at any particular time. If an option purchased by a Fund expires unexercised, such Fund will lose the premium it paid. In addition, a Fund could suffer a loss if the premium paid by such Fund in a closing transaction exceeds the premium income it received. When a Fund writes a call option, its ability to participate in the capital appreciation of the underlying obligation is limited.
Writing Covered Call Options. Each Fund may write covered call options on equity securities to earn premium income, to ensure a definite price for a security that the Fund has considered selling, or to close out options previously purchased. A call option gives the holder (buyer) the right to purchase a security at a specified price (the exercise price) at any time until a certain date (the expiration date). A call option is “covered” if a Fund owns the underlying security subject to the call option at all times during the option period. The principal reason for a Fund to write call options on securities held by such Fund is to attempt to realize, through the receipt of premiums, a greater return than would be realized on the underlying securities alone.
There is no assurance that a closing transaction can be effected at a favorable price. During the option period, the covered call writer has, in return for the premium received, given up the opportunity for capital appreciation above the exercise price should the market price of the underlying security increase, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline.
Writing Covered Put Options. Each Fund may write covered put options on equity securities to assure a definite price for a security if it is considering acquiring the security at a lower price than the current market price or to close out options previously purchased or to earn premium income. A put option gives the holder of the option the right to sell, and the writer has the obligation to buy, the underlying security at the exercise price at any time during the option period. The operation of put options in other respects is substantially identical to that of call options. A put option is “covered” if a Fund is short the underlying security subject to the put option at all times during the option period.
The risks involved in writing put options include the risk that a closing transaction cannot be effected at a favorable price and the possibility that the price of the underlying security may fall below the exercise price, in which case a Fund may be required to purchase the underlying security at a higher price than the market price of the security at the time the option is exercised.
Writing Uncovered Options. In addition to covered options, each Fund may sell “uncovered” call and put options. Uncovered call options have speculative characteristics and are riskier than
35
covered call options because there is no underlying instrument held by the Fund that can act as a partial hedge. As the writer of a covered call option or an index call option, the Fund forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security or the index covering the call option above the sum of the option premium received and the exercise price of the call, but has retained the risk of loss, minus the option premium received, should the price of the underlying security or index decline.
The Funds’ ability to write call or put options may be limited by margin requirements and other federal securities rules or regulations and is subject to the requirements of Rule 18f-4 as described in the “Derivatives—Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act” section above.
Over-the-Counter Options
A Fund may engage in transactions in options that are traded over-the-counter (“OTC transactions”). OTC transactions differ from exchange-traded transactions in several respects. OTC transactions are transacted directly with dealers and not with a clearing corporation. Without the availability of a clearing corporation, OTC transaction pricing is normally done by reference to information from market makers, which information is carefully monitored by the Adviser and verified in appropriate cases.
As the OTC transactions are transacted directly with dealers, there is a risk of nonperformance by the dealer as a result of the insolvency of such dealer or otherwise, in which event a Fund may experience a loss. An OTC transaction may only be terminated voluntarily by entering into a closing transaction with the dealer with whom a Fund originally dealt. Any such cancellation, if agreed to, may require a Fund to pay a premium to that dealer. In those cases in which a Fund has entered into a covered transaction and cannot voluntarily terminate the transaction, such Fund will not be able to sell the underlying security until the investment instrument expires or is exercised or different cover is substituted. In such cases, the Fund in question may not be able to sell an underlying security even though it might otherwise be advantageous to do so.
It is each Fund’s intention to enter into OTC transactions only with dealers which agree to, and which are expected to be capable of, entering into closing transactions with the Fund, although there is no assurance that a dealer will voluntarily agree to terminate the transaction. There is also no assurance that a Fund will be able to liquidate an OTC transaction at any time prior to expiration. OTC transactions for which there is no adequate secondary market will be considered illiquid.
Pandemic and Natural Disaster Risk
The impact of a health crisis and other epidemics and pandemics that may arise in the future could affect the global economy in ways that cannot necessarily be foreseen at the present time. In addition to widespread disease, including the novel coronavirus disease (COVID-19) and other pandemics and epidemics, natural or environmental disasters, such as earthquakes, fires, floods, hurricanes, tsunamis and other severe weather-related phenomena, generally have been, and can be, highly disruptive to economies and markets, adversely impacting individual companies, sectors, industries, markets, currencies, interest and inflation rates, credit ratings, investor sentiment, and other factors affecting the value of the Funds’ investments. The impact of infectious diseases and natural or environmental disasters in developing or emerging market countries may be greater due to limited health care and other resources. Given the increasing interdependence among global economies and markets, conditions in one country, market, or region are
36
increasingly likely to adversely affect markets, issuers, and/or foreign exchange rates in other countries, including the U.S. These disruptions could prevent each Fund from executing advantageous investment decisions in a timely manner and negatively impact the Fund’s ability to successfully execute its investment strategy or achieve its investment objectives. Any such event(s) could have a significant adverse impact on the value and risk profile of the Funds.
Passive Foreign Investment Companies
If a Fund purchases shares in passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”), it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on a Fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. If a Fund were to invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the Fund might be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the Fund, and such amounts would be subject to the 90% and excise tax distribution requirements described below. In order to make this election, a Fund would be required to obtain certain annual information from the PFICs in which it invests, which may be difficult or impossible to obtain.
Currently proposed IRS regulations, if adopted, would treat such included amounts as nonqualifying regulated investment company income to the Fund unless such amounts were also distributed to the Fund.
Alternatively, each Fund may make a mark-to-market election that would result in the Fund being treated as if it had sold and repurchased its PFIC stock at the end of each year. In such case, the Fund would report any such gains as ordinary income and would deduct any such losses as ordinary losses to the extent of previously recognized gains. The election must be made separately for each PFIC owned by the Fund and, once made, would be effective for all subsequent taxable years, unless revoked with the consent of the IRS. By making the election, the Fund could potentially ameliorate the adverse tax consequences with respect to its ownership of shares in a PFIC, but in any particular year may be required to recognize income in excess of the distributions it receives from PFICs and its proceeds from distributions of PFIC stock. A Fund may have to distribute this “phantom” income and gain to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax.
Each Fund will make the appropriate tax election, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effects of these rules.
Preferred Stocks
The Event-Driven ETF may invest in preferred stocks. Preferred stock includes convertible and non-convertible preferred and preference stocks that are senior to common stock. Preferred stock has a preference over common stock in liquidation (and generally dividends as well) but is subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer in all respects. As a general rule the market value of preferred stock with a fixed dividend rate and no conversion element varies inversely with interest rates and perceived credit risk, while the market price of convertible preferred stock generally also reflects some element of conversion value. Because preferred stock is junior to debt securities and other obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer will cause greater
37
changes in the value of a preferred stock than in a senior debt security with similar stated yield characteristics. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, preferred stock dividends are payable only if declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Preferred stock also may be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions.
Private Placement and Restricted Securities
The Event-Driven ETF may invest in securities that are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“restricted securities”). Restricted securities may be sold in private placement transactions between issuers and their purchasers and may be neither listed on an exchange nor traded in other established markets. In many cases, privately placed securities may not be freely transferable under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction or due to contractual restrictions on resale. Some of these securities are new and complex, and trade only among institutions; the markets for these securities are still developing and may not function as efficiently as established markets. As a result of the absence of a public trading market, privately placed securities may be deemed to be illiquid investments or less liquid investments and may be more difficult to value than publicly traded securities. To the extent that privately placed securities may be resold in privately negotiated transactions, the prices realized from the sales, due to lack of liquidity, could be less than those originally paid by the Fund or less than their fair market value. In addition, issuers whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements that may be applicable if their securities were publicly traded. Where registration is required for restricted securities, a considerable time period may elapse between the time the Fund decides to sell the security and the time it is actually permitted to sell the security under an effective registration statement. If during such period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the Fund might obtain less favorable pricing terms than when it decided to sell the security. Transactions in restricted securities may entail other transaction costs that are higher than those for transactions in unrestricted securities. Certain of the Fund’s investments in private placements may consist of direct investments and may include investments in smaller, less seasoned issuers, which may involve greater risks. These issuers may have limited product lines, markets, or financial resources, or they may be dependent on a limited management group. In making investments in such securities, the Fund may obtain access to material non-public information, which may restrict the Fund’s ability to conduct portfolio transactions in such securities.
Real Estate Investment Trusts
A real estate investment trust (“REIT”) is a company that pools investor funds to invest primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests. A REIT is not taxed on net income and net realized gains distributed to its shareholders if, among other things, it distributes substantially all of its taxable income (other than net capital gains) and certain other amounts for each taxable year.
Because REITs have ongoing fees and expenses, which may include management, operating and administration expenses, REIT shareholders, including a Fund, will indirectly bear a proportionate share of those expenses in addition to the expenses of the Fund. However, such expenses are not considered to be Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses and, therefore, are not reflected as such in a Fund’s fee table.
A Fund also may be subject to certain risks associated with the direct investments of the REITs. REITs may be affected by changes in their underlying properties and by defaults by borrowers or tenants, especially in light of the effects of COVID-19 or potential future pandemics. Mortgage
38
REITs may be affected by the quality of the credit extended. Furthermore, REITs are dependent on specialized management skills. Some REITs may have limited diversification and may be subject to risks inherent in financing a limited number of properties. REITs depend generally on their ability to generate cash flow to make distributions to shareholders or unitholders and may be subject to defaults by borrowers and to self-liquidations. In addition, the performance of a REIT may be affected by its failure to qualify for tax-free “pass-through” of income under the Code, including regulations thereunder and IRS interpretations or similar authority upon which a Fund may rely, or its failure to maintain exemption from registration under the 1940 Act.
Registered Investment Companies
Each Fund may invest in shares of registered investment companies to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and the rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder. The 1940 Act generally permits a Fund to purchase securities of other investment companies where no more than 10% of the value of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in such securities, no more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in shares of any one investment company, and the Fund would hold no more than 3% of the outstanding voting securities of any investment company.
Fund of fund arrangements must comply with the provisions of the 1940 Act, Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act, or another rule. Pursuant to Rule 12d1-4, a Fund is permitted to exceed the limits of Section 12 of the 1940 Act if the Fund complies with Rule 12d1-4’s conditions, which contain elements from the SEC’s prior exemptive orders permitting fund of funds arrangements, including (i) limits on control and voting; (ii) required evaluations and findings; (iii) required fund of funds investment agreements; and (iv) limits on complex structures. The limits on control and voting do not apply if the funds are affiliated and in the same group of investment companies.
The Adviser may be deemed to have a conflict of interest when determining whether to invest or maintain a Fund’s assets in an affiliated underlying fund. The Adviser would seek to mitigate this conflict of interest, however, by undertaking to waive a portion of a Fund’s advisory fee equal to the advisory fee it receives from the affiliated underlying fund on the Fund’s assets invested in the affiliated underlying fund. The Adviser and its affiliates may derive indirect benefits such as increased assets under management from investing Fund assets in an affiliated underlying fund, which benefits would not be present if investments were made in unaffiliated underlying funds. In addition, although the Adviser will waive a portion of a Fund’s advisory fee (as previously described), the Fund will indirectly bear its pro rata share of an affiliated underlying fund’s other fees and expenses, and such fees and expenses may be paid to the Adviser or its affiliates or a third party.
Investment companies include open-end investment companies, closed-end investment companies, unit investment trusts, and ETFs which may be organized as either open-end investment companies or unit investment trusts, all of which are professionally managed portfolios.
Any investment in a registered investment company involves investment risk. Additionally, an investor could invest directly in the registered investment companies in which the Funds invest. By investing indirectly through a Fund, an investor bears not only his or her proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund (including operating costs and investment advisory fees) but also indirect similar expenses of the registered investment companies in which the Fund invests. An
39
investor may also indirectly bear expenses paid by registered investment companies in which a Fund invests related to the distribution of such registered investment company’s shares.
Under certain circumstances an open-end investment company in which the Funds invest may determine to make payment of a redemption by the Fund (wholly or in part) by a distribution in kind of securities from its portfolio, instead of in cash. As a result, the Fund may hold such securities until the Adviser determines it appropriate to dispose of them. Such disposition will impose additional costs on the Fund.
Investment decisions by the investment advisers to the registered investment companies in which the Funds invest are made independently of a Fund and the Adviser. At any particular time, one registered investment company in which a Fund invests may be purchasing shares of an issuer whose shares are being sold by another registered investment company in which a Fund invests. As a result, a Fund indirectly would incur certain transactional costs without accomplishing any investment purpose.
Registered investment companies in which the Funds may invest may concentrate their investments within one industry (namely, sector funds). Since the investment alternatives within an industry are limited, the value of the shares of such a registered investment company may be subject to greater market fluctuation than a registered investment company which invests in a broader range of securities.
Money market funds are open-end registered investment companies that historically have traded at a stable $1.00 per share price. However, money market funds that do not meet the definition of a “retail money market fund” or “government money market fund” under the 1940 Act are required to transact at a floating NAV per share (i.e., in a manner similar to how all other non-money market mutual funds transact), instead of at a $1.00 stable share price. Money market funds may also impose liquidity fees and redemption gates for use in times of market stress. If a Fund invests in a money market fund with a floating NAV, the impact on the trading and value of the money market instruments may negatively affect a Fund’s return potential. ETFs and closed-end funds are investment companies whose shares are bought and sold on a securities exchange.
An investment in an ETF or a closed-end fund generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a conventional open-end fund (i.e., one that is not exchange-traded) that has the same investment objectives, strategies, and policies. The price of an ETF or a closed-end fund can fluctuate within a wide range, and a Fund could lose money investing in such a fund if the prices of the stocks owned by it go down. In addition, ETFs and closed-end funds are subject to the following risks that do not apply to conventional open-end funds: (i) the market price of their shares may trade at a discount to their net asset value; (ii) an active trading market for their shares may not develop or be maintained; or (iii) trading of their shares may be halted if the listing exchange’s officials deem such action appropriate, the shares are delisted from the exchange, or the activation of market-wide “circuit breakers” (which are tied to large decreases in stock prices) halts stock trading generally.
See “Exchange-Traded Funds” above.
Sector Risk
From time to time, based on market or economic conditions or investment opportunities, a Fund may have significant investments in one or more sectors of the market. When a Fund invests a substantial portion of its assets in a particular sector, industry or sub-sector of the economy, the
40
Fund’s investments are not as varied as the investments of most funds and are far less varied than the broad securities markets. As a result, a fund that invests more heavily in one sector or industry of the market may see its performance be especially sensitive to developments that significantly affect that sector or industry. In addition, a sector or industry may also react in the same way to economic, political, or regulatory events and a Fund’s performance may be affected if the sector or industry does not perform as expected. Alternatively, the lack of exposure to one or more sectors or industries may adversely affect performance.
Securities Lending
The Funds may seek to increase their income by lending portfolio securities. Under present regulatory policies, such loans may be made to institutions, such as certain broker-dealers, and are required to be secured continuously by collateral in cash maintained on a current basis at an amount at least equal to the market value of the securities loaned (100% collateral). The collateral must be valued daily and, should the market value of the loaned securities increase, the borrower must furnish additional collateral to a Fund. During the time portfolio securities are on loan, the borrower pays a Fund any dividends or interest paid on such securities. The collateral may be invested in repurchase agreements, money market funds, and other short-term obligations, subject to the restrictions of the 1940 Act. The amount of such collateral investment may be substantial. The aggregate value of securities loaned by a Fund at a given time will not exceed one-third of the value of the total assets of a Fund. Loans are subject to termination by the Fund or the borrower at any time. While a Fund does not have the right to vote securities on loan, it has the right to terminate the loan and regain the right to vote if that is considered important with respect to the Fund’s investment. A Fund will only enter into loan arrangements with broker-dealers, banks, or other institutions which the Adviser has determined are creditworthy under guidelines established by the Trustees.
To the extent permitted by federal law, investments of any cash invested or reinvested under the securities lending program are exempt from the restrictions set forth in the Funds’ Prospectus and this SAI.
Securities lending typically involves counterparty risk, including the risk that a borrower may not provide additional collateral when required or return the loaned securities in a timely manner. This risk could be greater for foreign securities. A Fund may lose money from lending securities (or the amounts earned from securities lending may be limited) if, for example, the value or return of its investments of the cash collateral declines below the amount owed to a borrower.
Cash received as collateral through loan transactions may be invested in other eligible securities, including shares of a money market fund. Investing cash subjects the investment, as well as the securities loaned, to market appreciation or depreciation.
There were no securities lending activities for the Funds’ most recently completed fiscal year.
Senior Loans
Senior Loans are loans made to borrowers that may be corporations, partnerships, or other entities (each a “Borrower”). Investing in Senior Loans involves investment risk, and some Borrowers default on their Senior Loan repayments. The risks associated with Senior Loans are similar to the risks of high yield bonds, although Senior Loans typically are senior and secured, whereas high yield bonds often are subordinated and unsecured. An economic downturn generally leads to a higher non-payment rate, and a Senior Loan may lose significant value before a Borrower’s default
41
occurs. There is no assurance that the liquidation of the collateral would satisfy the claims of the Borrower’s obligations in the event of the non-payment of scheduled interest or principal, or that the collateral could be readily liquidated. No active trading market may exist for certain Senior Loans, which may impair the ability of the Event-Driven ETF to realize full value in the event of the need to sell a Senior Loan and which may make it difficult to value Senior Loans. Adverse market conditions may impair the liquidity of some actively traded Senior Loans. To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain Senior Loans, the market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads, and extended trade settlement periods.
Short Sales
Each Fund may employ various hedging techniques, such as short selling in an effort to reduce the risks associated with certain of its investments. For example, when the terms of a proposed acquisition call for the exchange of common stock and/or other securities, the common stock of the company to be acquired may be purchased and, at approximately the same time, the amount of the acquiring company’s common stock and/or other securities to be received may be sold short. The Adviser will make any such short sale with the intention of later closing out (or covering) the short position with the securities of the acquiring company received once the acquisition is consummated. The purpose of the short sale is to protect against a decline in the market value of the acquiring company’s securities prior to the acquisition’s completion. However, should the acquisition be called off or otherwise not completed, a Fund may realize losses on both its long position in the target company’s shares and its short position in the acquirer’s securities. A Fund must comply with Rule 18f-4 with respect to its short sale borrowings, which are considered derivative transactions under the Rule. See the “Derivatives—Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act” section above. Until a Fund replaces a borrowed security, the Fund will adhere to the requirements set forth in that section.
Special Purpose Acquisition Companies
The Event-Driven ETF may invest in the common stock of and other interests (e.g., warrants and rights) in SPACs. A SPAC investment typically represents an investment in a special purpose vehicle that seeks to identify and effect an acquisition of, or merger with, an operating company in a particular industry or sector. During the period when management of the SPAC seeks to identify a potential acquisition or merger target, typically most of the capital raised for that purpose (less a portion retained to cover expenses) is invested in income-producing investments. The Fund may invest in SPACs for a variety of investment purposes, including to achieve income. SPACs provide the opportunity for common shareholders to have some or all of their shares redeemed by the SPAC at or around the time a proposed merger or acquisition is expected to occur. If not subject to a restriction on resale, the Fund may sell its investments in SPACs at any time, including before, at or after the time of a merger or acquisition. The Fund may invest in certain SPAC investments where the SPAC or the securities underlying the SPAC will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and/or no public market may exist for such securities. Such investments involve a high degree of risk which could cause the Fund to lose all or part of its investment. The restrictions on resale of certain unregistered SPAC investments may be for an extended time (e.g., two to three years).
Because SPACs and similar entities have no operating history or ongoing business other than seeking acquisitions, the value of their securities is particularly dependent on the ability of the
42
entity’s management to identify and complete a profitable acquisition. Some SPACs may pursue acquisitions only within certain industries or regions, which may increase the volatility of their prices. In addition, some SPACs are typically traded in the over-the-counter market, may be considered illiquid and/or may be subject to restrictions on resale. An investment in a SPAC is subject to a variety of risks, including that (i) a significant portion of the monies raised by the SPAC for the purpose of identifying and effecting an acquisition or merger may be expended during the search for a target transaction; (ii) an attractive acquisition or merger target may not be identified at all and the SPAC will be required to return any remaining monies to shareholders; (iii) any proposed merger or acquisition may be unable to obtain the requisite approval, if any, of SPAC shareholders; (iv) an acquisition or merger once effected may prove unsuccessful and an investment in the SPAC may lose value; (v) the warrants or other rights with respect to the SPAC held by the Fund may expire worthless or may be repurchased or retired by the SPAC at an unfavorable price; (vi) the Fund will be delayed in receiving any redemption or liquidation proceeds from a SPAC to which it is entitled; (vii) an investment in a SPAC may be diluted by additional later offerings of interests in the SPAC or by other investors exercising existing rights to purchase shares of the SPAC; (viii) no or only a thinly traded market for shares of or interests in a SPAC may develop, leaving the Fund unable to sell its interest in a SPAC or to sell its interest only at a price below what the Fund believes is the SPAC interest’s intrinsic value; and (ix) the values of investments in SPACs may be highly volatile and may depreciate significantly over time.
Swap Agreements
Each Fund may enter into equity swap agreements for the purpose of attempting to obtain a desired return on, or exposure to, certain equity securities or equity indices in an expedited manner or at a lower cost to the Fund than if the Fund had invested directly in such securities.
Each Fund may also enter into currency swap agreements. A currency swap agreement is an arrangement whereby each party exchanges one currency for another on a particular date and agrees to reverse the exchange on a later date at a specific exchange rate. A Fund expects to enter into these currency swaps in primarily the following circumstances: to lock in the U.S. dollar equivalent price of a security the Fund is contemplating buying or selling which is denominated in a non-U.S. currency; or to protect against a decline against the U.S. dollar of the currency of a particular country to which the Fund has exposure.
General Characteristics of Swap Agreements. Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods generally ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” namely, the return on, or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested in a “basket” of particular securities or securities representing a particular index.
Forms of swap agreements include:
(1) equity or index caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payment to the other to the extent that the return on securities exceeds a specified rate, or “cap”;
43
(2) equity or index floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that the return on securities fall below a specified level, or “floor”; and
(3) equity or index collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels.
Parties may also enter into bilateral swap agreements, which obligate one party to pay the amount of any net appreciation in a basket or index of securities while the counterparty is obligated to pay the amount of any net depreciation.
The “notional amount” of the swap agreement is only a fictive basis on which to calculate the obligations that the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to exchange. Although some swap agreements may be prepaid in full by a Fund at inception, most swap agreements entered into by a Fund would calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a “net basis.” Consequently, a Fund’s current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). A Fund’s current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against amounts owed to such Fund). In addition, these transactions are subject to the risks and requirements outlined in the “Derivatives” section above.
Risks Associated with Swap Agreements. Risks associated with swap agreements include changes in the returns of the underlying instruments, failure of the counterparties to perform under the contract’s terms and the possible lack of liquidity with respect to the swap agreements. Whether a Fund’s use of swap agreements will be successful in furthering its investment objective will depend on the Adviser’s ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Moreover, each Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. The Adviser will cause each Fund to enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that would be eligible for consideration as repurchase agreement counterparties under the Fund’s repurchase agreement guidelines. Certain restrictions imposed on the Funds by the Code may limit the Funds’ ability to use swap agreements. The swaps market is subject to extensive regulation under the Dodd-Frank Act and certain SEC and CFTC rules promulgated thereunder. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including new and additional government regulation, could result in higher Fund costs and expenses and could adversely affect the Fund’s ability, among other things, to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.
Tax Risks
The U.S. income tax rules may be uncertain when applied to specific arbitrage transactions, including, among other issues, identifying deferred losses from wash sales or realized gains from constructive sales. Such uncertainty may cause a Fund to be exposed to unexpected tax liability or loss of pass-through tax status.
U.S. Government Securities
The Funds may invest in a variety of U.S. Treasury obligations, including bills, notes, and bonds. These obligations differ only in terms of their interest rates, maturities, and time of issuance. The
44
Funds may also invest in other securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities.
Obligations of certain agencies and instrumentalities, such as the Government National Mortgage Association, are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury. Others, such as those of the Export-Import Bank of the U.S., are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; and others, such as those of the Federal National Mortgage Association, are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; still others, such as those of the Student Loan Marketing Association are supported only by the credit of the agency or instrumentality that issues them. There is no guarantee that the U.S. Government will provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities, now or in the future, if it is not obligated to do so by law.
Valuation Risks
For investments where market quotations are not readily available, or if the Adviser believes a market quotation does not reflect fair value, the Funds are required to fair value their investments. The Funds’ Board of Trustees has designated the Adviser as each Fund’s valuation designee to perform fair value functions in accordance with valuation policies and procedures adopted by the Adviser, subject to the Board’s oversight. The Adviser has a Fair Valuation Committee, which is responsible for monitoring the valuation of portfolio securities and other investments as needed and determining the fair value of illiquid and other holdings after consideration of all relevant factors. The Fair Valuation Committee reports its determinations to the Board. The Funds may rely on the quotations furnished by pricing services or other third parties, including broker dealers and counterparties to price portfolio securities and other assets for which there is no readily available or reliable market quotation. Such reliance carries with it the risk that the quotations may be inaccurate or unreliable. Fair market valuation entails specific risks, and these risks may be further complicated by the complexities of each transaction. The recent decline of worldwide economies has increased the volatility of market prices and has increased the level of uncertainty in valuations. Consequently, a Fund may have more frequently applied fair valuation determinations in determining net asset value. There is no uniform or single standard for fair valuation pricing. Miscalculations of fair valuation pricing may result in overestimating or underestimating the value of a particular asset and thus the net asset value of the Fund. In addition, since foreign exchanges may be open on days when the Funds do not price their shares, the value of the securities in a Fund’s portfolio may change on days when shareholders are not able to purchase or sell the Fund’s shares.
Warrants
Each Fund may invest a portion of its assets in warrants only to the extent that such investments do not exceed 5% of the Fund’s net assets at the time of purchase. A warrant gives the holder a right to purchase at any time during a specified period a predetermined number of shares of common stock at a fixed price. Unlike convertible debt securities or preferred stock, warrants do not pay a fixed coupon or dividend. Investments in warrants involve certain risks, including the possible lack of a liquid market for resale of the warrants, potential price fluctuations as a result of speculation or other factors, and failure of the price of the underlying security to reach or have reasonable prospects of reaching a level at which the warrant can be prudently exercised (in which event the warrant may expire without being exercised, resulting in a loss of a Fund’s entire investment therein).
45
When-Issued, Forward Commitment and Delayed Settlement Securities
Each Fund may purchase and sell securities on a when-issued, forward commitment or delayed settlement basis. A Fund will purchase securities on a when-issued, forward commitment or delayed settlement basis only with the intention of completing the transaction. If deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy, however, the Fund may dispose of or renegotiate a commitment after it is entered into, and may sell securities it has committed to purchase before those securities are delivered to the Fund on the settlement date. In these cases the Fund may realize a taxable capital gain or loss. When a Fund engages in when-issued, forward commitment or delayed settlement transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the trade. Failure of such party to do so may result in the Fund incurring a loss or missing an opportunity to obtain a price believed to be advantageous.
The market value of the securities underlying a when-issued purchase, forward commitment to purchase securities, or a delayed settlement and any subsequent fluctuations in their market value is taken into account when determining the market value of the Fund starting on the day the Fund agrees to purchase the securities. If the transaction is collateralized, the exchange of margin may take place between the Fund and the counterparty according to an agreed-upon schedule. Generally, a Fund will record the transaction and reflect the value of the securities each day in determining its NAV. The Fund does not earn interest on the securities it has committed to purchase until it has paid for and delivered on the settlement date.
As described in the “Derivatives—Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act” section above, when-issued or forward settling securities transactions that do not physically settle within 35 days are required to be treated as derivatives transactions in compliance with Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act. However, when-issued or forward settling securities transactions physically settling within 35 days are deemed not to involve a senior security under Section 18 of the 1940 Act.
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
A Fund’s portfolio turnover may vary from year to year, as well as within a year. Each Fund’s portfolio turns over for a variety of reasons. A high portfolio turnover rate (for example, over 100%) will result in increased transaction costs to a Fund, including brokerage commissions and other transaction costs. The performance of a Fund could be negatively impacted by the increased costs.
“Portfolio Turnover Rate” is defined under the rules of the SEC as the lesser of the value of the securities purchased or securities sold, excluding all securities whose maturities at time of acquisition were one year or less, divided by the average monthly value of such securities owned during the year. Based on this definition, instruments with remaining maturities of less than one year are excluded from the calculation of Portfolio Turnover Rate. Instruments excluded from the calculation of portfolio turnover generally would include futures contracts and option contracts in which a Fund may invest because such contracts generally have a remaining maturity of less than one year.
The table below sets forth the portfolio turnover rates of each predecessor exchange traded fund for the periods noted.
46
| Fund | Fiscal
Year Ended May 31, 2026 |
Fiscal
Year Ended May 31, 2025 |
| Merger Arbitrage predecessor exchange traded fund | 399% | 431% |
| Event-Driven predecessor exchange traded fund | 381% | 480% |
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS
Trustees and Officers
The business of the Trust is managed under the direction of the Board in accordance with the Amended and Restated Trust Instrument of the Trust, which has been filed with the SEC and is available upon request.
The Trustees serve for an indefinite term and the officers are elected annually. Each Trustee serves during the lifetime of the Trust until he or she dies, resigns, is adjudicated incompetent or is removed, or, if sooner, until the next meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of electing Trustees and until the election and qualification of his or her successor. It is the policy of the Board that each Trustee shall retire from the Board at the conclusion of the first meeting at which the Trustee has attained age 75. The Board’s retirement policy is subject to periodic review by the Nominating and Governance Committee, which may recommend for Board approval any changes to the policy that it determines to be appropriate.
Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, the Trustees elect the officers of the Trust to supervise its day-to-day operations. The Board retains the power to conduct, operate, and carry on the business of the Trust and has the power to incur and pay any expenses which, in the opinion of the Board, are necessary or incidental to carry out any of the Trust’s purposes.
The Trustees, officers, and employees of the Trust, when acting in such capacities, shall not be subject to any personal liability except for his or her own bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of his or her duties. Following is a list of the Trustees and executive officers of the Trust.
47
| Name,
Address and Year of Birth |
Term
of Office* and Length of Time Served |
Position
with Trust |
Principal
Occupation During Past Five Years |
Other Directorships During the Past Five Years |
Number
of Portfolios in the Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee |
| Interested Trustees | |||||
John S. Orrico, CFA** 104 Fifth Avenue 9th Floor New York, NY 10011 (1960) |
Indefinite
Since 2000 |
President and Chairman of the Board of Trustees | Managing Member and Co-Chief Investment Officer (March 2024-present), Managing Member and Chief Investment Officer (2000-2024), Water Island Capital, LLC, the Investment Adviser. | None | 5 |
| Independent Trustees*** | |||||
| John
C. Alvarado (1959) |
Indefinite
Since 2003 |
Lead Independent Trustee |
Independent Director (since 2003). Previously, Chief Operating Officer (2018–2025) and Chief Financial Officer (2016–2025) of Magnum Development LLC, a privately held Utah-based integrated energy storage and power generation company, and Chief Financial Officer of ACES Delta, LLC (2020-2025), an advanced clean energy storage project. Prior to that, Managing Director at Alvarado Energy Advisors LLC, a boutique investment banking firm providing financial advisory services to middle market energy companies (2014–2016); and Managing Director for The Seaport Group, a credit-focused investment bank (2010–2014). |
None | 5 |
Robert P. Herrmann (1962) |
Indefinite
Since 2012 |
Trustee | Executive Director (2025-present) and Independent Director (2019-2025) of GeoWealth LLC, a technology provider in the financial services | Independent Director and Chairman of Nominating and Governance Committee of | 5 |
48
| industry. Previously, Chief Executive Officer of Freedom Investment Management, Inc., a national financial advisory firm (2020–2025). Previously, President & Chief Executive Officer of Discovery Data, a leading financial services industry data provider (2009–2019). | TD Funds (USA) (2014–2019); Independent Director of FundChoice Holdings LLC (2014-2018); Board Trustee, Monmouth Medical Center (2012–2024, including Board Chair 2018-2022); Advisory Board Member, Monmouth University School of Science (2017-2022); Independent Director, Delta Data (2022-2025). | ||||
| Stephen R. Byers (1953) | Indefinite
Since 2016 |
Trustee | Independent Director (since 2011); Independent Consultant (since 2014). | Independent Director, Barings BDC (BBDC), a business development company (since 2022); Independent Chair (since 2016), Trustee (since 2011), Lead Independent Trustee (2015–2016) and Audit Committee Chair (2011−2015), Deutsche Bank db-X ETF Trust (45 portfolios); Independent Director and Audit |
5 |
49
Committee Chair (2012-2022), Lead Independent Director (2019-2022), Chairman of Sierra Special Committee (2019-2022), Sierra Income Corporation; Board Member (2016 - 2025) and Audit Committee Chair (2019-2025), Mutual Fund Directors Forum. |
|||||
Francis X. Tracy (1957) |
Indefinite
Since 2016 |
Trustee | Independent Director (since 2016). Previously, President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary for Batterymarch Financial Management, Inc. (1999—2014). |
Batterymarch Global Emerging Markets Fund (Luxembourg) (2010−2014). | 5 |
* Each Trustee serves during the lifetime of the Trust until his successor is elected, his death, his resignation, retirement or removal, or the Trust terminates, whichever is sooner.
**John S. Orrico, as an affiliated person of the Adviser, is an “interested person” of the Trust within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.
***Each Independent Trustee may be contacted by writing to the Trustee c/o Fatima Sulaiman, K&L Gates LLP, 1601 K Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20006-1600.
Officers Who Are Not Trustees
| Name, Address and Year of Birth |
Term
of Office and Length of Time Served |
Position
with Trust |
Principal Occupation During Past Five Years |
Other
Directorships Held During the Past Five Years |
Karlis Griffiths 104 Fifth Avenue 9th Floor New York, NY 10011 (1982) |
One Year
Since 2023 |
Anti-Money Laundering Officer and Secretary | Anti-Money Laundering Officer (2023-present), Compliance Officer (2023–present), and Senior Operations Analyst (2010-present), Water Island Capital, LLC. | N/A |
50
Jonathon Hickey* 104 Fifth Avenue 9th Floor New York, NY 10011 (1980) |
One Year
Since 2026 |
Chief Financial Officer | Senior Managing Partner (2025-present), Chief Operating Officer (2016–present), Director of Operations (2011–2016), Water Island Capital, LLC; Treasurer of the Trust (2013-2026) | N/A |
| Chanah
Bickel* 104 Fifth Avenue 9th Floor New York, NY 10011 (1981) |
One
Year Since 2026 |
Treasurer | Controller, Water Island Capital, LLC (2015–present). | N/A |
Philip Channen** 104 Fifth Avenue 9th Floor New York, NY 10011 (1964) |
One Year
Since 2019 |
Chief Compliance Officer | Chief Compliance Officer, Water Island Capital, LLC (2019-present); Deputy Chief Compliance Officer, HarbourVest Partners, LLC (2017-2019). | N/A |
*Effective February 10, 2026, Jonathon Hickey serves as Chief Financial Officer of the Trust and Chanah Bickel serves as Treasurer of the Trust.
** During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026, the Chief Compliance Officer of the Trust received compensation from the Trust in the amount of $167,754.
Additional Information About the Trustees
The following provides information additional to that set forth in the table above regarding other relevant qualifications, experience, attributes or skills applicable to each Trustee.
John S. Orrico has been a Trustee of the Trust since inception and is Co-Chief Investment Officer and Managing Member of the Adviser. He also currently serves as President and Chairman of the Board of the Trust. His experience and skills as a portfolio manager of Arbitrage Fund, as well as his familiarity with the investment strategies utilized by the Adviser, led to the conclusion that he should serve as a Trustee.
The combination of skills and attributes discussed below led to the conclusion that each of Messrs. Alvarado, Herrmann, Byers, and Tracy should serve as a Trustee. The Board believes that, collectively, the Trustees have diverse and complementary qualifications, experience, attributes, and skills, which allow the Board to operate effectively in governing the Trust and protecting the interests of each Fund’s shareholders.
| ● | Having served as chief operating officer and chief financial officer of a private energy company, and prior to that, the managing director for an investment bank and with prior experience in internal audit, John C. Alvarado has honed his understanding of financial statements and the issues |
51
that confront businesses, and this allows him to bring to the Board valuable insights on how to address issues impacting the Funds. He is currently a financial expert of the Audit Committee and the Lead Independent Trustee of the Board. Further, Mr. Alvarado’s diligent and thoughtful service as a Trustee since 2003 has provided him with a detailed understanding of the mutual fund industry.
| ● | Mr. Herrmann’s extensive experience in the financial services industry, including his experience as the chief executive officer of a financial advisory firm, as well as his prior experience as the chief executive officer of a financial services industry data provider and as the chief executive officer of two asset management firms, has provided him with a wealth of knowledge regarding mutual funds and the environment in which funds operate. This experience and the knowledge he has acquired about the investment management industry is valuable in helping the Funds address issues that they face, and he brings these assets to the Board in a relatable, effective way. |
| ● | Mr. Byers has worked in the financial services industry for over 35 years with experience in finance, operations, and investment management. He has served as vice chairman and chief investment officer and chairman of investment policy and risk oversight for large investment companies and has served as a director or trustee for multiple boards, including, among others, the Mutual Fund Directors Forum, including the Graduate School of Business at the College of William and Mary, a financial corporation, and an ETF complex. Through these positions, Mr. Byers has gained an extensive knowledge and understanding of board oversight, director responsibilities, and fund governance. |
| ● | Mr. Tracy was the President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary of a financial management company. During his tenure, he gained a deep understanding of operations, compliance, and risk management. Further, Mr. Tracy has extensive financial and investment management knowledge gained through his over 40 years of business experience and over 30 years of experience within the investment industry. He is currently the Chairman of the Audit Committee. |
Board Structure
John S. Orrico is considered to be an Interested Trustee and serves as President and Chairman of the Board of the Trust. The Chairman’s responsibilities include: setting an agenda for each meeting of the Board; presiding at all meetings of the Board (except for any meetings of the Independent Trustees); and serving as a liaison between the other Trustees, Trust officers, management personnel, and counsel.
The Board believes that having an interested Chairman, who is familiar with the Adviser and its operations, while also having two-thirds of the Board composed of Independent Trustees, strikes an appropriate balance that allows the Board to benefit from the insights and perspective of a
52
representative of management while empowering the Independent Trustees with the ultimate decision-making authority. The Board has appointed John C. Alvarado as the lead Independent Trustee. The Board does not believe that an independent Chairman or lead Independent Trustee would enhance the Board’s effectiveness, as the size of the Board allows for diverse viewpoints to be shared and for effective communications between and among Independent Trustees and management so that meetings proceed efficiently. Independent Trustees have effective control over the Board’s agenda because they form a majority of the Board and can request presentations and agenda topics at Board meetings.
The Board normally holds four regularly scheduled meetings each year, at least one of which normally is in person. The Board may hold special meetings, as needed, either in person, by videoconference or by telephone, to address matters arising between regular meetings. The Independent Trustees meet separately at each regularly scheduled meeting of the Board. The Independent Trustees may also hold special meetings, as needed, either in person or by telephone.
The Board conducts a self-assessment on an annual basis, as part of which it considers whether the structure of the Board and its Committees is appropriate under the circumstances. Based on such self-assessment, among other things, the Board will consider whether its current structure is appropriate. As part of this self-assessment, the Board will consider several factors, including the number of funds overseen by the Board, their investment objectives, and the responsibilities entrusted to the Adviser and other service providers with respect to the oversight of the day-to-day operations of the Trust and the Funds.
The Board sets broad policies for the Trust and may appoint Trust officers. The Board oversees the performance of the Adviser and the Trust’s other service providers. As part of its oversight function, the Board monitors the Adviser’s risk management, including, as applicable, its management of investment, compliance, and operational risks, through the receipt of periodic reports and presentations. The Board has not established a standing risk committee. Rather, the Board relies on Trust officers, advisory personnel, and service providers to manage applicable risks and report exceptions to the Board in order to enable it to exercise its oversight responsibility. To this end, the Board receives reports from such parties at least quarterly, including, but not limited to, investment and/or performance reports, distribution reports, valuation and internal controls reports. Similarly, the Board receives quarterly reports from the Trust’s chief compliance officer (“CCO”), including, but not limited to, a report on the Trust’s compliance program, and the Independent Trustees have an opportunity to meet separately each quarter with the CCO. The CCO oversees the implementation and review of the Funds’ compliance program and reports to the Board regarding compliance matters for the Funds and their service providers. The CCO typically provides the Board with updates regarding the Trust’s compliance policies and procedures, including any enhancements to them. The Board expects all parties, including, but not limited to, the Adviser, other service providers, and the CCO, to inform the Board on an intra-quarter basis if a material issue arises that requires the Board’s oversight.
The Board generally exercises its oversight as a whole but has delegated certain oversight functions to an Audit Committee. The function of the Audit Committee is discussed in detail below.
Board Committees
The Board currently has two standing committees: an Audit Committee and a Nominating Committee. Each committee is comprised of the Independent Trustees of the Trust.
53
The Audit Committee oversees the Funds’ accounting and financial reporting policies and the independent audit of its financial statements. The members of the Audit Committee are Francis X. Tracy (Chair), John C. Alvarado, Stephen R. Byers, and Robert P. Herrmann. The Audit Committee held three meetings during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026.
The Nominating and Governance Committee is generally responsible for recommending to the Board a slate of persons to be nominated for election as Trustees at any meeting of the shareholders and a person to be elected to fill any vacancy occurring for any reason in the Board. The Nominating and Governance Committee is not currently accepting nominations of candidates recommended by shareholders because it believes that it is able to identify a sufficient number of candidates from its own resources. The members of the Nominating and Governance Committee are Robert P. Herrmann (Chair), John C. Alvarado, Stephen R. Byers, and Francis X. Tracy. The Nominating and Governance Committee held two meetings during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026.
The Board has not established a compensation committee. The Nominating and Governance Committee periodically reviews Trustee compensation.
Compensation of Trustees
For services to the Trust, each Trustee who is not an interested person of the Trust receives an annual retainer of $70,000, paid in quarterly installments, which covers all regular, committee, and special meetings. In addition, the Lead Independent Trustee receives an annual retainer of $10,000; the Chair of the Audit Committee receives an annual retainer of $10,000; and the Chair of the Governance Committee receives an annual retainer of $2,500. Effective January 1, 2026, the Board approved: (i) the waiver of the annual retainer of $10,000 payable to the Lead Independent Trustee; (ii) the waiver of the annual retainer of $10,000 payable to the Chair of the Audit Committee; and (iii) the waiver of the annual retainer of $2,500 payable to the Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee. Independent Trustees also receive reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with serving as an Independent Trustee, including expenses associated with attending Board or Committee meetings. None of the executive officers, except for the CCO, receive compensation from the Trust.
The following table shows compensation amounts paid by the Trust to the Trustees for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026. The table reflects the compensation arrangements in effect during that fiscal year and includes compensation paid by other funds in the Trust. Pursuant to the terms of its investment advisory agreement with respect to each of the Merger Arbitrage ETF and Event-Driven ETF, the Adviser bears all of its own costs associated with providing advisory services and all the expenses of the Funds (excluding certain items, as provided in the investment advisory agreement), including Independent Trustee compensation.
54
Name and Position |
Aggregate Compensation from Trust |
Pension or Retirement Accrued as Part Trust Expenses |
Annual Benefits Upon |
Total from Trust and Complex Paid to Trustees* |
| Interested Trustee**: | ||||
| John S. Orrico | None | None | None | None |
| Independent Trustees: | ||||
| John C. Alvarado | $77,500 | None | None | $77,500 |
| Robert P. Herrmann | $71,875 | None | None | $71,875 |
| Stephen R. Byers | $70,000 | None | None | $70,000 |
| Francis X. Tracy | $77,500 | None | None | $88,750 |
| Nancy M. Morris*** | $70,000 | None | None | $81,250 |
| * | During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026, the registered investment companies in the Fund Complex included the series of the Trust and the predecessor exchange traded funds. |
| ** | Mr. Orrico is an “interested person,” as defined by the 1940 Act, of the Trust because of his employment and relationship with the Adviser. |
| *** | Ms. Morris resigned as a Trustee of the Trust in June 2026. Her compensation figures for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026 remain in the table. |
Fund Shares Owned by Trustees
As of September 1, 2026, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members beneficially owned any securities in any investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Trust, or in any person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with an investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Trust.
The following table shows each current Trustee’s beneficial ownership of shares of the predecessor exchange traded funds and, on an aggregate basis, of shares of all funds within the complex overseen by the Trustee. Information is provided as of December 31, 2025.
55
| Name
of Trustee |
Fund | Dollar
Range of Fund Shares Owned by Trustee |
Aggregate
Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in the Fund Complex* |
| Interested Trustee: | |||
John S. Orrico |
Merger Arbitrage predecessor exchange traded fund Event-Driven predecessor exchange traded fund |
Over $100,000
Over $100,000**
|
Over $100,000 |
| Independent Trustees: | |||
| John C. Alvarado | Merger Arbitrage predecessor exchange traded fund Event-Driven predecessor exchange traded fund |
None
None |
Over $100,000 |
| Robert P. Herrmann | Merger Arbitrage predecessor exchange traded fund Event-Driven predecessor exchange traded fund |
None
None |
$1-$10,000
|
| Stephen R. Byers | Merger Arbitrage predecessor exchange traded fund Event-Driven predecessor exchange traded fund |
None
None |
Over $100,000 |
| Francis X. Tracy | Merger Arbitrage predecessor exchange traded fund Event-Driven predecessor exchange traded fund |
$10,001-$50,000
None |
Over $100,000 |
* As of December 31, 2025, the registered investment companies in the Fund Complex included the series of the Trust and the predecessor exchange traded funds.
** As of September 1, 2026, John S. Orrico (or the Adviser, which is under Mr. Orrico’s control) beneficially owned more than 25% of the outstanding voting shares of the Event-Driven predecessor exchange traded fund and therefore is deemed to be a control person of the Event-Driven predecessor exchange traded fund.
56
Codes of Ethics
The Trust has adopted a Code of Ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. In addition, the Adviser and the Distributor each has adopted a Code of Ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1. These Codes of Ethics (each a “Code of Ethics” and together the “Codes of Ethics”) apply to the personal investing activities of trustees, directors, officers, and certain employees (“access persons”). Rule 17j-1 and the Codes of Ethics are designed to prevent unlawful practices in connection with the purchase or sale of securities by access persons. Under each Code of Ethics, access persons are permitted to engage in personal securities transactions, but are required to report their personal securities transactions for monitoring purposes. In addition, certain access persons are required to obtain approval before investing in private placements and are prohibited from investing in IPOs. Copies of the Codes of Ethics are on file with the SEC and are available to the public.
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
The Trust and the Adviser have adopted Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures that describe how the Funds intend to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities. The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of the Trust and the Adviser are attached to this SAI as Appendix A.
Information on how the predecessor exchange traded funds voted proxies relating to their portfolio securities during the most recent 12 month period ended June 30 is available on the Funds’ website at www.altsharesetfs.com/resources and without charge upon request by calling (855) 955-1607 or on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
A principal shareholder is any person who owns (either of record or beneficially) 5% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund. A control person is one who owns, either directly or indirectly, more than 25% of the voting securities of a company or acknowledges the existence of such control. A shareholder who owns beneficially more than 25% of the outstanding shares of a fund or who is otherwise deemed to “control” a fund may be able to determine or significantly influence the outcome of matters submitted to a vote of such fund’s shareholders.
The Trust has limited information concerning the beneficial ownership of shares held in the names of DTC participants. As of September 1, 2026, the name and percentage ownership of each DTC Participant (as defined below) that owned of record 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the predecessor exchange traded funds is set forth in the table below:
Merger Arbitrage predecessor exchange traded fund:
| Name and Address | %
Ownership |
Type
of Ownership |
Charles Schwab & Co. 2423 E. Lincoln Drive Phoenix, AZ 85016-1215 |
54.14% | Record |
National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Blvd. |
9.42% | Record |
57
|
Jersey City, NJ 07310 |
||
BNY Mellon 525 William Penn Place Pittsburgh, PA 15259 |
8.12% | Record |
JP Morgan Chase & Co. 4 Chase Metrotech Center Brooklyn, NY 11245 |
5.02% | Record |
Pershing LLC 1 Pershing Plaza Fl 11 Jersey City, NJ 07399-0001 |
5.13% | Record |
Event-Driven predecessor exchange traded fund:
JP Morgan Chase & Co.* 4 Chase Metrotech Center Brooklyn, NY 11245 |
24.08% | Record |
National Financial Services LLC** 499 Washington Blvd. Jersey City, NJ 07310 |
21.74% | Record |
Charles Schwab & Co 2423 E Lincoln Drive Phoenix, AZ 85016-1215 |
50.01% | Record |
* Includes 17.91% beneficial ownership by the Adviser and 6.16% beneficial ownership by John S. Orrico.
**Includes 13.96% beneficial ownership by John S. Orrico.
As of September 1, 2026, John S. Orrico (or the Adviser, which is under Mr. Orrico’s control) beneficially owned 38.03% of the outstanding voting shares of the Event-Driven predecessor exchange traded fund and is therefore deemed to be a control person of the Fund. Mr. Orrico’s address is: Water Island Capital, LLC, Attn: John S. Orrico, Trustee, 104 Fifth Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, NY 10011-6901.
As of September 1, 2026, the Trustees and officers of the Event-Driven predecessor exchange traded fund (including the Adviser) as a group owned of record 38.42% of the outstanding voting shares of the Fund.
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SERVICES
Investment Advisory Agreement
Water Island Capital, LLC (the “Adviser”) is the investment adviser to the Funds. The Adviser is a limited liability corporation organized under the laws of Delaware and is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. John S.
58
Orrico is the Managing Member of the Adviser and a portfolio manager of each series of the Trust and is a control person of the Adviser. Water Island Capital, LLC is located at 104 Fifth Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10011.
The Adviser manages the investment and the reinvestment of the assets of the Funds in accordance with the investment objectives, policies, and limitations of each Fund, subject to the general supervision and control of the Board.
Under an investment advisory agreement between the Adviser and the Trust, on behalf of each Fund (“Advisory Agreement”), the Funds pay the Adviser a fee at an annualized rate, which is calculated daily and paid monthly, based on its average daily net assets, set forth in the table below.
| Fund |
Advisory Fee Rate (based on average daily net assets) |
| AltShares Merger Arbitrage ETF | 0.75% |
| AltShares Event-Driven ETF | 1.25% |
The following table shows the investment advisory fees accrued by each predecessor exchange traded fund for each of its last three fiscal years.
| Fund | Year
Ended May 31, 2024 |
Year
Ended May 31, 2025 |
Year
Ended May 31, 2026 |
Merger Arbitrage predecessor exchange traded fund
|
$514,693 | $574,635 | $719,688 |
| Event-Driven predecessor exchange traded fund | $43,495
|
$60,774 | $109,915 |
The Adviser may from time to time voluntarily waive and/or reimburse fees or expenses in order to limit total annual fund operating expenses (excluding acquired fund fees and expenses, if any). Any such voluntary waiver or reimbursement may be eliminated by the Adviser at any time.
Effective September 30, 2022, the Adviser has voluntarily agreed to reduce the advisory fee for the Merger Arbitrage predecessor exchange traded fund to 0.55% of the Fund’s average daily net assets when the Fund’s assets are under $100 million, and to reduce the advisory fee to 0.65% of
59
the Fund’s average daily net assets when the Fund’s assets are $100 million or more but less than $200 million. No waiver will apply once the Fund’s net assets reach $200 million. This voluntary arrangement may be eliminated by the Adviser at any time.
Pursuant to the Adviser's voluntary fee waiver described above, the Adviser waived $150,852 of the advisory fees accrued for the Merger Arbitrage predecessor exchange traded fund during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026, waived $153,236 of the advisory fees accrued for the Merger Arbitrage predecessor exchange traded fund during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2025, and waived $137,251 of the advisory fees accrued for the Merger Arbitrage predecessor exchange traded fund during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2024.
The Adviser bears all of its own costs associated with providing these advisory services and all operating expenses of the Funds, except for the (i) the compensation payable to the Adviser under the Advisory Agreement, (ii) payments under the Funds’ Rule 12b-1 plan, (iii) brokerage and similar portfolio management expenses, (iv) acquired fund fees and expenses, (v) liquidation or termination expenses, (vi) taxes (including, but not limited to, income, excise, transaction, transfer and withholding taxes), (vii) interest (including borrowing costs and dividend interest expenses on securities sold short), (viii) any securities lending-related fees and expenses, and (ix) litigation expenses and other extraordinary expenses (including litigation to which the Trust or the Funds may be a party and indemnification of the Trustees and officers with respect thereto).
The Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Funds, the Trust or its shareholders in connection with the matters to which the Advisory Agreement relates, except to the extent that such a loss results from willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard of its obligations or duties under the Advisory Agreement.
The Advisory Agreement also provides that the Adviser may engage in other businesses, devote time and attention to any other business whether of a similar or dissimilar nature, and render investment advisory services to others.
The Advisory Agreement will remain in effect for as long as its continuance is specifically approved at least annually, by (1) the vote of the Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the shareholders of a Fund, and (2) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or Interested Persons of any person thereto, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Advisory Agreement provides that it may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Board of Trustees or, with respect to a Fund, by a majority of the outstanding Shares, on 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser, and by the Adviser upon 60 days’ written notice to the Trust, and that it shall be automatically terminated if it is assigned.
Administrator, Custodian and Transfer Agent
State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”) serves as administrator (“Administrator”), custodian (“Custodian”), and transfer agent (“Transfer Agent”) for the Funds. State Street’s principal address is One Congress Building, One Congress Street, Suite 1, Boston, Massachusetts, 02114. Pursuant to the Administration Agreement with the Trust, State Street provides necessary administrative, legal, tax and accounting, and financial reporting services for the maintenance and operations of the Trust and the Funds. In addition, State Street makes available the office space, equipment, personnel, and facilities required to provide such services. Pursuant to the Master
60
Custodian Agreement with the Trust, State Street maintains, in separate accounts, cash, securities and other assets of the Trust and the Funds, keeps all necessary accounts and records and provides other services. State Street is required, upon the order of the Trust, to deliver securities held by State Street and to make payments for securities purchased by the Trust for the Funds. State Street is authorized to appoint certain foreign custodians or foreign custody managers for Fund investments outside the U.S. Pursuant to the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement with the Trust, State Street acts as a transfer agent for the Funds’ authorized and issued shares of beneficial interest, and as dividend disbursing agent of the Trust. As compensation for these services, State Street receives certain out-of-pocket costs, transaction fees, and asset-based fees which are accrued daily and paid monthly by the Adviser from its management fee.
For the fiscal years ended May 31, 2026, May 31, 2025, and May 31, 2024, the administration expenses of the Merger Arbitrage predecessor exchange traded fund paid by the Adviser to State Street were $156,317, $155,402, and $174,183, respectively.
For the fiscal years ended May 31, 2026, May 31, 2025, and May 31, 2024, the administration expenses of the Event Driven predecessor exchange traded fund paid by the Adviser to State Street were $151,458, $127,459, and $148,442, respectively.
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
The following tables provide information about other accounts managed by the portfolio managers who have day-to-day responsibility for management of the predecessor exchange traded funds. The information in the tables is as of May 31, 2026.
| Merger Arbitrage predecessor exchange traded fund | ||||||
| Portfolio Managers | Number
of Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Account Type |
Number
of Accounts and Total Assets for which Advisory Fee is Performance Based | ||||
| Registered Investment Companies |
Other
Pooled Investment Vehicles |
Other
Accounts |
Registered Investment Companies |
Other
Pooled Investment Vehicles |
Other
Accounts | |
| Christopher Plunkett | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 0 accounts |
| $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
| Eric Becker | 1 account | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 0 accounts |
| $12 million | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
| John S. Orrico, CFA | 5 accounts | 1 account | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 1 account | 0 accounts |
| $1.143 billion | $25 million | $0 | $0 | $25 million | $0 | |
| Event-Driven predecessor exchange traded fund | ||||||
| Portfolio Managers | Number
of Accounts Managed and Total Assets by Account Type |
Number
of Accounts and Total Assets for which Advisory Fee is Performance Based | ||||
| Registered Investment Companies |
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles |
Other Accounts |
Registered Investment Companies |
Other
Pooled Investment Vehicles |
Other Accounts | |
| Eric Becker | 1 account | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 0 accounts |
| $103 million | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 | |
61
| John S. Orrico, CFA | 5 accounts | 1 account | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 1 account | 0 accounts |
| $1.234 billion | $25 million | $0 | $0 | $25 million | $0 | |
| Matthew Osowiecki | 4 accounts | 1 account | 0 accounts | 0 accounts | 1 account | 0 accounts |
| $1.131 billion | $25 million | $0 | $0 | $25 million | $0 |
Material Conflicts of Interest
The Adviser maintains policies and procedures reasonably designed to detect and minimize potential conflicts of interest inherent in circumstances when a portfolio manager has day-to-day responsibilities for managing multiple portfolios. Other portfolios managed by the Adviser may include, without limitation: separately managed accounts, registered investment companies, unregistered investment companies such as pooled investment vehicles and hedge funds, and proprietary accounts. However, no set of policies and procedures can possibly anticipate or relieve all potential conflicts of interest. These conflicts may be real, potential, or perceived. Certain of these conflicts are described below.
Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities. If a Fund’s portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity (including IPOs and private placement securities) that may be suitable for multiple Funds and/or other of the Adviser’s client accounts, the investment opportunity may be allocated among these multiple Funds or accounts, which may limit a Fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity, due to liquidity constraints or other factors. The Adviser has adopted trade allocation procedures designed to ensure that allocations of limited investment opportunities are conducted in a fair and equitable manner among client accounts. Nevertheless, investment opportunities may be allocated differently among client accounts due to the characteristics of an account, such as the size of the account, cash position, investment guidelines and restrictions, or risk controls.
Similar Investment Strategies. The Adviser and its portfolio management team may manage multiple portfolios with similar investment strategies. Investment decisions for each portfolio are generally made based on each portfolio’s investment objectives and guidelines, cash availability, current holdings, and risk controls. Purchases or sales of securities for a portfolio may be appropriate for other portfolios with like objectives and may be bought or sold in different amounts and at different times in multiple portfolios. In these cases, transactions are allocated to portfolios in a manner believed fair and equitable across client account portfolios, including one or more Funds, by the Adviser’s allocation methodology. Purchase and sale orders for a portfolio may be combined with those of other portfolios in the interest of achieving the most favorable net results for all portfolios.
Different Investment Strategies. The Adviser and its portfolio management team may manage multiple portfolios with different investment strategies. As such, the potential exists for short sales of securities in certain portfolios while the same security is held long in one or more other portfolios. In an attempt to mitigate the inherent risks of simultaneous management of portfolios with different investment strategies, the Adviser has established and implemented procedures to promote fair and equitable treatment of all portfolios. The procedures include monitoring and surveillance of trading activity and supervisory reviews of accounts. Any proposed cross trades
62
must be reviewed and approved by the Adviser’s compliance department prior to execution and must comply with Rule 17a-7 under the 1940 Act.
Differences in Financial Incentives. A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to a portfolio manager or an investment adviser differ among the funds and/or accounts under management. For example, when the structure of an investment adviser’s management fee differs among the funds and/or accounts under its management (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), a portfolio manager might be motivated to favor certain funds and/or accounts over others. Performance-based fees could also create an incentive for an investment adviser to make investments that are riskier or more speculative. In addition, a portfolio manager might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which the portfolio manager or the Adviser has a financial interest. The Adviser may also manage certain pooled investment vehicles whereby the Adviser provides principal protection for investors. The Adviser may be motivated to favor such funds to minimize the likelihood of losses. Similarly, the desire to maintain or raise assets under management or to enhance the portfolio manager’s performance record in a particular investment strategy or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence a portfolio manager to lend preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the Adviser or portfolio manager. As described above, it is the Adviser’s policy that investment opportunities and trades are allocated fairly and equitably among client accounts, taking into consideration the objectives, restrictions, investment strategy, asset allocation and benchmarks of each client. To manage conflicts that arise from management of portfolios that may have differences in financial incentives, performance in portfolios with like strategies is regularly reviewed by management.
Selection of Brokers/Dealers. A Fund’s portfolio manager may be able to select or influence the selection of the brokers/dealers that are used to execute securities transactions. In addition to executing trades, some brokers/dealers provide the Adviser with brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise been available. These services may be more beneficial to certain accounts than to others. In order to be assured of continuing to receive services considered of value to the Funds, the Adviser has adopted a brokerage allocation policy embodying the concepts of Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act. A portfolio manager’s decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the accounts that they manage, although the payment of brokerage commissions is always subject to the requirement that the Adviser determines in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services received. Firms that provide brokerage or research services to the Funds and Adviser may also promote the sale of the Funds or other investment companies or pooled investment vehicles advised by the Adviser, and the Adviser and/or its affiliates may separately compensate them for doing so. Such brokerage business is placed on the basis of the brokerage and research services provided by the firm and is not based on any sales of the Funds or other investment companies or pooled investment vehicles advised by the Adviser.
Personal Holdings and Transactions. The Adviser’s portfolio managers and other employees may have beneficial ownership of holdings in personal accounts that are the same or similar to those held in client accounts, including the Funds. Under limited circumstances, the Adviser allows its
63
employees to trade in securities that it recommends to advisory clients, and the actions taken by such individuals on a personal basis may differ from, or be inconsistent with, the nature and timing of advice or actions taken by the Adviser for its client accounts. The Adviser and its employees may also invest in mutual funds and other pooled investment vehicles that are managed by the Adviser. This may result in a potential conflict of interest since the Adviser’s employees have knowledge of such funds’ investment holdings, which is non-public information. The Adviser has implemented a Code of Ethics which is designed to address and mitigate the possibility that these professionals could place their own interests ahead of those of clients. The Code of Ethics addresses this potential conflict of interest by imposing preclearance and reporting requirements, trading blackout periods, a minimum holding period, supervisory oversight, and other measures designed to reduce conflicts of interest.
The Funds’ portfolio managers may also face other potential conflicts of interest in the management of the Funds and other accounts, and the examples provided above are not intended to provide an exhaustive list or complete description of every conflict that may arise.
Portfolio managers are compensated with salary, discretionary bonus, and potential profit sharing. Discretionary bonuses are based on personal performance, both relative and absolute fund performance, and profitability of the Adviser. Should the profitability of the firm allow, portfolio managers may receive additional compensation in the form of a profit share award.
Portfolio Managers’ Ownership in the Fund
For the most recently completed fiscal year ended May 31, 2026, the table below provides beneficial ownership of shares of the portfolio managers of each predecessor exchange traded fund they manage (None, $1-$10,000, $10,001-$50,000, $50,001-$100,000, $100,001-$500,000, $500,001-$1,000,000, or over $1,000,000).
| Shares
Beneficially Owned By |
Fund | Dollar
Range of Shares Beneficially Owned by Portfolio Manager Because of Direct or Indirect Pecuniary Interest |
| Eric Becker | Merger Arbitrage predecessor exchange traded fund | None |
| Event-Driven predecessor exchange traded fund | None | |
| John S. Orrico, CFA | Merger Arbitrage predecessor exchange traded fund | Over $1 million |
| Event-Driven predecessor exchange traded fund | Over $1 million | |
| Matthew Osowiecki | Event-Driven predecessor exchange traded fund | None |
| Christopher Plunkett | Merger Arbitrage predecessor exchange traded fund | $50,001-$100,000 |
64
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE ALLOCATION
Brokerage Transactions
Portfolio changes will generally be implemented through in-kind transactions for Creation Units; however, the Adviser may execute brokerage transactions for the Funds and the Funds may incur brokerage commissions, particularly during the early stages of a Fund’s development or in the case of transactions involving realized losses. Also, the Funds may accept or pay cash as part or all of a purchase or redemption of a Creation Unit, in which case the Adviser may need to execute brokerage transactions for the Funds.
Brokerage Allocation
Subject to the supervision of the Trustees, decisions to buy and sell securities for the Funds are made by the Adviser. The Adviser is authorized by the Trustees to allocate the orders placed by it on behalf of the Funds to brokers or dealers who may, but need not, provide research or statistical material or other services to the Funds or the Adviser for the Funds’ use. Such allocation is to be in such amounts and proportions as the Adviser may determine.
In selecting a broker or dealer to execute each particular transaction, the Adviser will take the following into consideration:
| ● | the best net price available; |
| ● | the execution capability, reliability, responsiveness, integrity, and financial condition of the broker or dealer; |
| ● | the size of and difficulty in executing the order; |
| ● | the value of research provided; and |
| ● | the reasonableness of the commission, if any (for the specific transaction and on a continuing basis). |
Brokers executing a portfolio transaction on behalf of a Fund may receive a commission in excess of the amount of commission another broker would have charged for executing the transaction if the Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the value of brokerage, research, and other services provided to the Fund.
In allocating portfolio brokerage, the Adviser may select brokers who also provide brokerage, research, and other services to a Fund and/or other accounts over which the Adviser exercises investment discretion. Brokerage services are used to facilitate trade execution. The Adviser utilizes a third-party execution management system to facilitate trade execution and uses a separate third-party order management system to facilitate trade settlement and trade allocations. Research services provided through brokerage will be those providing information and analyses that assist the portfolio managers in making investment decisions. Examples of such research services include Bloomberg information and research, publications containing investment information and recommendations and individual reports written about specific companies, securities and
65
economic analyses, newsletters, and opinions relating to economic trends, general advice on the relative merits of possible investment securities for a Fund, and statistical services and information with respect to the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities. Although this information is useful to a Fund and the Adviser, it may not be possible to place a dollar value on the information. Research services furnished by brokers through whom a Fund effects securities transactions may be used by the Adviser in servicing all of its client accounts and not all such services may be used by the Adviser in connection with the Fund.
To the extent that a research service provided by a broker is used by the Adviser for non-research or non-brokerage purposes, the Adviser will use its best judgment to make a reasonable allocation of the cost of the product attributable to non-research or non-brokerage use. Only the percentage or component that provides assistance to the Adviser in the investment decision making process or in facilitating trade executions may be paid using brokerage commissions.
Firms that provide brokerage or research services to the Funds and Adviser may also promote the sale of the Funds or other investment companies or pooled investment vehicles advised by the Adviser, and the Adviser and/or its affiliates may separately compensate them for doing so. Such brokerage business is placed on the basis of the brokerage and research services provided by the firm and is not based on any sales of the Funds or other investment companies or pooled investment vehicles advised by the Adviser.
During the fiscal years ended May 31, 2026, May 31, 2025, and May 31, 2024, the Merger Arbitrage predecessor exchange traded fund paid aggregate brokerage commissions of $544,296, $367,398, and $346,392, respectively. During the last fiscal year, the amount of brokerage transactions and related commissions directed to brokers due to research services provided for the Fund were $648,543,381 and $292,656, respectively.
During the fiscal years ended May 31, 2026, May 31, 2025, and May 31, 2024, the Event-Driven predecessor exchange traded fund paid aggregate brokerage commissions of $37,363, $28,912, and $13,804, respectively. During the last fiscal year, the amount of brokerage transactions and related commissions directed to brokers due to research services provided for the Fund were $51,208,493 and $21,599, respectively.
Regular Broker Dealers. The Funds are required to identify the securities of its regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the Investment Company Act) or their parent companies held by the Funds as of the close of their most recent fiscal year and state the value of such holdings. As of May 31, 2026, the Merger Arbitrage predecessor exchange traded fund held $3,505,223 of securities issued by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and $3,505,223 of securities issued by State Street Bank and Trust Company. As of May 31, 2026, the Event-Driven predecessor exchange traded fund held $677,791 of securities issued by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and $677,790 of securities issued by State Street Bank and Trust Company.
During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026, no commissions were paid by a predecessor exchange traded fund to a broker that is an affiliated person of the Fund.
66
THE DISTRIBUTOR
Shares of the Funds are offered continuously on a best-efforts basis by Foreside Financial Services, LLC (“Foreside” or the “Distributor”), pursuant to a Distribution Agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”). The Distribution Agreement provides that Foreside, as agent in connection with the distribution of Fund shares, will use its best efforts to distribute the Funds’ shares. Foreside is not obligated to sell any specific amount of Fund shares. Foreside is registered as a broker-dealer under the 1934 Act, and each state’s securities laws and is a member of FINRA. The address of Foreside is 190 Middle Street, Suite 301, Portland, ME 04101.
The Distribution Agreement provides that, unless sooner terminated, it will continue in effect for two years from its effective date, and thereafter from year to year, subject to annual approval by (a) either a majority of the Board or a vote of a majority of the outstanding shares, or (b) a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act), by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
After the initial two-year term, the Distribution Agreement may at any time be terminated without penalty on sixty days’ written notice by the Distributor, by the Funds’ Board, or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust. The Distribution Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment.
Distribution Plan
Each Fund has adopted a distribution and service plan (together, the “Plan”) in accordance with the provisions of Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, which regulates circumstances under which an investment company may directly or indirectly bear expenses relating to the distribution of its shares. No fees are currently charged pursuant to the Plan, and there is no current intention to charge such fees pursuant to the Plan. Continuance of the Plan must be approved annually by a majority of the Trustees of the Trust and by a majority of the independent Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Plan or in any agreements related to the Plan (“Qualified Trustees”). The Plan requires that quarterly written reports of amounts spent under the Plan and the purposes of such expenditures be furnished to and reviewed by the Trustees. The Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount that may be spent thereunder without approval by a majority of the outstanding shares of a Fund. All material amendments to the Plan will require approval by a majority of the Trustees of the Trust and of the Qualified Trustees.
The Plan provides that Shares pay the Distributor an annual fee of up to a maximum of 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Shares. Under the Plan, the Distributor may make payments pursuant to written agreements to financial institutions and intermediaries such as banks, savings and loan associations, and insurance companies including, without limit, investment counselors, broker-dealers, and the Distributor’s affiliates and subsidiaries (collectively, “Agents”) as compensation for services and reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with distribution assistance. The Plan is characterized as a compensation plan since the distribution fee will be paid to the Distributor without regard to the distribution expenses incurred by the Distributor or the amount of payments made to other financial institutions and intermediaries. The Distributor does not retain 12b-1 fees for profit, but instead keeps any excess (if applicable) in retention for future distribution related expenses. The Adviser pays the Distributor a fee for certain distribution related services. The Trust intends to operate the Plan in accordance with its terms and with FINRA rules concerning sales charges.
67
Under the Plan, subject to the limitations of applicable law and regulations, the Funds are authorized to compensate the Distributor up to the maximum amount to finance any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of Shares or for providing or arranging for others to provide shareholder services and for the maintenance of shareholder accounts. Such activities may include, but are not limited to: (i) delivering copies of the Funds’ then-current reports, prospectuses, notices, and similar materials, to prospective purchasers of Creation Units; (ii) marketing and promotional services, including advertising; (iii) paying the costs of and compensating others, including Authorized Participants with whom the Distributor has entered into written Authorized Participant Agreements, for performing shareholder servicing on behalf of the Funds; (iv) compensating certain Authorized Participants for providing assistance in distributing the Creation Units of the Funds, including the travel and communication expenses and salaries and/or commissions of sales personnel in connection with the distribution of the Creation Units of the Funds; (v) payments to financial institutions and intermediaries such as banks, savings and loan associations, insurance companies and investment counselors, broker-dealers, and the affiliates and subsidiaries of the Trust’s service providers as compensation for services or reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with distribution assistance; (vi) facilitating communications with beneficial owners of Shares, including the cost of providing (or paying others to provide) services to beneficial owners of shares, including, but not limited to, assistance in answering inquiries related to shareholder accounts, and (vii) such other services and obligations as are set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
Payments to Financial Intermediaries
The Funds and their affiliates (at their own expense) may pay compensation to financial intermediaries for shareholder-related services and, if applicable, distribution-related services, including administrative, recordkeeping, and shareholder communication services. For example, compensation may be paid to make Shares available to sales representatives and/or customers of a fund supermarket platform or a similar program sponsor or for services provided in connection with such fund supermarket platforms and programs.
The amount of compensation paid to different financial intermediaries may vary. The compensation paid to a financial intermediary may be based on a variety of factors, including average assets under management in accounts distributed and/or serviced by the financial intermediary, gross sales by the financial intermediary and/or the number of accounts serviced by the financial intermediary that invest in the Funds. To the extent that the Funds pay all or a portion of such compensation, the payment is designed to compensate the financial intermediary for providing services that would otherwise be provided by the Funds’ transfer agent and/or administrator.
The Adviser or another affiliate of the Funds, out of its own resources, may provide additional compensation to financial intermediaries. Such compensation is sometimes referred to as “revenue sharing.” Compensation received by a financial intermediary from the Adviser or another affiliate of the Funds may include payments for shareholder servicing, marketing, and/or training expenses incurred by the financial intermediary, including expenses incurred by the financial intermediary in educating its salespersons with respect to Shares. For example, such compensation may include reimbursements for expenses incurred in attending educational seminars regarding the Funds, including travel and lodging expenses. It may also cover costs incurred by financial intermediaries in connection with their efforts to sell Shares, including costs incurred in compensating registered sales representatives and preparing, printing, and distributing sales literature.
68
Any compensation received by a financial intermediary, whether from the Funds or their affiliates, and the prospect of receiving such compensation, may provide the financial intermediary with an incentive to recommend Shares over other potential investments. Similarly, the compensation may cause financial intermediaries to elevate the prominence of the Funds within its organization by, for example, placing the Funds on a list of preferred funds.
ACCOUNTING AND LEGAL SERVICE PROVIDERS
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Trust has selected Cohen & Company, Ltd., located at 1835 Market Street, Suite 310, Philadelphia, PA 19103, as the independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2026. Cohen & Company, Ltd. audits the annual financial statements of the Trust. Cohen & Co Advisory, LLC, an affiliate of Cohen & Company, Ltd., advises the Trust as to certain accounting and tax matters, as requested.
Legal Counsel
K&L Gates LLP, 1601 K Street NW, Washington, DC 20006, serves as the Trust’s legal counsel and as counsel to the Independent Trustees.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING SHARES
Organization and Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest
The Trust is a Delaware statutory trust and registered open-end investment company. The Trust was organized on December 22, 1999 and has authorized capital of unlimited Shares of beneficial interest of no par value that may be issued in more than one class or series. The Trust currently consists of five series, Merger Arbitrage ETF, Event-Driven ETF, Arbitrage Fund, Water Island Credit Opportunities Fund, and Water Island Event-Driven Fund.
Under Delaware law, the Trust is not required to hold an annual shareholders meeting if the 1940 Act does not require such a meeting. Generally, there will not be annual meetings of Trust shareholders, but if ordered by the Trustees or the President, the Trust will call a special meeting of shareholders of the Funds. Shareholders holding two-thirds of Shares outstanding of a Fund may remove Trustees from office by votes cast at a meeting of Trust shareholders or by written consent.
All Shares are freely transferable. Shares will not have preemptive rights or cumulative voting rights, and none of the Shares will have any preference to conversion, exchange, dividends, retirements, liquidation, redemption, or any other feature. Shares have equal voting rights. The Amended and Restated Trust Instrument confers upon the Board the power, by resolution, to alter the number of Shares constituting a Creation Unit or to specify that Shares may be individually redeemable. The Trust reserves the right to adjust the stock prices of Shares to maintain convenient trading ranges for investors. Any such adjustments would be accomplished through stock splits or reverse stock splits that would have no effect on the value of an investor’s investment in a Fund.
The Amended and Restated Trust Instrument disclaims liability of the shareholders or the officers of the Trust for acts or obligations of the Trust that are binding only on the assets and property of the Trust. The Amended and Restated Trust Instrument provides for indemnification out of the Funds’ property for all loss and expense of the Funds’ shareholders being held personally liable
69
solely by reason of his or her being or having been a shareholder and not because of his or her acts or omissions or for some other reason. The risk of a Trust shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which the Funds themselves would not be able to meet the Trust’s obligations and this risk should be considered remote.
If a Fund does not grow to a size to permit it to be economically viable, the Fund may cease operations. In such an event, shareholders may be required to liquidate or transfer their Shares at an inopportune time and shareholders may lose money on their investment.
Book Entry Only System
The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in the Prospectus entitled “Book Entry.”
DTC acts as Securities Depository for Shares. Shares are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC.
DTC, a limited purpose trust company, was created to hold securities of its participants (the “DTC Participants”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among the DTC Participants in such securities through electronic book entry changes in accounts of the DTC Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. DTC Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations, and certain other organizations, some of whom (and/or their representatives) own DTC. More specifically, DTC is owned by a number of its DTC Participants and by NYSE and FINRA. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers, and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or indirectly (the “Indirect Participants”).
Beneficial ownership of Shares is limited to DTC Participants, Indirect Participants and persons holding interests through DTC Participants and Indirect Participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in Shares (owners of such beneficial interests are referred to herein as “Beneficial Owners”) is shown on, and the transfer of ownership is effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to DTC Participants) and on the records of DTC Participants (with respect to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners that are not DTC Participants). Beneficial Owners will receive from or through the DTC Participant a written confirmation relating to their purchase and sale of Shares.
Conveyance of all notices, statements, and other communications to Beneficial Owners is effected as follows. Pursuant to the Depositary Agreement between the Trust and DTC, DTC is required to make available to the Trust upon request and for a fee to be charged to the Trust a listing of the Shares held by each DTC Participant. The Trust inquires of each such DTC Participant as to the number of Beneficial Owners holding Shares, directly or indirectly, through such DTC Participant. The Trust provides each such DTC Participant with copies of such notice, statement or other communication, in such form, number, and at such place as such DTC Participant may reasonably request, in order that such notice, statement or communication may be transmitted by such DTC Participant, directly or indirectly, to such Beneficial Owners. In addition, the Trust pays to each such DTC Participant a fair and reasonable amount as reimbursement for the expenses attendant to such transmittal, all subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.
Fund distributions shall be made to DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., as the registered holder of all Shares. DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any such distributions, shall immediately credit
70
DTC Participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in Shares as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. Payments by DTC Participants to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners of Shares held through such DTC Participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participants.
The Trust has no responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or notices to Beneficial Owners, or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in such Shares, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests, or for any other aspect of the relationship between DTC and the DTC Participants or the relationship between such DTC Participants and the Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners owning through such DTC Participants.
DTC may decide to discontinue providing its service with respect to Shares at any time by giving reasonable notice to the Trust and discharging its responsibilities with respect thereto under applicable law. Under such circumstances, the Trust shall take action to find a replacement for DTC to perform its functions at a comparable cost.
TRANSACTIONS IN CREATION UNITS
General
The Trust issues and redeems shares of the Funds only in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor, without a sales load but subject to the transaction fees described below, at the NAV next determined after receipt, on any Business Day (as defined below), of an order in proper form. A “Business Day,” as used herein, is any day on which the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business. As of the date of this SAI, the NYSE observes the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day.
Currently, the number of shares that constitutes a Creation Unit is 10,000 shares. The Board reserves the right to declare a split or a consolidation in the number of shares outstanding of a Fund, and to make changes in the number of shares constituting a Creation Unit, including in the event that the per share price in the secondary market rises (or declines) to an amount that falls outside the range deemed desirable by the Board.
Creation Units may be purchased and redeemed only by or through an Authorized Participant. Such Authorized Participant will agree, pursuant to the terms of an Authorized Participant Agreement and on behalf of itself or any investor on whose behalf it will act, to certain conditions, including those set forth below, the Authorized Participant Agreement and the handbook governing the Authorized Participants. Investors who are not Authorized Participants must make appropriate arrangements with an Authorized Participant to purchase or redeem Creation Units. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not be an Authorized Participant or may not have executed an Authorized Participant Agreement with the Distributor and that Creation Unit orders may have to be placed by the investor’s broker through an Authorized Participant. As a result, such orders may result in additional charges to such investor. A list of current Authorized Participants may be obtained from the Distributor.
71
Investors who are not Authorized Participants may purchase and sell shares of a Fund on the secondary market. The Funds rely on exemptive relief from the affiliated transaction provisions of the 1940 Act to permit persons, who are affiliated with the Funds solely by virtue of owning more than 5% of a Fund’s (or affiliated fund’s) shares (and their affiliates), to purchase and redeem Fund shares in kind (i.e., in exchange for a basket of securities).
Purchases of Creation Units
The consideration for the purchase of Creation Units of the Funds consists of an in-kind deposit of a designated portfolio of securities (or cash for all or any portion of such securities (“Deposit Cash”) (collectively, the “Deposit Securities”) and the Cash Component, which is an amount equal to the difference between the aggregate NAV of a Creation Unit and the Deposit Securities. Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component (inclusive of any Deposit Cash) constitute the “Fund Deposit.”
The Custodian or the Administrator expects to make available through the NSCC on each Business Day, prior to the opening of regular trading on the Exchange, a list of names and the required number of shares of each Deposit Security and the estimated amount of the Cash Component to be included in the current Fund Deposit. The identity and number of shares of the Deposit Securities may change pursuant to, among other matters, changes in the composition of a Fund’s portfolio, rebalancing adjustments and corporate action events and when Custom Baskets are used, as discussed below. Cash purchases of Creation Units will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases. The Authorized Participant will pay the cash equivalent of the Deposit Securities as Deposit Cash.
The means by which the Deposit Securities and Cash Component are to be delivered by the Authorized Participant to the Funds are set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement and the handbook governing the Authorized Participants, except to the extent the Distributor and the Authorized Participant otherwise agree. Fund shares will be settled through the DTC system.
Placement of Purchase Orders
To initiate an order for a Creation Unit, an Authorized Participant must submit to the Distributor an irrevocable order in proper form to purchase shares of a Fund before the time as of which the Fund’s NAV will be calculated that day. For a purchase order to be processed based on the NAV calculated on a particular Business Day, the purchase order must be received in proper form and accepted by the Trust prior to the time as of which the NAV is calculated (“Cutoff Time”). Investors who are not Authorized Participants and seek to place a purchase order for a Creation Unit through an Authorized Participant should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the purchase order to the Distributor by the Cutoff Time on such Business Day. Custom orders may be required to be received by the Distributor one hour prior to the Cutoff Time in order to be effectuated at the Fund’s NAV on that Business Day.
The Authorized Participant Agreement and the handbook governing the Authorized Participants set forth the different methods whereby Authorized Participants can submit purchase orders. A purchase order is considered to be in “proper form” if a request in a form satisfactory to the Fund is (1) received by the Distributor from an Authorized Participant on behalf of itself or another person within the time period set above, and (2) all the procedures and other requirements applicable to the method used by the Authorized Participant to submit the purchase order, such as, in the case of purchase orders submitted through the Distributor’s website, the completion of all
72
required fields, and otherwise set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement and handbook governing the Authorized Participants are properly followed.
Creation Unit orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant by telephone or other transmission method acceptable to the Distributor. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure, may impede transmissions between the Distributor and an Authorized Participant. Orders to create shares of the Funds that are submitted on the Business Day immediately preceding a holiday or a day (other than a weekend) when the securities markets in a foreign market in which the Funds may invest are closed may not be accepted or may be charged the maximum transaction fee. The Distributor, in its discretion, may permit the submission of orders and requests by or through an Authorized Participant via communication through the facilities of the Distributor’s proprietary website maintained for this purpose. A purchase order, if accepted by the Trust, will be processed based on the NAV as of the next Cutoff Time.
Acceptance of Orders for, and Issuance of, Creation Units
All questions as to whether an order has been submitted in proper form and the number of shares of each security in the Deposit Securities and the validity, form, eligibility, and acceptance for deposit of any securities to be delivered shall be determined by the Funds and the Funds’ determination shall be final and binding.
Each Fund reserves the right to reject or revoke acceptance of a creation order, if, including, but not limited to, the following conditions are present: (i) the order is not in proper form; (ii) the investor(s), upon obtaining the shares ordered, would own 80% or more of the currently outstanding shares of a Fund; (iii) the Deposit Securities delivered do not conform to the identity and number of shares specified; (iv) acceptance of the Deposit Securities would have certain adverse tax consequences to a Fund; (v) acceptance of the Fund Deposit would, in the opinion of counsel, be unlawful; (vi) acceptance of a Fund Deposit would, in the discretion of the Fund or the Adviser, have an adverse effect on the Fund or the rights of Beneficial Owners; or (vii) circumstances outside the control of the Fund, the Distributor, and the Adviser make it impracticable to process purchase orders. The Distributor shall notify a prospective purchaser of a Creation Unit and/or the Authorized Participant acting on behalf of such purchaser of the rejection or revocation of acceptance of such order. The Funds, the Custodian, the sub-custodian and the Distributor are under no duty, however, to give notification of any defects or irregularities in the delivery of Fund Deposits nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification.
Except as provided in the following paragraph, a Creation Unit will not be issued until the transfer of good title to the Funds of the Deposit Securities and the payment of the Cash Component, Deposit Cash, and creation transaction fees have been completed. In this regard, the Custodian will require, prior to the issuance of a Creation Unit, that the sub-custodian confirm to the Custodian that the Deposit Securities have been delivered to the account of a Fund at the sub-custodian(s). If the Fund does not receive the foregoing by the time specified herein the Creation Unit may not be delivered or the purchase order may ultimately be rejected.
Each Fund may issue Creation Units to an Authorized Participant, notwithstanding the fact that all Deposit Securities have not been received, in reliance on the undertaking of the Authorized Participant to deliver the missing Deposit Securities as soon as possible, which undertaking shall be secured by such Authorized Participant’s delivery and maintenance of collateral having a value
73
of up to 115% of the value of the missing Deposit Securities. The only collateral that is acceptable is cash in U.S. dollars. Such cash collateral must be delivered no later than 2:00 p.m., Eastern Time on the contractual settlement date of the Creation Unit(s). Each Fund may buy the missing Deposit Securities at any time, and the Authorized Participant will be liable for any shortfall between the cost to the Fund of purchasing such securities and the cash collateral. In addition, the cash collateral may be invested at the risk of the Authorized Participant, and any income on invested cash collateral will be paid to that Authorized Participant. Information concerning the Fund’s current procedures for collateralization of missing Deposit Securities is available from the Distributor.
In certain cases, an Authorized Participant may create and redeem Creation Units on the same trade date. In these instances, each Fund reserves the right to settle these transactions on a net basis or require a representation from the Authorized Participant that the creation and redemption transactions are for separate Beneficial Owners.
Once the Fund has accepted a purchase order, upon the next determination of the NAV of the shares, the Fund may confirm the issuance of a Creation Unit, against receipt of payment, at such NAV. The Distributor will then transmit a confirmation of acceptance to the Authorized Participant that placed the order. Creation Units typically are settled on a “T+1 basis” (i.e., one Business Day after trade date), subject to certain exceptions. However, the Fund reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than T+1, including in order to accommodate non-U.S. market holiday schedules, closures and settlement cycles, and to account for different treatment among non-U.S. and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and ex-dividend dates.
Creation Transaction Fees
A standard creation transaction fee is imposed to offset transfer and other costs associated with the issuance of Creation Units. The standard creation transaction fee is charged to the Authorized Participant on the day such Authorized Participant creates a Creation Unit, and is the same, regardless of the number of Creation Units purchased by the Authorized Participant on the applicable Business Day.
The Authorized Participant may also be required to pay a variable transaction fee (up to the maximum amount shown in the table below) to cover certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, market impact, and other costs and expenses. Authorized Participants will also bear the costs of transferring the Deposit Securities, including any stamp duty or other similar fees and expenses. Investors who use the services of a broker or other financial intermediary may be charged a fee for such services.
The standard creation transaction fee and maximum variable transaction fee for a Creation Unit are set forth below:
| FUND | STANDARD TRANSACTION FEE |
MAXIMUM VARIABLE TRANSACTION FEE* |
| AltShares Merger Arbitrage ETF | $250 | 2.00% |
| AltShares Event-Driven ETF | $250 | 2.00% |
* As a percentage of the Creation Unit(s) purchased.
74
The Adviser may waive or adjust the transactions fees from time to time based on actual experience.
To the extent that the Adviser, on behalf of the Funds, may need to convert subscriptions that are made in whole or in part in cash into a foreign currency prior to purchasing investments denominated in foreign currencies at the applicable exchange rate and subject to the applicable spread, Creation Unit purchasers bear the risk associated with changes in the currency exchange rate and security value between the time they place their order and the time that a Fund converts any cash received into foreign investments.
Redemptions of Creation Units
The consideration paid by the Funds for the redemption of Creation Units consists of an in-kind basket of a designated portfolio of securities (or cash for all or any portion of such securities (“Redemption Cash”)) (collectively, the “Fund Securities”) and the Cash Component, which is an amount equal to the difference between the aggregate NAV of a Creation Unit and the Fund Securities. Together, the Fund Securities and the Cash Component (inclusive of Redemption Cash) constitute the “Fund Redemption.”
The identity and number of shares of the Fund Securities may change pursuant to, among other matters, changes in the composition of a Fund’s portfolio, rebalancing adjustments and corporate action events and when Custom Baskets are used, as discussed below. Cash redemptions of Creation Units will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind redemptions. The Authorized Participant will receive the cash equivalent of the Fund Securities as Redemption Cash.
The delivery of Fund shares will normally be settled through the DTC system. The means by which the Fund Securities and Cash Component are to be delivered to the Authorized Participant by the Fund are set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement and the handbook governing the Authorized Participants, except to the extent the Distributor and the Authorized Participant otherwise agree.
Placement of Redemption Orders
To initiate a redemption order for a Creation Unit, an Authorized Participant must submit to the Distributor an irrevocable order in proper form to redeem shares of a Fund generally before the time as of which the Fund’s NAV is calculated that day. For a redemption order to be processed based on the NAV calculated on a particular Business Day, the order must be received in proper form and accepted by the Trust prior to the time as of which the NAV is calculated (“Cutoff Time”). Investors who are not Authorized Participants and seek to place a redemption order for a Creation Unit through an Authorized Participant should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the redemption order to the Distributor by the Cutoff Time on such Business Day. Custom orders may be required to be received by the Distributor one hour prior to the Cutoff Time in order to be effectuated at a Fund’s NAV on that Business Day.
The Authorized Participant Agreement and the handbook governing the Authorized Participants set forth the different methods whereby Authorized Participants can submit redemption orders. A
75
redemption request is considered to be in “proper form” if a request in a form satisfactory to the Fund is (1) received by the Distributor from an Authorized Participant on behalf of itself or another person within the time period set above, and (2) all the procedures and other requirements applicable to the method used by the Authorized Participant to submit the redemption order, such as, in the case of redemption orders submitted through the Distributor’s website, the completion of all required fields, and otherwise set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement and handbook governing the Authorized Participants are properly followed.
Creation Unit orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant by telephone or other transmission method acceptable to the Distributor. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure, may impede transmissions between the Distributor and an Authorized Participant. Orders to redeem shares of a Fund that are submitted on the Business Day immediately preceding a holiday or a day (other than a weekend) when the securities markets in a foreign market in which a Fund may invest are closed may be charged the maximum transaction fee. The Distributor, in its discretion, may permit the submission of orders and requests by or through an Authorized Participant via communication through the facilities of the Distributor’s proprietary website maintained for this purpose. A redemption request, if accepted by the Trust, will be processed based on the NAV as of the next Cutoff Time.
Acceptance of Orders for, and Redemption of, Creation Units
All questions as to whether an order has been submitted in proper form and the requisite number of Fund shares and transaction fees have been delivered shall be determined by each Fund and each Fund’s determination shall be final and binding.
Each Fund reserves the right to reject a redemption order if the order is not in proper form. In addition, the right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed with respect to the Fund (i) for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), (ii) for any period during which trading on the NYSE is suspended or restricted, (iii) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of the shares of a Fund’s portfolio securities or determination of its NAV is not reasonably practicable; or (iv) in such other circumstance as is permitted by the SEC. The Funds or Distributor will notify the Authorized Participant of such rejection, but the Funds, Custodian, sub-custodian and Distributor shall not be liable for any failure to give such notification.
The payment by each Fund of the Fund Securities, Redemption Cash, and Cash Component will not be issued until the transfer of the Creation Unit(s) and the applicable redemption transaction fees has been completed. If the Transfer Agent does not receive the investor’s shares through DTC’s facilities and the applicable redemption transaction fees by the required time, the redemption request may be rejected. Further, a redeeming Beneficial Owner or Authorized Participant acting on behalf of such Beneficial Owner must maintain appropriate security arrangements with a qualified broker-dealer, bank or other custody providers in each jurisdiction where Fund Securities are customarily traded and will be delivered. If neither the redeeming Beneficial Owner nor the Authorized Participant acting on behalf of such redeeming Beneficial Owner has appropriate arrangements to take delivery of Fund Securities in the applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction and it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or if it is not possible to effect
76
deliveries of Fund Securities in such jurisdiction, the Trust may redeem shares in Redemption Cash.
Redemptions of shares for Fund Securities will be subject to compliance with applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and the Fund (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserves the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that a Fund cannot lawfully deliver specific Fund Securities upon redemptions or cannot do so without first registering a Fund Security under such laws.
To the extent contemplated by the Authorized Participant Agreement, in the event the Authorized Participant has submitted a redemption request in proper form but is unable to transfer all or part of the Creation Unit to be redeemed to the Funds’ Transfer Agent, the Transfer Agent may nonetheless accept the redemption request in reliance on the undertaking by the Authorized Participant to deliver the missing shares as soon as possible. Such undertaking shall be secured by the Authorized Participant’s delivery and maintenance of collateral consisting of cash having a value (marked to market daily) of at least 105%, which the Trust may change from time to time, of the value of the missing shares. The current procedures for collateralization of missing shares require, among other things, that any cash collateral shall be in the form of U.S. dollars in immediately available funds and shall be held by the Custodian and marked to market daily, and that the fees of the Custodian and any sub-custodians in respect of the delivery, maintenance and redelivery of the cash collateral shall be payable by the Authorized Participant. The Authorized Participant Agreement will permit the Trust, on behalf of each Fund, to purchase the missing shares or acquire the Fund Securities and the Cash Component underlying such shares at any time and will subject the Authorized Participant to liability for any shortfall between the cost to the Trust of purchasing such shares, Fund Securities or Cash Component and the value of the collateral.
Once a Fund has accepted a redemption order, upon the next determination of the NAV of the shares, the Fund may confirm the redemption of a Creation Unit, against receipt of payment, at such NAV. The Distributor will then transmit a confirmation of acceptance to the Authorized Participant that placed the order. Deliveries of redemption proceeds by the Funds typically are settled on a “T+1 basis” (i.e., one Business Day after trade date), but may be made up to seven days later, particularly in stressed market conditions, except as further set forth herein. Each Fund reserves the right to settle redemption transactions on another basis to accommodate non-U.S. market holiday schedules (see below for further information), closures and settlement cycles, to account for different treatment among non-U.S. and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and dividend ex-dates (i.e., the last date the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security sold), and in certain other circumstances.
In certain cases, an Authorized Participant may create and redeem Creation Units on the same trade date. In these instances, the Fund reserves the right to settle these transactions on a net basis or require a representation from the Authorized Participant that the creation and redemption transactions are for separate Beneficial Owners.
77
Redemption Transaction Fees
A standard redemption transaction fee is imposed to offset transfer and other costs associated with the redemption of Creation Units. The standard redemption transaction fee is charged to the Authorized Participant on the day such Authorized Participant redeems a Creation Unit, and is the same regardless of the number of Creation Units redeemed by an Authorized Participant on the applicable Business Day.
The Authorized Participant may also be required to pay a variable transaction fee (up to the maximum amount shown in the table below) to cover certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, market impact, and other costs and expenses. Authorized Participants will also bear the costs of transferring the Fund Securities, including any stamp duty or other similar fees and expenses. Investors who use the services of a broker or other financial intermediary may be charged a fee for such services.
The standard redemption transaction fee and maximum variable transaction fee for a Creation Unit are set forth below:
| FUND | STANDARD TRANSACTION FEE |
MAXIMUM VARIABLE TRANSACTION FEE* |
| AltShares Merger Arbitrage ETF | $250 | 2.00% |
| AltShares Event-Driven ETF | $250 | 2.00% |
* As a percentage of the Creation Unit(s) redeemed.
The Adviser may waive or adjust the transactions fees from time to time based on actual experience.
To the extent that the Adviser, on behalf of the Funds, may need to sell investments denominated in foreign currencies prior to converting such proceeds into U.S. dollars at the applicable exchange rate and subject to the applicable spread for redemptions that are made in whole or in part for cash, those redeeming Creation Units will bear the risk associated with changes in the currency exchange rate and securities value between the time they place their redemption order and the time that a Fund converts any foreign currency-denominated investments into U.S. Dollars.
Custom Baskets
The basket of securities comprising a Fund Deposit or a Fund Redemption may be representative of a Fund’s portfolio holdings; or the Fund may utilize a “custom basket” provided that certain conditions are met. A custom basket is (i) a cash-in-lieu basket, (ii) a basket that is composed of a non-representative selection of a Fund’s portfolio holdings, or (iii) a basket that may be composed of a representative selection of a Fund’s portfolio holdings but differs from the initial basket used in transactions on the same business day. The Trust has adopted policies and procedures that govern the construction and acceptance of baskets, including heightened requirements for custom baskets. Such policies and procedures provide detailed parameters for the construction and
78
acceptance of custom baskets, establish processes for revisions to, or deviations from, such parameters, and specify the titles and roles of the employees of the Adviser who are required to review each custom basket for compliance with those parameters. In connection with the construction and acceptance of custom baskets, the Adviser may consider various factors, including, but not limited to: (1) whether the securities, assets and other positions comprising a basket are consistent with a Fund’s investment objective, policies and disclosure; (2) whether the securities, assets and other positions can legally and readily be acquired, transferred and held by a Fund and/or Authorized Participant(s), as applicable; (3) whether to utilize cash, either in lieu of securities or other instruments or as a cash balancing amount; (4) whether the use of custom baskets may reduce costs, increase (tax) efficiency and improve trading; and (5) with respect to index-based strategies, whether the securities, assets and other positions aid a Fund to track its underlying index. The policies and procedures apply different criteria to different custom baskets in order to mitigate against potential overreaching by an Authorized Participant, although there is no guarantee that such policies and procedures will be effective.
Taxation on Creation and Redemptions of Creation Units
An Authorized Participant who exchanges equity securities for one or more Creation Unit(s) generally will recognize a gain or a loss. The gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the market value of the Creation Unit(s) at the time and the exchanger’s aggregate basis in the securities surrendered and any cash paid. An Authorized Participant who exchanges one or more Creation Unit(s) for equity securities will generally recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the exchanger’s basis in the Creation Unit(s) and the aggregate market value of the securities received and any cash received on the redemption. The IRS, however, may assert that a loss realized upon an exchange of securities for Creation Units cannot be deducted currently under the rules governing “wash sales,” or on the grounds that under such a transaction there has been no significant change in economic position. Persons exchanging securities should consult their own tax advisors with respect to whether and when such a loss might be deductible. The Funds have the right to reject an order for Creation Units if the purchaser (or a group of purchasers) would, upon obtaining the Fund shares so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund and if, pursuant to section 351 of the Code, a Fund would have a basis in the deposit securities different from the market value of such securities on the date of deposit. The Funds also have the right to require information necessary to determine beneficial share ownership for purposes of the 80% determinations.
Current U.S. federal tax laws dictate that capital gain or loss realized from the redemption of Creation Units will generally create long-term capital gain or loss if the Authorized Participant holds the Creation Units for more than one year, or short-term capital gain or loss if the Creation Units were held for one year or less, if the Creation Units are held as capital assets.
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE
The net asset value of the shares of the Funds is determined as of the close of the regular session of trading on the NYSE (currently 4:00 p.m., Eastern time), on each day the NYSE is open for business. The NYSE is open for business on every day except Saturdays, Sundays, and the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, President’s Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day,
79
Thanksgiving and Christmas. The NYSE also may be closed on national days of mourning or due to natural disaster or other extraordinary events or emergency.
TAXATION
Overview
Set forth below is a discussion of certain federal income tax considerations concerning the Funds and the purchase, ownership, and disposition of the Funds’ shares. This discussion does not purport to be complete or to deal with all aspects of federal income taxation that may be relevant to shareholders in light of their particular circumstances or to certain types of shareholders subject to special treatment under the federal income tax law (for example, life insurance companies, banks and other financial institutions, and individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”), and other retirement plans). This discussion is based upon present provisions of the Code, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, in effect as of the date hereof and judicial decisions and administrative rulings publicly available as of that date, all of which are subject to change, which may be retroactive. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors with regard to the federal tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, or disposition of a Fund’s shares, as well as the tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, foreign country, or other taxing jurisdiction.
Each Fund intends to qualify for its first and each subsequent taxable year, to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of Chapter 1 of Subtitle A of the Code. A RIC is not subject to federal income tax on net income and net realized capital and foreign currency gains distributed in a timely manner to its shareholders. To qualify for treatment as a RIC, a Fund generally must, among other things:
(a) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (i) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gains from options, futures, or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in stock, securities or such currencies and (ii) net income from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined below) (“QPTPs”) (the income described in this paragraph (a), “Qualifying Income”) (“Income Requirement”);
(b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the value of its total assets is represented by cash and cash items, Government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater in value than 5% of that value and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of that value is invested in (x) the securities (other than Government securities and the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers that the Fund controls (by owning 20% or more of their voting power) and that are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses or (y) the securities of one or more QPTPs (“Diversification Requirements”); and
(c) distribute with respect to each taxable year at least the sum of 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (as that term is defined in the Code, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid — generally, ordinary income, the excess, if any, of net short-
80
term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and net gains and losses from certain foreign currency transactions, if any) (“ICTI”) and 90% of its net exempt interest income for such year (“Distribution Requirement”).
A QPTP is a “publicly traded partnership” that is treated as a partnership for federal tax purposes and meets certain qualifying income requirements but derives less than 90% of its gross income from the items described in clause (a)(i) above.
In general, for purposes of the Income Requirement, income derived from a partnership (other than a QPTP) will be treated as Qualifying Income only to the extent it is attributable to items of income of the partnership that would be Qualifying Income if realized directly by the RIC. However, 100% of the net income of a RIC derived from an interest in a QPTP will be treated as Qualifying Income. In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to an interest in a QPTP.
For purposes of meeting the Diversification Requirement, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” includes the equity securities of a QPTP.
If, in any taxable year, a Fund were to fail to qualify for taxation as a RIC — either (1) by failing to satisfy the Distribution Requirement, even if it satisfied the Income and Diversification Requirements, or (2) by failing to satisfy the Income Requirement and/or either Diversification Requirement and was unable to, or determined not to, avail itself of Code provisions that enable a RIC to cure a failure to satisfy any of those requirements as long as the failure “is due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect” and the RIC pays a deductible tax calculated in accordance with those provisions and meets certain other requirements — then, the Fund would be subject to tax on its taxable income at the corporate rate (21%), and all distributions from earnings and profits, including distributions of net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gain (i.e., gain from the sale or other disposition of investments that the Fund has owned (or is treated as having owned) for more than one year) over net short-term capital loss) (if any)), would be taxable to shareholders as dividend income. For individual and certain other non-corporate shareholders (each, an “individual shareholder”), those dividends could be taxable as “qualified dividend income” (as defined below) and thus subject to federal income tax at the rates for net capital gain if holding period requirements are met. In the case of corporate shareholders that meet certain holding period and other requirements regarding their Fund shares, all or part of those dividends would be eligible for the “dividends-received deduction.” Distributions from the Fund would not be deductible by it in computing its taxable income. In addition, in order to requalify for taxation as a RIC, the Fund may be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest, and make certain distributions.
Amounts not distributed on a timely basis as described in the next sentence are subject to a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax at the Fund level. To avoid the tax, a Fund must distribute during each calendar year an amount equal to the sum of (1) at least 98% of its ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for the calendar year, (2) at least 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year, plus (3) all such income and gains that were not distributed in previous years. For this purpose, a Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it has been subject to federal corporate income tax in the taxable year ending within the calendar year. Each Fund intends for its first and each subsequent taxable year to make
81
distributions, sufficient to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax, although there can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to do so.
Distributions
For federal income tax purposes, distributions of ICTI are taxable to a U.S. shareholder (other than a tax-exempt entity) as ordinary income (in some cases eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income as described below), whether paid in cash or shares. Distributions of net capital gain that are properly reported by a Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”), whether paid in cash or reinvested in shares, are taxable at long-term capital gain rates (see below), regardless of how long the shareholder has held the shares on which the Capital Gain Dividends were paid. Capital Gain Dividends are not eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction and are not “qualified dividend income.”
Distributions attributable to the excess of net gains from the sale or other disposition of investments that a Fund owned for one year or less over net long-term capital losses are taxable as ordinary income. Distributions of capital gains are generally made after applying any available capital loss carryover(s).
The maximum long-term capital gain rates applicable to individual shareholders is either 15% or 20% (depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts).
A distribution is treated as paid on December 31 of a calendar year if it is declared by a Fund in October, November or December of that year with a record date in such a month and paid by the Fund during January of the following year. Such a distribution thus is taxable to a shareholder in its taxable year in which that December 31 falls, rather than the calendar year in which the distribution is received.
Investors should be careful to consider the tax implications of buying shares just prior to a distribution. The price of shares purchased at that time will reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, but the distribution nevertheless will generally be taxable.
Shareholders are notified annually as to the federal tax status of Fund distributions, and shareholders receiving distributions in the form of newly issued shares will receive a report as to the value of the shares received.
Individuals and certain noncorporate entities are generally eligible for a 20% deduction with respect to ordinary dividends received from REITs (“qualified REIT dividends”) and certain taxable income from publicly traded partnerships. The IRS has issued regulations permitting a RIC to pass through to its shareholders qualified REIT dividends eligible for the 20% deduction. However, the regulations do not provide a mechanism for a RIC to pass through to its shareholders income from publicly traded partnerships that would be eligible for such deduction.
Distributions by a Fund to a tax-deferred or qualified plan, such as an IRA, retirement plan or corporate pension or profit-sharing plan, generally are not taxable. However, distributions from such a plan will be taxable to individual participants without regard to the character of the income earned by the plan.
Please consult a tax advisor for a more complete explanation of the federal, state, local, and (if applicable) foreign tax consequences of making investments through such plans.
82
Qualified Dividend Income
A Fund’s distributions attributable to “qualified dividend income” (i.e., dividends the Fund receives on stock of most domestic and certain foreign corporations with respect to which the Fund satisfies certain holding period and other restrictions) received by an individual shareholder who satisfies similar restrictions with respect to the shareholder’s Fund shares are taxed at the maximum long-term capital gain rates mentioned above. A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income (at either the Fund or shareholder level) (1) if the dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date that is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date), (2) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, (3) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as investment income for purposes of deducting investment interest, or (4) if the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the U.S. (with the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation that is readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S.) or (b) treated as a “passive foreign investment company.” Each Fund will report which portion of its dividends consists of qualified dividend income. In the event that at least 95% of a Fund’s gross income in a taxable year consists of qualified dividend income, then all of the Fund’s dividends with respect to such year will be qualified dividends income for individual shareholders who meet the holding period requirements.
Disposition of Shares
Upon a redemption, sale or exchange of shares, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss depending upon his, her, or its basis in the shares. A gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are held as capital assets in the shareholder’s hands and generally will be long-term or short-term, depending upon the shareholder’s holding period for the shares. Any loss realized on a redemption, sale or exchange of shares will be disallowed to the extent the shares are replaced (including through reinvestment of dividends, if available) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the shares are disposed of. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the disposition of shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions of Capital Gain Dividends received (or treated as having been received) by the shareholder with respect to such shares.
Backup Withholding
Dividends (including Capital Gain Dividends) and redemption proceeds paid to shareholders may be subject to withholding tax (“backup withholding”). Backup withholding will apply if (1) a shareholder fails to furnish its broker with the shareholder’s correct Social Security number or other taxpayer identification number, (2) the IRS notifies a shareholder or the broker that the shareholder has failed to properly report to the IRS certain interest and dividend income and to respond to notices to that effect, or (3) when required to do so, a shareholder fails to certify that he
83
or she is not subject to backup withholding. The backup withholding rate is 24%. Any amounts backup withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s federal income tax liability.
In order for a foreign investor to qualify for exemption from backup withholding and for reduced withholding tax rates under income tax treaties (see the next subsection), the investor must comply with special certification and filing requirements. Foreign investors in the Funds should consult their tax advisors in this regard.
Non-U.S. Shareholders
Dividends, other than Capital Gain Dividends, paid by a Fund to a shareholder that is not a “U.S. person” within the meaning of the Code (a “foreign person”) generally are subject to withholding of federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) even if they are attributable to net income or net realized gains (such as portfolio interest, short-term capital gains or foreign-source dividend and interest income) that, if paid to a foreign person directly, would not be subject to withholding. Dividends a Fund pays to a nonresident alien individual, foreign corporation or partnership, or foreign trust or estate (each, a “foreign shareholder”), other than (1) dividends paid to a foreign shareholder whose ownership of the Fund’s shares is “effectively connected” (as defined in the Code) with a trade or business within the U.S. the shareholder conducts and (2) Capital Gain dividends paid to a nonresident alien individual who is physically present in the U.S. for no more than 182 days during the taxable year, generally will be subject to that withholding tax. Two categories of dividends, however, “interest-related dividends” and “short-term capital gain dividends,” a Fund pays to foreign shareholders (with certain exceptions) and reports in writing to its shareholders are exempt from that withholding tax. “Interest-related dividends” are dividends that are attributable to “qualified net interest income” (i.e., “qualified interest income,” which generally consists of certain original issue discount, interest on obligations “in registered form,” and interest on deposits, less allocable deductions) from sources within the U.S. “Short-term capital gain dividends” are dividends that are attributable to “qualified short-term gain” (i.e., net short-term capital gain, computed with certain adjustments).
A Fund may opt not to report dividends as interest-related dividends or short-term capital gain dividends.
If a beneficial holder of shares who or that is a foreign person has a trade or business in the U.S., and dividends from a Fund are effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of that trade or business, the dividends will be subject to federal income taxation at regular income tax rates. Such a holder, however, is not, in general, subject to federal income tax on gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on the sale of shares or on Capital Gain Dividends unless the holder is described in clauses (1) or (2) in the preceding paragraph.
If a shareholder is eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty, any effectively connected income or gain generally is subject to federal income tax on a net basis only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the shareholder in the U.S.
Under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), “foreign financial institutions” (“FFIs”) and “non-financial foreign entities” (“NFFEs”) that are Fund shareholders may be subject to a generally nonrefundable 30% withholding tax on income dividends a Fund pays. As discussed more fully below, the FATCA withholding tax generally can be avoided (a) by an FFI, if it reports certain information regarding direct and indirect ownership of financial accounts U.S. persons hold with the FFI, and (b) by an NFFE that certifies its status as such and, in certain circumstances, reports information regarding substantial U.S. owners.
84
An FFI can avoid FATCA withholding by becoming a “participating FFI,” which requires the FFI to enter into a tax compliance agreement with the IRS under the Code. Under such an agreement, a participating FFI agrees to (1) verify and document whether it has U.S. accountholders, (2) report certain information regarding their accounts to the IRS, and (3) meet certain other specified requirements.
The U.S. Treasury has negotiated intergovernmental agreements (“IGAs”) with certain countries and is in various stages of negotiations with other foreign countries with respect to one or more alternative approaches to implement FATCA. An entity in one of those countries may be required to comply with the terms of the IGA instead of U.S. Treasury regulations. An FFI resident in a country that has entered into a Model I IGA with the U.S. must report to that country’s government (pursuant to the terms of the applicable IGA and applicable law), which will, in turn, report to the IRS. An FFI resident in a Model II IGA country generally must comply with U.S. regulatory requirements, with certain exceptions, including the treatment of recalcitrant accountholders. An FFI resident in one of those countries that complies with whichever of the foregoing applies will be exempt from FATCA withholding.
An NFFE that is the beneficial owner of a payment from the Funds can avoid FATCA withholding generally by certifying its status as such and, in certain circumstances, either that (1) it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or (2) it does have one or more such owners and reports the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of each such owner. The NFFE will report to the Funds or other applicable withholding agent, which may, in turn, report information to the IRS. Those foreign shareholders also may fall into certain exempt, excepted, or deemed compliant categories established by U.S. Treasury regulations, IGAs, and other guidance regarding FATCA. An FFI or NFFE that invests in a Fund will need to provide its broker with documentation properly certifying the entity’s status under FATCA to avoid FATCA withholding. The requirements imposed by FATCA are different from, and in addition to, the tax certification rules to avoid backup withholding described above. Foreign investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of these requirements to their own situation and the impact thereof on their investment in a Fund.
Unrelated Business Taxable Income
Income of a RIC that would be treated as unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) if earned directly by a tax-exempt entity generally will not be attributed as UBTI to such an entity that is a shareholder in the RIC. Notwithstanding this “blocking” effect, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in a Fund if the Fund’s shares constitute “debt-financed property” (as defined in Code section 514(b)) in the hands of the shareholder.
A tax-exempt shareholder may also recognize UBTI if a Fund recognizes “excess inclusion income,” from investments in certain REITs. Furthermore, any investment by a Fund in residual interests of a collateralized mortgage obligation that has elected to be treated as a real estate mortgage conduit (“REMIC”) can create complex tax consequences, especially if the Fund has state or local government or other tax-exempt shareholders.
Options, Futures, and Swaps
Regulated futures contracts, certain foreign currency contracts, and certain options (namely, “non-equity options” — i.e., certain listed options, such as those on a “broad-based” securities index — and dealer equity options) in which a Fund may invest may be “section 1256 contracts.”
85
Gains or losses on these contracts are considered to be 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses. Also, section 1256 contracts held by a Fund at the end of a taxable year (and on certain other dates prescribed in the Code) are “marked-to-market,” with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized.
The tax treatment of a payment made or received on a swap to which a Fund is a party, and in particular whether such payment is, in whole or in part, capital or ordinary in character, will vary depending upon the terms of the particular swap contract.
Transactions in options, futures, and swaps undertaken by a Fund may result in “straddles” for federal income tax purposes. The straddle rules may affect the character of gains or losses realized by the Fund, and losses realized by the Fund on positions that are part of a straddle may be deferred under the straddle rules, rather than being taken into account in calculating taxable income for the taxable year in which the losses are realized. In addition, certain carrying charges (including interest expense) associated with positions in a straddle may be required to be capitalized rather than deducted currently. Certain elections that a Fund may make with respect to its straddle positions may also affect the amount, character, and timing of the recognition of gains or losses from the affected positions.
Because only a few regulations implementing the straddle rules have been promulgated, the consequences of such transactions to the Funds are not entirely clear. The straddle rules may increase the amount of short-term capital gain realized by a Fund, which is taxed as ordinary income when distributed to its shareholders. Because application of the straddle rules may affect the character of gains or losses, defer losses and/or accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from the affected straddle positions, the amount that must be distributed to shareholders as ordinary income or long-term capital gain may be increased or decreased substantially as compared to a fund that did not engage in such transactions.
More generally, investments by a Fund in options, futures, swaps, and other derivative financial instruments are subject to numerous special and complex tax rules. These rules could affect whether gains and losses recognized by the Fund are treated as ordinary or capital, accelerate the recognition of income or gains to the Fund and defer or possibly prevent the recognition or use of certain losses by the Fund. The rules could, in turn, affect the amount, timing of recognition, or character of the income distributed to shareholders by the Fund. In addition, because the application of these rules may be uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future IRS guidance with respect to these rules may affect whether a Fund has made sufficient distributions and otherwise satisfied the requirements described above to maintain its qualification as a RIC and avoid a fund-level tax.
Foreign Investments
If a Fund acquires stock in certain foreign corporations that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, rents, royalties or capital gain) or hold at least 50% of their total assets in investments producing such passive income (“passive foreign investment companies”), the Fund could be subject to federal income tax and additional interest charges on “excess distributions” received from such companies or gain from the sale of stock in such companies, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders. The Fund would not be able to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for such a tax. Certain elections may, if available, ameliorate these adverse tax
86
consequences, but any such election may require a Fund to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash.
Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by a Fund in connection with certain transactions involving non-dollar debt securities, certain foreign currency futures contracts, foreign currency option contracts, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Code provisions which generally treat such gains and losses as ordinary income and losses and may affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders. Any such transactions that are not directly related to the Fund’s investment in securities (possibly including speculative currency positions or currency derivatives not used for hedging purposes) could, under future Treasury regulations, produce income not among the types of Qualifying Income.
Investment income received from sources within foreign countries, or capital gains earned by a Fund from investing in securities of foreign issuers, may be subject to foreign income taxes withheld at the source. In this regard, withholding tax rates in countries with which the U.S. does not have a tax treaty are often as high as 35% or more. The U.S. has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries that may entitle a Fund to a reduced rate of tax or exemption from tax on this related income and gains. The effective rate of foreign tax cannot be determined at this time since the amount of a Fund’s assets to be invested within various countries is not now known. The Trust intends that the Funds will seek to operate so as to qualify for treaty-reduced rates of tax when applicable.
In addition, if a Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company under the Code, and if more than 50% of the Fund’s total assets at the close of the taxable year consists of securities of foreign corporations, the Fund may elect, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to treat foreign income taxes paid by the Fund (including certain withholding taxes) that can be treated as income taxes under U.S. income tax principles as paid by its shareholders. If a Fund makes such an election, an amount equal to the foreign income taxes paid by the Fund would be included in the income of its shareholders and the shareholders often are entitled to credit their portions of this amount against their U.S. tax liabilities, if any, or to deduct those portions from their U.S. taxable income, if any. Shortly after any year for which it makes such an election, a Fund will report to its shareholders, in writing, the amount per share of foreign tax that must be included in each shareholder’s gross income and the amount that will be available as a deduction or credit. Shareholders must itemize their deductions in order to deduct foreign taxes. Certain limitations may apply that could limit the extent to which the credit or the deduction for foreign taxes may be claimed by a shareholder.
Constructive Sales
Under certain circumstances, a Fund may recognize gain from a constructive sale of an “appreciated financial position” it holds if it enters into a short sale or other transaction that substantially reduces the risk of loss with respect to the appreciated position. In that event, the Fund would be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and would be taxed on any gain (but would not recognize any loss) from the constructive sale. The character of gain from a constructive sale would depend upon the Fund’s holding period for the property. Appropriate adjustments would be made in the amount of any gain or loss subsequently realized on the position to reflect the gain recognized on the constructive sale. Loss from a constructive sale would be recognized when the property was subsequently disposed of, and its character would
87
depend on the Fund’s holding period and the application of various loss deferral provisions of the Code.
Constructive sale treatment does not generally apply to a Fund’s transaction if such transaction is closed before the end of the 30th day after the close of the Fund’s taxable year and the Fund holds the appreciated financial position throughout the 60-day period beginning with the day such transaction closed. The term “appreciated financial position” excludes any position that is “marked-to-market.”
Master Limited Partnerships and Business Development Companies
A Fund may invest in equity securities of MLPs that are expected to derive income and gains from the exploration, development, mining or production, processing, refining, transportation (including pipeline transporting gas, oil, or products thereof), or the marketing of any mineral or natural resources. The Funds expect that these MLPs will be treated as QPTPs (as described above). Accordingly, it is expected that the net income derived by a Fund from such investments will be Qualifying Income for purposes of the Income Requirement. If an MLP in which a Fund invests, however, does not qualify as a QPTP or otherwise is not treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, the income derived by the Fund from such investment may not be Qualifying Income and, therefore, could adversely affect the Fund’s status as a RIC.
As described above, a Fund must limit its investments in QPTPs to no more than 25% of its total assets as of the end of each quarter of its taxable year in order to maintain its status as a RIC.
The MLPs in which the Funds may invest are expected to be treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes, and therefore, the cash distributions received by a Fund from an MLP may not correspond to the amount of income allocated to it by the MLP in any given taxable year. If the amount of income allocated by an MLP to a Fund exceeds the amount of cash received by the Fund from such MLP, the Fund may have difficulty making distributions in the amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for maintaining RIC status and avoiding any income and excise taxes. Accordingly, a Fund may need to dispose of securities under disadvantageous circumstances in order to generate sufficient cash to satisfy those distribution requirements.
The Funds may also invest in BDCs or ETFs. BDCs and ETFs are generally treated as RICs for federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, income derived by the Funds from such investments will be Qualifying Income.
Equalization Accounting
Each Fund distributes its net investment income and net realized capital and foreign currency gains to shareholders as dividends annually to the extent required to qualify for treatment as a RIC and generally to avoid federal income and excise taxes. A Fund may, on its federal income tax return, treat as a distribution the portion of redemption proceeds paid to redeeming shareholders that represents the redeeming shareholders’ portion of the Fund’s undistributed ICTI and net capital gain (“NCG”), respectively. This practice, which involves the use of “equalization” accounting, will have the effect of reducing the amount of ICTI and NCG that the Fund is required to distribute as dividends to (non-redeeming) shareholders in order for the Fund to avoid federal income and excise taxes, and the amount of any undistributed ICTI or NCG will be reflected in the value of the Fund’s shares.
88
Tax Shelter Disclosure
Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss on a disposition of shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder (including, for example, an insurance company separate account), the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but, under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted.
This filing requirement applies even though, as a practical matter, any such loss would not, for example, reduce the taxable income of an insurance company. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs.
89
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial statements of the Merger Arbitrage predecessor exchange traded fund and the Event-Driven predecessor exchange traded fund, which have been audited by Cohen & Company, Ltd., the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, are incorporated herein by reference to the Form N-CSR, which includes the Annual Financial Statements and Additional Information of the Funds dated May 31, 2026.
90
The Arbitrage Funds and Water Island Capital, LLC
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
Investment advisers that have been delegated proxy voting discretion by their clients are required to adopt and implement written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of their clients. As with investment guidelines, clients may also provide investment advisers with specific proxy voting policies or guidelines. In such cases, advisers are required to consult with the client in situations where the guidelines may not be clear or if a conflict of interests arises. Water Island Capital, LLC (“WIC”), the investment adviser to The Arbitrage Funds (the “Funds,” each series thereof, a “Fund”), has adopted this policy to summarize WIC’s proxy voting policies and procedures, including those of the Funds.
General Policies and Proxy Voting Guidelines
WIC exercises proxy voting authority on behalf of clients who have delegated voting authority to the Firm. WIC’s policy is to vote proxies with the goal of maximizing the value of clients’ investments. Accordingly, WIC generally votes against any management proposals that WIC believes could prevent companies from realizing their maximum market value or would insulate companies and/or management from accountability to shareholders or prudent regulatory compliance. Generally, WIC will vote proxies in accordance with the following guidelines:
| ● | Business Operations – WIC generally will vote in favor of proposals that are a standard and necessary aspect of business operations and that WIC believes will not typically have a significant effect on the value of the investment. Such proposals include: |
| o | name changes; |
| o | election of directors; |
| o | ratification of auditors; |
| o | maintenance of current levels of directors’ indemnification and liability; |
| o | increases in authorized shares (common stock only) if there is no intention to significantly dilute shareholders’ proportionate interest; and |
| o | employee stock purchase or ownership plans. |
Factors considered in reviewing these proposals include the financial performance of the company, attendance and independence of board members and committees, and enforcement of strict accounting practices.
| ● | Change in Status – Proposals that change the status of the corporation, its individual securities, or the ownership status of the securities will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis. Changes in status include proposals regarding: |
| o | mergers, acquisitions, restructurings; |
A-1
| o | reincorporations; and |
| o | changes in capitalization. |
| ● | Shareholder Democracy – WIC generally will vote against any proposal that attempts to limit shareholder democracy in a way that could restrict the ability of shareholders to realize the value of their investment. This would include proposals endorsing or facilitating: |
| o | increased indemnification protections for directors or officers; |
| o | certain supermajority requirements; |
| o | unequal voting rights; |
| o | classified boards; |
| o | cumulative voting; |
| o | authorization of new securities if the intention appears to be to unduly dilute the shareholders’ proportionate interest; and |
| o | changing the state of incorporation if the intention appears to disfavor the economic interest of the shareholders. |
WIC generally supports proposals that maintain or expand shareholder democracy such as:
| o | annual elections; |
| o | independent directors; |
| o | confidential voting; and |
| o | proposals that require shareholder approval for adoption or retention of “poison pills” or golden parachutes, elimination of cumulative voting or preemptive rights, and reclassification of company boards. |
| ● | Compensation – WIC believes that compensation should be reasonable and used to align the interests of directors, executives, and employees with the long-term financial success of the company. Each compensation proposal is reviewed individually. WIC considers the following factors when reviewing a compensation proposal: |
| o | whether the proposal would potentially dilute the value of outstanding shares; |
| o | whether the compensation plan has broad-based participation; |
| o | whether the compensation plan allows for the re-pricing of options; and |
| o | whether the proposal is excessive, creates conflicts of interests, or compromises independence. |
WIC may deviate from the proxy voting guidelines stated above in certain situations, including but not limited to:
| ● | Sec. 12(d)(1)(F) Proportional Voting Requirements – If the Funds rely on the exemption provided by Sec. 12(d)(1)(F) to acquire securities of other investment companies in excess of the limits imposed by Section 12(d)(1)(A), WIC is required to vote such shares in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such securities (sometimes referred to |
A-2
as “echo voting” or “mirror voting”); and
| ● | Rule 12d1-4 Proportional Voting Requirements – Absent exclusions described in Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act (e.g., a Fund and its acquired fund are in the same group of investment companies), if the Funds and their advisory group hold more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of an acquired fund that is a registered open-end management investment company or registered unit investment trust as a result of a decrease in the outstanding voting securities of the acquired fund, or hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of an acquired fund that is a registered closed-end management investment company or business development company, each of those holders will be required to “echo vote” its securities in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such securities; provided, however, that in circumstances where all holders of the outstanding voting securities of the acquired fund are required to vote securities of the acquired fund in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such securities, the Funds will seek instructions from the security holders with regard to the voting of all proxies with respect to such acquired fund securities and vote such proxies only in accordance with such instructions. |
WIC generally endeavors to vote the proxies it receives. However, WIC may abstain from voting in limited circumstances, including but not limited to:
| ● | Cost/Benefit Analysis – WIC may abstain from voting proxies in situations where it deems that abstaining is in the client’s best interests, such as when WIC believes that the cost of voting a proxy would exceed the expected benefit to the client. Examples include, but are not limited to: |
| o | proxies for securities that trade in countries that impose share blocking periods; |
| o | proxies for which it might be necessary to hire a power of attorney or translator or travel to a foreign country to vote in person; or |
| o | proxies for routine matters if the securities are on loan and WIC believes the income benefit exceeds the benefit of voting. |
| ● | Other Circumstances – Other situations in which WIC may not vote proxies could include: |
| o | circumstances where a material conflict of interest exists (see below for WIC’s conflicts of interest policies); |
| o | circumstances where the vote would not reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the value of a client’s investment (e.g., WIC expects to sell the security in the near future or has already sold the security); or |
| o | instances where technical or administrative issues arise (e.g., WIC does not receive notice of a shareholder meeting or proxy voting materials in time to vote). |
In all such cases, WIC is required to document the reason why proxies were not voted.
A-3
Conflicts of Interest
Conflicts of interest between an investment adviser and its clients may arise when the adviser exercises proxy voting authority. For example, a conflict would arise if the adviser manages the pension plan of a company whose management is soliciting proxies, or if a portfolio manager has business or personal relationships with an officer or director of a company.
In the event of a material conflict of interest, WIC will disclose the conflict to its clients and obtain their consent before voting a proxy according to WIC’s proxy voting policy (i.e., voting in the same manner as other client accounts), request that the client provide voting direction or engage another party to determine how the proxy should be voted, or abstain from voting.1
ERISA Clients – ERISA prohibits fiduciaries from acting on behalf of a plan in situations in which the fiduciary is subject to a conflict of interest. If WIC determines that it has a conflict of interest with respect to the voting of proxies for ERISA clients, WIC will either seek the client’s informed direction or retain an independent third party to make a proxy voting recommendation.
Procedures
Receipt of Proxy Materials – WIC receives proxy materials from issuers, custodians, or broker/dealers through its proxy voting service provider (i.e., Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc.’s ProxyEdge), via e-mail, or through the mail.
Voting Decisions – WIC’s Operations Department discusses each proxy with the portfolio manager responsible for the security, who is responsible for making a voting decision in accordance with WIC’s policy. Once a proxy voting decision has been made, the Operations Department casts the vote via ProxyEdge.
Conflicts of Interest – WIC employees who have a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in any issue presented for voting, or any relationship with the issuer, must inform WIC’s CCO and recuse themselves from proxy voting decisions with respect to that issuer. Employees who know of a potential conflict of interest are likewise required to inform the CCO. If the CCO determines there is a potential material conflict of interest, the CCO may consult with the Co-Chief Investment Officers or outside legal counsel to determine whether to disclose the conflict to the client and seek consent to vote the proxy in the same manner as for other clients, obtain voting direction from the client or an independent third party, or abstain from voting. The CCO will document the steps taken to evidence that the proxy was voted or not voted in the best interest of clients. Such documentation will be maintained in accordance with recordkeeping requirements.
Required Records – WIC will maintain the following records in accordance with Rule 204-2(c)(2):
| (i) | Copies of all proxy voting policies and procedures; |
1 Alternatively, WIC may engage an independent third party to make a proxy voting recommendation.
A-4
| (ii) | Copies of all proxy statements received. WIC may satisfy this requirement by relying on a third party to make and retain, on WIC’s behalf, a copy of a proxy statement (provided that WIC has obtained an undertaking from the third party to provide a copy of the proxy statement promptly upon request) or may rely on obtaining a copy of a proxy statement from the SEC’s EDGAR system; |
| (iii) | A record of each vote cast by WIC on behalf of a client. WIC may satisfy this requirement by relying on a third party to make and retain, on WIC’s behalf, a record of the vote cast (provided that WIC has obtained an undertaking from the third party to provide a copy of the record promptly upon request); |
| (iv) | A copy of any document created by WIC that was material to making a decision regarding how to vote proxies or that memorializes the basis for the decision; |
| (v) | A copy of each written client request for information on how WIC voted proxies, and a copy of any written response by WIC to any (written or oral) client request for information on how WIC voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client. |
Information pertaining to proxy votes, including which votes were cast, the number of shares voted, and how they were voted is maintained through ProxyEdge. Any documents created by WIC that were material to making a proxy voting decision must be maintained by the investment team.
WIC will maintain (through ProxyEdge or by other means) the following information in connection with each proxy vote:
| ● | The issuer’s name; |
| ● | The security’s ticker symbol or CUSIP, as applicable; |
| ● | The shareholder meeting date; |
| ● | A brief identification of the matter to be voted on; |
| ● | Whether the matter was proposed by the Issuer or a security-holder; |
| ● | Whether WIC cast a vote; |
| ● | The number of shares voted (or instructed to be voted) by WIC for each client account as well as how those shares were voted (e.g., for or against a proposal, or abstain);2 and |
| ● | Whether WIC cast its vote with or against management. |
In addition, for registered funds, WIC will also maintain (through ProxyEdge or by other means) the following additional information as required to meet Form N-PX reporting requirements:
| ● | Identification of the proxy voting matter to be voted on using the same language and order as on the issuer’s form of proxy, or “proxy card,” if a proxy card is available for a matter; |
| ● | Categorization of each proxy voting matter by type; and |
| ● | The number of shares that were loaned and not recalled to vote. |
2 Information on how WIC voted proxies relating to shareholder advisory votes on executive compensation (or say-on-pay) matters including “golden parachute” compensation in connection with a merger or acquisition shall also be maintained in order to meet reporting requirements on Form N-PX as required by Rule 14Ad-1 under the Exchange Act.
A-5
Form N-PX - Rule 30b1-4 under the 1940 Act requires registered funds to file with the SEC an annual record of proxies voted on Form N-PX. Form N-PX must be filed each year no later than August 31 and must contain each registered fund’s proxy voting record for the most recent twelve-month period ending June 30. WIC will provide all information necessary for parties (e.g., the fund’s administrator) responsible for filing Form N-PX to file each year by August 31. Information will be provided to such parties in the structured data language required by the SEC or as otherwise reasonably requested.
Disclosure of Policies and Procedures – WIC is required to describe its proxy voting policies and procedures to its clients and notify them of how they may obtain information regarding how WIC voted their proxies. WIC will provide a copy of these policies and procedures to any client upon request and will disclose on its Form ADV how clients can obtain information on how proxies were voted. The Funds will include the disclosure on proxy voting required by the SEC in their registration statement, and information on how the Funds voted proxies, if any, relating to portfolio securities for each 12-month period ended June 30 will be filed annually with the SEC on Form N-PX.
Client Requests for Voting Record – Clients may request information regarding how their proxies were voted. All requests should be forwarded to the CCO and Operations Department, who are responsible for responding in a prompt manner.
A-6
PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
| Item 28. | Exhibits. |
1
| Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to its Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on September 30, 2008. |
2
3
4
5
6
| Item 29. | Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant. |
| No person is directly or indirectly controlled by or under common control with the Registrant. | |
| Item 30. | Indemnification. |
| Reference is made to Article V of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust. | |
| Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to Trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions of the Registrant’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in |
7
| the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a Trustee, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such Trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. | |
| The Registrant maintains a standard mutual fund and investment advisory professional and directors and officers liability policy. The policy provides coverage to the Registrant, its Trustees and officers, and Water Island Capital, LLC (the “Adviser”). Coverage under the policy includes losses by reason of any act, error, omission, misstatement, misleading statement, neglect or breach of duty. | |
| Each Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser provides that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of obligations or duties under the Agreement on the part of the Adviser or any of its officers, directors or employees, the Adviser shall not be liable for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services under the Agreement or for any losses that may, from time to time, be sustained in the purchase, holding or sale of any security. | |
|
The Distribution Agreement with ALPS Distributors, Inc. (“ALPS”), as amended (the “Agreement”) provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence, or reckless disregard by ALPS in the performance of its duties, obligations, or responsibilities set forth in the Agreement, ALPS and its affiliates, including their respective officers, directors, agents, and employees, will not be liable for, and the Funds agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless such persons from, all taxes, charges, expenses, assessments, claims, and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and liabilities arising under applicable federal and state laws) arising directly or indirectly from the following: (i) the inaccuracy of factual information furnished to ALPS by an officer of the Funds or an officer of the Funds’ investment adviser, custodians, or other service providers (excluding for this purpose ALPS or any of its affiliates); (ii) any untrue statement of a material fact or omission of a material fact required to be stated or necessary in order to make the statements not misleading under the Securities Act of 1933, the Investment Company Act of 1940, or any other statute or the common law, in any registration statement, prospectus, statement of additional information, shareholder report, or other information filed or made public by the Funds (as amended from time to time), except to the extent the statement or omission was made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, information furnished to the Funds by or on behalf of ALPS; (iii) any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Funds in connection with the matters to which the Agreement relates; (iv) ALPS’ reliance on any instruction, direction, notice, instrument or other information provided by the Funds or the Funds’ investment adviser or custodian or any authorized third party on behalf of the Funds that ALPS reasonably believes to be genuine; or (v) any other action or omission to act which ALPS takes in connection with the provision of services to the Funds.
The Distribution Agreement with Foreside Financial Services, LLC (“Foreside”) (the “Agreement”) with respect to the AltShares Merger Arbitrage ETF and the AltShares Event-Driven ETF provides that Foreside Financial Services, to indemnify and hold harmless the Trust and each of its Trustees and officers and any person who controls the Trust within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (for purposes of this paragraph, the Trust and each of its Trustees and officers and its controlling persons are collectively referred to as the “Trust Indemnitees”) against any Losses arising out of or based upon (i) the allegation of any wrongful act of Foreside or any of its directors, officers, employees or affiliates in connection with its activities as Distributor pursuant to this Agreement; (ii) the breach of any obligation, representation or warranty contained in this Agreement by Foreside; (iii) Foreside’s failure to comply in any material respect with applicable securities laws, including applicable FINRA regulations; or (iv) any allegation that the Registration Statement, Prospectus, shareholder reports, any information or materials relating to the Funds (as described in section 3(g)) or other information filed by the Trust (as from time to time amended) included an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material |
8
fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements not misleading, insofar as such statement or omission was made in reliance upon, and in conformity with information furnished to the Trust, in writing, by Foreside for use in such Registration Statement, Prospectus, shareholder report, information or materials relating to the Funds (as described in section 3(g)) or other information filed by the Trust (as from time to time amended).
In no case (i) is the indemnification provided by an indemnifying party to be deemed to protect against any liability the indemnified party would otherwise be subject to by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement, or (ii) is the indemnifying party to be liable under this Section with respect to any claim made against any indemnified party unless the indemnified party notifies the indemnifying party in writing of the claim within a reasonable time after the summons or other first written notification giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon the indemnified party (or after the indemnified party shall have received notice of service on any designated agent).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, failure to notify the indemnifying party of any claim shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have to the indemnified party against whom such action is brought, on account of this Section, unless failure or delay to so notify the indemnifying party prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend against such claim. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate at its own expense in the defense or, if it so elects, to assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce the claim, but if the indemnifying party elects to assume the defense, the defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by it and satisfactory to the indemnified party. In the event that indemnifying party elects to assume the defense of any suit and retain counsel, the indemnified party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by them. If the indemnifying party does not elect to assume the defense of any suit, it will reimburse the indemnified party for the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by them. The indemnifying party agrees to notify the indemnified party promptly of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against it or any of its officers or directors in connection with the purchase or redemption of any of the Creation Units or the Shares. | |
| Item 31. | Business and Other Connections of the Investment Adviser. |
| Inapplicable. | |
| Item 32. | Principal Underwriters. |
(a) ALPS Distributors, Inc. acts as the distributor for the Registrant and the following investment companies:
1290 Funds
1WS Credit Income Fund
Aberdeen Income Credit Strategies Fund
abrdn ETFs
abrdn Funds
abrdn Global Dynamic Dividend Fund
abrdn Global Premier Properties Fund
abrdn Income Credit Strategies Fund
Accordant ODCE Index Fund
Alpha Alternative Assets Fund
ALPS Series Trust
Alternative Credit Income Fund
Apollo Diversified Credit Fund
Apollo Diversified Real Estate Fund
AQR Funds
Arrowmark Financial Corp.
9
Axonic Alternative Income Fund
Axonic Funds
BBH Trust
Bluerock High Income Institutional Credit Fund
Bridge Builder Trust
Cambria ETF Trust
CION Ares Diversified Credit Fund
CION Grosvenor Infrastructure Fund
Columbia ETF Trust
Columbia ETF Trust I
Columbia ETF Trust II
Columbia Seligman Premium Technology Growth Fund, Inc.
CRM Mutual Fund Trust
DBX ETF Trust
Diameter Dynamic Credit Fund
Eagle Point Defensive Income Trust
Eagle Point Enhanced Income Trust
EA Series Trust (Cambria Series)
ETF Series Solutions (Vident Series)
Financial Investors Trust
Firsthand Funds
FS Credit Income Fund
FS Credit Opportunities Corp.
FS MVP Private Markets Fund
Gemcorp Commodities Alternative Products Fund
Goehring & Rozencwajg Investment Funds
Goldman Sachs ETF Trust
Goldman Sachs ETF Trust II
Graniteshares ETF Trust
Hartford Funds Exchange-Traded Trust
Heartland Group, Inc.
Investment Managers Series Trust II (AXS-Advised Funds)
Investment Managers Series Trust II (Alternative Access-Advised Fund)
Janus Detroit Street Trust
Lattice Strategies Trust
Litman Gregory Funds Trust
Longleaf Partners Funds Trust
Manager Directed Portfolios (Spyglass Growth Fund)
Meridian Fund, Inc.
Natixis ETF Trust
Natixis ETF Trust II
New York Life Investments Active ETF Trust
New York Life Investments ETF Trust
Opportunistic Credit Interval Fund
PRIMECAP Odyssey Funds
Principal Exchange-Traded Funds
RiverNorth Funds
RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc.
RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.
RiverNorth Opportunistic Municipal Income Fund, Inc.
RiverNorth Managed Duration Municipal Income Fund, Inc.
RiverNorth Flexible Municipal Income Fund, Inc.
RiverNorth Capital and Income Fund, Inc.
RiverNorth Flexible Municipal Income Fund II, Inc.
RiverNorth Managed Duration Municipal Income Fund II, Inc.
State Street® SPDR® Dow Jones® Industrial Average℠ ETF Trust
10
State Street® SPDR® S&P 500® ETF Trust
State Street® SPDR® S&P MIDCAP 400® ETF Trust
Sphinx Opportunity Fund II
Sprott Funds Trust
The Arbitrage Funds
Themes ETF Trust
Tidal Trust II (Cambria Series)
Thornburg ETF Trust
Thornburg Investment Trust (Thornburg American Opportunities Fund ETF Class Shares and Thornburg Focus Growth Fund ETF Class Shares)
Thrivent ETF Trust
Trust for Professional Managers (PT Asset Management Series)
USCF ETF Trust
USVC Venture Capital Access Fund
Valkyrie ETF Trust II
Wasatch Funds
Wilmington Funds
X-Square Balanced Fund
X-Square Series Trust
Foreside Financial Services, LLC serves as principal underwriter for the following investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended:
| 1. | 13D Activist Fund, Series of Northern Lights Fund Trust |
| 2. | 2nd Vote Funds |
| 3. | AAMA Equity Fund, Series of Asset Management Fund |
| 4. | AAMA Income Fund, Series of Asset Management Fund |
| 5. | Adams Street Private Equity Navigator Fund LLC |
| 6. | Adams Street Venture & Growth Fund |
| 7. | Advisers Investment Trust |
| 8. | AG Twin Brook Capital Income Fund |
| 9. | Align Alternative Access Fund |
| 10. | AltShares Trust |
| 11. | American Beacon AHL Trend ETF, Series of American Beacon Select Funds |
| 12. | American Beacon GLG Natural Resources ETF, American Beacon Select Funds |
| 13. | American Beacon Ionic Inflation Protection ETF, American Beacon Select Funds |
| 14. | Aristotle Funds Series Trust |
| 15. | Aristotle Pacific Enhanced CLO Income Fund |
| 16. | Boston Trust Walden Funds (f/k/a The Boston Trust & Walden Funds) |
| 17. | Bow River Capital Evergreen Fund |
| 18. | Connetic Venture Capital Access Fund |
| 19. | Constitution Capital Access Fund, LLC |
| 20. | Datum One Series Trust |
| 21. | Diamond Hill Funds |
| 22. | Diamond Hill Securitized Credit Fund |
| 23. | Driehaus Mutual Funds |
| 24. | EntrepreneurShares Series Trust |
| 25. | FMI Funds, Inc. |
| 26. | Impax Funds Series Trust I (f/k/a Pax World Funds Series Trust I) |
| 27. | Impax Funds Series Trust III (f/k/a Pax World Funds Series Trust III) |
| 28. | Inspire 100 ETF, Series of Northern Lights Fund Trust IV |
| 29. | Inspire 500 ETF, Series of Northern Lights Fund Trust IV |
| 30. | Inspire Corporate Bond ETF, Series of Northern Lights Fund Trust IV |
| 31. | Inspire Fidelis Multi Factor ETF, Series of Northern Lights Fund Trust IV |
| 32. | Inspire Global Hope ETF, Series of Northern Lights Fund Trust IV |
| 33. | Inspire International ETF, Series of Northern Lights Fund Trust IV |
11
| 34. | Inspire Growth ETF, Series of Northern Lights Fund Trust IV |
| 35. | Inspire Small/Mid Cap ETF, Series of Northern Lights Fund Trust IV |
| 36. | Inspire Capital Appreciation ETF, Series of the Northern Lights Fund Trust IV |
| 37. | LifeX 2035 Income Bucket ETF, Series of Stone Ridge Trust |
| 38. | LifeX 2050 Inflation-Protected Longevity Income ETF, Series of Stone Ridge Trust |
| 39. | LifeX 2050 Longevity Income ETF, Series of Stone Ridge Trust |
| 40. | LifeX 2055 Inflation-Protected Longevity Income ETF, Series of Stone Ridge Trust |
| 41. | LifeX 2055 Longevity Income ETF, Series of Stone Ridge Trust |
| 42. | LifeX 2060 Inflation-Protected Longevity Income ETF, Series of Stone Ridge Trust |
| 43. | LifeX 2060 Longevity Income ETF, Series of Stone Ridge Trust |
| 44. | LifeX 2065 Inflation-Protected Longevity Income ETF, Series of Stone Ridge Trust |
| 45. | LifeX 2065 Longevity Income ETF, Series of Stone Ridge Trust |
| 46. | LifeX Durable Income ETF, Series of Stone Ridge Trust |
| 47. | Nomura Energy Transition ETF, Series of Nomura ETF Trust |
| 48. | Nomura Focused Emerging Markets Equity ETF, Series of Nomura ETF Trust |
| 49. | Nomura Focused International Core ETF, Series of Nomura ETF Trust |
| 50. | Nomura Focused Large Growth ETF, Series of Nomura ETF Trust |
| 51. | Nomura Global Listed Infrastructure ETF, Series of Nomura ETF Trust |
| 52. | Nomura National High-Yield Municipal Bond ETF, Series of Nomura ETF Trust |
| 53. | Nomura Tax-Free USA ETF, Series of Nomura ETF Trust |
| 54. | Nomura Tax-Free USA Short Term ETF, Series of Nomura ETF Trust |
| 55. | Nomura Transformational Technologies ETF, Series of Nomura ETF Trust |
| 56. | Man ETF Series Trust |
| 57. | Meketa Infrastructure Fund |
| 58. | Nomura Alternative Income Fund |
| 59. | Praxis Mutual Funds |
| 60. | Primark Meketa Private Equity Investments Fund |
| 61. | SA Funds – Investment Trust |
| 62. | Sequoia Fund, Inc. |
| 63. | Simplify Exchange Traded Funds |
| 64. | Siren ETF Trust |
| 65. | Stone Ridge Alternative Lending Risk Premium Fund, Series of Stone Ridge Trust V |
| 66. | Stone Ridge Art Risk Premium Fund, Series of Stone Ridge Trust VIII |
| 67. | Stone Ridge Reinsurance Risk Premium Interval Fund, Series of Stone Ridge Trust II |
| 68. | Tactical Dividend and Momentum Fund, Series of Two Roads Shared Trust |
| 69. | TCG Strategic Income Fund |
| 70. | TCW ETF Trust |
| 71. | VegaShares ETF Trust |
(b) To the best of Registrant’s knowledge, the directors and executive officers of ALPS Distributors, Inc., are as follows:
| Name* | Position with Underwriter | Positions with Fund |
| Stephen J. Kyllo | President, Chief Operating Officer, Director, Chief Compliance Officer | None |
| Brian Schell ** | Vice President & Treasurer | None |
| Eric Parsons | Vice President, Controller and Assistant Treasurer | None |
| Jason White*** | Secretary | None |
| Richard C. Noyes | Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Assistant Secretary | None |
12
| Eric Theroff^ | Assistant Secretary | None |
| Adam Girard^^ | Tax Officer | None |
| Liza Price | Vice President, Managing Counsel | None |
| Jed Stahl | Vice President, Managing Counsel | None |
| James Stegall | Vice President | None |
| Hilary Quinn | Vice President | None |
* Except as otherwise noted, the principal business address for each of the above directors and executive officers is 1290 Broadway, Suite 1000, Denver, Colorado 80203.
** The principal business address for Mr. Schell is 100 South Wacker Drive, 19th Floor, Chicago, IL 60606.
*** The principal business address for Mr. White is 4 Times Square, New York, NY 10036.
^ The principal business address for Mr. Theroff is 1055 Broadway Boulevard, Kansas City, MO 64105.
^^ The principal business address for Mr. Girard is 80 Lamberton Road, Windsor, CT 06095.
The following are the Officers and Manager of Foreside Financial Services, LLC, the Registrant’s underwriter. Foreside Financial Services, LLC’s main business address is 190 Middle Street, Suite 301, Portland, Maine 04101.
| Name | Address | Position with Underwriter | Position with Registrant |
| Teresa Cowan | 190 Middle Street, Suite 301, Portland, ME 04101 | President/Manager | None |
| Chris Lanza | 190 Middle Street, Suite 301, Portland, ME 04101 | Vice President | None |
| Kate Macchia | 190 Middle Street, Suite 301, Portland, ME 04101 | Vice President | None |
| Jennifer A. Brunner | 190 Middle Street, Suite 301, Portland, ME 04101 | Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer | None |
| Gabriel E. Edelman | 190 Middle Street, Suite 301, Portland, ME 04101 | Secretary | None |
| Susan L. LaFond | 190 Middle Street, Suite 301, Portland, ME 04101 | Treasurer | None |
| Weston Sommers | 190 Middle Street, Suite 301, Portland, ME 04101 | Financial and Operations Principal and Chief Financial Officer | None |
(c) During the Registrant’s most recent fiscal year, ALPS and Foreside Financial Services, LLC did not receive any net underwriting discounts or commissions, compensation on redemptions and repurchases, brokerage commissions or other compensation.
| Item 33. | Location of Accounts and Records. |
| Accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Rules promulgated thereunder will be maintained by the Registrant in its offices located at 104 Fifth Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10011, or at the offices of the Registrant’s transfer agent located at 1055 Broadway, Kansas City, MO 64105, or at the offices of the Registrant’s custodian located at State Street, One Congress Building, One Congress Street, Suite 1, Boston, Massachusetts 02114-2016. | |
| Item 34. | Management Services. |
13
| Inapplicable. | |
| Item 35. | Undertakings. |
| Inapplicable. |
14
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this amended Registration Statement to be signed below on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York and State of New York, on the 25th day of September, 2026.
| THE ARBITRAGE FUNDS | ||
| By: | /s/ John S. Orrico | |
| John S. Orrico | ||
| President | ||
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amended Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
| Signature | Title | Date | ||
| /s/ John S. Orrico | President and Chairman of the Board of Trustees | September 25, 2026 | ||
| John S. Orrico | ||||
| /s/ Jonathon Hickey | Chief Financial Officer | September 25, 2026 | ||
| Jonathon Hickey | ||||
| /s/ John C. Alvarado* | Trustee | September 25, 2026 | ||
| John C. Alvarado | ||||
| /s/ Robert P. Herrmann* | Trustee | September 25, 2026 | ||
| Robert P. Herrmann | ||||
| /s/ Stephen R. Byers* | Trustee | September 25, 2026 | ||
| Stephen R. Byers | ||||
| /s/ Francis X. Tracy* | Trustee | September 25, 2026 | ||
| Francis X. Tracy | ||||
| By: | /s/ John S. Orrico | |||
| John S. Orrico | ||||
| Attorney-in-fact | ||||
| September 25, 2026 |
* Pursuant to Powers of Attorney incorporated herein by reference to the Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 45 to its Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed on September 27, 2019.
15
EXHIBIT INDEX
16
EX-101.INS XBRL Instance Document
EX-101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
EX-101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
EX-101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase
EX-101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
EX-101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
17